STE Engineering Installation Ventilation 2017 En

DHW Renewables Air conditioning Roomheating
Engineering and installation

Ventilation
Engineering and installation
Reprinting or duplication, even partially, is only allowed with our express permission.
STIEBEL ELTRON GmbH & Co. KG, 37603 Holzminden
Legal note
Although we have tried to make this technical guide as accurate as possible, we are not liable for any inaccuracies in
its content. Information concerning equipment levels and specifications are subject to modification. The equipment
features described in this technical guide are non-binding regarding the specification of the final product. Due to our
policy of continually improving our products, some features may have subsequently been changed or even removed.
Please consult your local dealer for information about the very latest equipment features. The images in this technical
guide are for reference only. The illustrations also contain installation components, accessories and special equipment
that do not form part of the standard delivery.
Specification
Dimensions in the diagrams are in millimetres unless stated otherwise. Pressure figures may be stated in pascals (MPa,
hPa, kPa) or in bars (bar, mbar). The details of threaded connections are given in accordance with ISO 228. Fuse types
and sizes are stated in accordance with VDE. Output details apply to new appliances with clean heat exchangers.
DATANORMDOWNLOADFROMTHEINTERNET.
On our website www.stiebel-eltron.de

you will find our standard "DATANORM" forms (ver-
sion 4.0) in section "Fachpartner-Bereich" under the
heading "Produktdaten" as a service for our trade
partners.
FAXREQUEST
Please send us the
DATANORM data set by email:
STIEBEL ELTRON GmbH & Co. KG

Datenservice, Martin Schultze
Dr.-Stiebel-Strasse 33
D-37603 Holzminden
Tel. 05531 702-95139
Fax +49 (0)5531 702-95108
DATANORM 4.0 To work with the tender documentation,

you require a text program capable of handling
DATANORM.
COMPANY ADDRESS (STAMP):
CONTACT ______________________________________________________
TELEPHONE __________________________________________________________
FAX _____________________________________________________________________
YOUR CUSTOMER NUMBER ________________________________________

(IF APPLICABLE)
www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 3

Table of contents
Ventilation technical guide
Introduction_________________________________________________________ 6 Ventilation units____________________________________________________ 73

STIEBEL ELTRON is full of energy!_____________________________________________________6
Product overview_________________________________________________________________________74
Design________________________________________________________________ 8 Central air routing______________________________________________________________________ 74
Ventilation__________________________________________________________________________________8 Decentralised air routing_____________________________________________________________ 75
Basics________________________________________________________________________________________9 Ventilation with central supply air, extract air and heat recovery________________76
Ventilation concept_____________________________________________________________________ 10 LWZ 70 E__________________________________________________________________________________ 76
Combining further building service functions____________________________________ 11 LWZ 180/280_____________________________________________________________________________ 84
Basics______________________________________________________________________________________ 12 LWZ 170 E/370 plus_____________________________________________________________________ 92
Air flow rate calculation_______________________________________________________________ 15 LWZ 70-280 accessories______________________________________________________________100
Air distribution systems_______________________________________________________________ 19 LWZ 100 plus LI/RE____________________________________________________________________106
LVE flexible air distribution system_________________________________________________ 20 LWZ 100 plus LI/RE accessories_____________________________________________________113
LVS flexible air distribution system_________________________________________________ 33
LFK flat duct system____________________________________________________________________ 50 Ventilation with decentralised supply air, extract air and heat recovery_______117
LWF folded spiral-seam tube system_______________________________________________ 54 Design information for mixed ventilation systems_____________________________ 117
Air outlets________________________________________________________________________________ 56 LWE 40___________________________________________________________________________________118
Sound______________________________________________________________________________________ 59 LWE 40 accessories____________________________________________________________________124
Cross-talk_________________________________________________________________________________ 61 LA 30 WRG_______________________________________________________________________________130
Fire safety________________________________________________________________________________ 62 LA 30 WRG accessories_______________________________________________________________133
Combustion equipment operation__________________________________________________ 63 LA 50______________________________________________________________________________________136
LA 50 accessories______________________________________________________________________140
Units and functions________________________________________________ 63 LA 60______________________________________________________________________________________142
LA 60 accessories _____________________________________________________________________148
Ventilation_________________________________________________________________________________64
Design example 1______________________________________________________________________150
Central supply and extract air_______________________________________________________ 64
Design example 2______________________________________________________________________152
Ventilation and DHW heating___________________________________________________________65 Design example 3______________________________________________________________________154
Extract air________________________________________________________________________________ 65 Design example 4______________________________________________________________________156
LWM 250_________________________________________________________________________________158
Ventilation, DHW heating and heating_________________________________________________66 LWM 250 accessories__________________________________________________________________165
Central supply and extract air_______________________________________________________ 66 LWA 100__________________________________________________________________________________168
Ventilation_________________________________________________________________________________67 LWA 100 accessories__________________________________________________________________ 176
Decentralised supply and extract air_______________________________________________ 67 LWA 252__________________________________________________________________________________ 178
LWA 252 accessories__________________________________________________________________187
DHW heating and heating_______________________________________________________________68
Combination with decentralised ventilation______________________________________ 68
Standardised ventilation______________________________________________________________ 70
4 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

Table of contents
Ventilation technical guide
Integral units______________________________________________________191 Accessories________________________________________________________294

LVE flexible air distribution system________________________________________________295
Product overview_______________________________________________________________________ 193 LVS flexible air distribution system________________________________________________302
Central air routing_____________________________________________________________________193 LFK flexible air distribution system________________________________________________308
Design____________________________________________________________________________________ 194 LWF folded spiral-seam tube system______________________________________________320
Integral units with central supply air_____________________________________________194 Additional accessories________________________________________________________________335
Ventilation, DHW heating and heating_______________________________________________ 202 Appendix__________________________________________________________338

LWZ 304/404 Trend____________________________________________________________________202
LWZ 304/404 flex_______________________________________________________________________216 Appendix________________________________________________________________________________ 338
Terminology and descriptions______________________________________________________338
Ventilation, DHW heating, heating and cooling____________________________________ 232 Summary of formulae________________________________________________________________340
LWZ 304/404 SOL_______________________________________________________________________232 Key to the standard circuits_________________________________________________________341
Integral unit with inverter______________________________________________________________247
LWZ 504__________________________________________________________________________________248
Integral unit accessories_______________________________________________________________ 263
Integral unit sets________________________________________________________________________ 269
Solar sets________________________________________________________________________________269
Integral unit without ventilation_____________________________________________________ 271
LWZ smart_______________________________________________________________________________272
LWZ smart accessories_______________________________________________________________285

Introduction
STIEBEL ELTRON is full of energy!
STIEBEL ELTRON is a group of companies with a decidedly interna-

tional outlook, and can rightly claim to be a global market leading
supplier of technology for building services and renewable energy
equipment. For more than 90 years, the company's success has
depended upon its level of technical competence, high quality
standards, innovation, reliability and customer-oriented service.
Five national and international production facilities, 24 subsidiar-
ies around the world, plus sales organisations and representatives
in 120 countries translate into a truly global presence for STIE-
BEL ELTRON. Approximately 40 percent of the company's turnover
comes from export.
We take ideas and turn them into innovations that move markets.
As a company driven by engineering expertise, we aim to deliv-
er results and turn our excellent products into groundbreaking
system solutions – because we want to be actively engaged in
shaping the future.
Our products have long been distinguished by excellent reliability, Since 2015 at our head office in Holzminden, we have been run-
high quality and a long service life. We have been developing ning the Energy Campus – a flagship project for sustainable con-
highly efficient electrical appliances since 1924, and in our busi- struction that makes careful use of resources. This training and
ness, we rely on our 3000 employees and their expertise at every communication centre brings together high quality architecture
stage of development – from the initial design right through to and communication technology, and as a Plus Energy building, it
the manufacture of the final product. generates more energy than it consumes.
The result is a portfolio of over 2000 products in the fields of DHW, This is in keeping with our brand promise "Full of energy" and
renewables, air conditioning and room heating. Thanks to smart creates a space where the spirit of STIEBEL ELTRON can be expe-
combinations, we are able to offer more than 30.000 system solu- rienced both in theory and practice.
tions that can help you equip your home for the future.

Introduction
STIEBEL ELTRON is full of energy!
Electricity – the energy source of the The right combination

future As well as controlled mechanical ventilation, our systems can fulfil
further demands, e.g. ensuring room heating and DHW heating.
Renewable energies will become the norm for our energy sup- In our integral units, we have therefore combined the necessary
ply. More and more people recognise the benefits of green and ventilation, heat pump and domestic hot water technology.
self-generated power from renewable sources. The goal of the
energy transition is independence from fossil fuels.
Fossil fuels are in decline on the electricity market. Nowadays,
alternative energies from the sun, wind and water are being used
to generate power. This means electricity will remain our primary
energy source well into the future. So there is plenty of scope for
implementing the energy transition in your own home.
With the extrapolation of the energy saving ordinance (EnEV), the
energy requirements for residential and non-residential buildings
are increasing steadily. Reduction of the annual heat demand is
essentially achieved by decreasing transmission heat loss through
the building envelope. The proportion of ventilation heat loss in
the total heat demand is therefore constantly increasing and cor-
responds approximately to that of the transmission heat demand
of the building. The accessories
As one of the most important manufacturers of products in the Our accessories, from a simple pipe bend to a user friendly control
heating, ventilation, air conditioning and domestic hot water system with internet connection, are specially designed for our
equipment sector, we feel a great level of responsibility towards ventilation systems and fulfil the highest quality requirements.
our environment.
We have invested much time and care in the development of ven-
tilation units and integral ventilation systems. This has evolved
into a reliable technology that guarantees maximum convenience.
The reasons
When people breathe, cook and shower, they release carbon di-
oxide, odours, heat and water vapour into the indoor air. For
example, up to 8 kg of water per day is released into the indoor
air by an average family of three.
On the one hand, matching assemblies and individual parts guar-
A specified replacement of indoor air with fresh outdoor air is re-
antee straightforward and particularly fast, inexpensive installa-
quired in order to maintain indoor air quality, as well as to ensure
tion. On the other, all our accessories are matched to each other
the extraction of humidity. Opening windows is not suitable for
and to our ventilation units, thereby contributing to flawless func-
this purpose and puts paid to a high heating energy saving poten-
tioning of the entire system.
tial. Only a controlled ventilation system can noticeably decrease
the ventilation heat demand without the risk of humidity damage.
Our range of ventilation units
Today, our system allows a very wide range of heating tasks to be
fulfilled conveniently and economically. ——Efficient, reliable and highly integrated ventilation systems
——Units that meet the highest aesthetic aspirations of today
——Ventilation units for new build and renovation projects
——Networked systems with internet connection and remote
maintenance
——Effective use of economy tariffs and solar power generated on
site

Design
Ventilation
Standards and specifications Energy and environment

The standards and specifications listed here illustrate the legal EEWärmeG
basis within the Federal Republic of Germany at the time of print-
ing. This list may not be complete or applicable. Outside Germany, Renewables Energies Heat Act.
observe all regulations and guidelines/directives that may apply EnEV
to your country.
Regulations for energy saving thermal protection and energy sav-
Ventilation ing system technology in buildings.
EN 12831
DIN 18017-3
Heating systems in buildings – Method for calculation of the design
Ventilation of bathrooms and WCs without outside windows –
heat load.
Ventilation by fans.
DIN V 4108-6
DIN 1946-6
Thermal protection and energy saving in buildings – Calculation of
Ventilation and air conditioning – Ventilation for residential build-
the annual heat demand and annual heating energy requirements.
ings.
DIN 4108-7
DIN 4719
Thermal protection and energy saving in buildings – Part 7: Air-
Ventilation and air conditioning – Requirements, performance
tightness of buildings, requirements, design/engineering and
testing and labelling
implementation recommendations.
EN 779
DIN V 4701-10
Particulate air filters for general ventilation – Requirements, in-
Energy efficiency of heating and ventilation systems in buildings,
spection, labelling.
Part 10: Heating, DHW heating, ventilation.
EN 13141
DIN V 18599
Ventilation for buildings – Performance testing of components/
Energy efficiency of buildings – Net, end and primary energy de-
products for residential ventilation
mand calculation for heating, cooling, ventilation, domestic hot
EN 12102 water and illumination
Measurement of airborne noise – Determination of the sound Further specifications
power level
VDI 3801 Individual state building regulations.
Operation of air conditioning equipment. Note

Observe all applicable national and regional regulations
Safety and convenience and instructions.
DIN 4109 Standardised output data

Sound insulation in buildings – requirements and proof.
Information on determining and interpreting the specified stand-
DIN VDE 0100 ardised output data:
Erection of power installations with nominal voltages up to 1000 V. The output data mentioned in text, diagrams, graphs and technical
datasheets in particular has been calculated according to the test
TA Lärm 98 conditions specified in the norm shown in the data table of the
Technical instructions to protect against noise emissions. individual unit. Generally, these standardised test conditions will
not fully meet the conditions found at the installation site of the
VBG 20 system user. Depending on the chosen test method and the ex-
tent to which this method deviates from the conditions defined in
Refrigeration systems. the norm shown, any deviations can have a considerable impact.
Additional factors that have an influence on the test values are the
VDI 2087
measuring equipment, the system configuration, the age of the
Operating and construction fundamentals – Sound insulation, system and the flow rates. Confirmation of the specified output
temperature drop, heat loss for air ducts. data can only be obtained if the test conducted for this purpose
is also performed in accordance with the conditions specified in
the norm shown.

Design
Basics
Basics Design/engineering service

In order to correctly design a ventilation system, many different We would be happy to support you in designing your ventilation
factors must be considered, observed and engineered appropri- system.
ately. We offer a technical guide comprising: Air flow rate calculation,
The pipework system, comprising supply and extract air vents, sizing of the air distribution system, adjustment of air flow rates,
distributor boxes, silencers with mounting and fixing components, two and three dimensional illustrations and list of materials.
plays a major role in this respect. In order to design your system we require all relevant information
Further important aspects to be taken into account during design/ concerning the building, your intentions as well as preferences
engineering are sound and hygiene standards for ventilation sys- and requirements for usage. Please use our engineering ques-
tems, for example. tionnaire for ventilation systems.
Knowing about these correlations as well as how to implement the Our "Ventilation Navigator" is excellent for fast engineering. Please
system is essential for engineering a functional and convenient visit our trade partner internet portal.
mechanical ventilation system.
System design step by step
Determine requirements
Draw up ventilation concept to

DIN 1946-6
Calculate heat load to EN 12831
Calculate DHW demand
Design solar thermal system
Determine unit, unit version and system solution
Specify unit installation
Air flow rate calculation for supply and extract air
Determine type, number and posi-

tion of the vents and overflow areas
Determine pipework system,

cross-sections and routing
Specify vent settings and flow rates
Draw up a list of materials

Design
Ventilation concept
Ventilation concept Special (project related) requirements are, for example:

——Realisation of air flow rates in particular rooms and, if re-
For ventilating rooms in residential units, we offer free or fan-as- quired, in living and common spaces
sisted systems.
——More stringent demands of ambient air quality (hygiene)
The choice of system is determined by general as well as specif-
ic individual requirements. Whereas general requirements are ——More stringent demands of energy efficiency
guidelines as given in e.g. regulations and directives and must
be complied with for all ventilation systems, specific individual ——More stringent sound insulation requirements
requirements are relevant to a particular residential unit. ——In accordance with DIN 1946, Part 6, a ventilation concept
General requirements pertaining to the building which must be must generally be drawn up for new builds as well as for ex-
met include: isting buildings in which changes affecting ventilation have
been made (for example window replacement). This exam-
——Fire and sound insulation requirements
ines whether sufficient humidity protection can be provided
——Requirements relating to the use of living and common spaces through natural air changes due to permeability of the build-
(comfort) ing envelope (infiltration). If the calculated infiltration flow
rate is less than the air flow rate required for humidity protec-
——Air flow rates in particular rooms tion, measures to increase ventilation will be necessary.
Drawing up a ventilation concept to DIN 1946, Part 6
Details of building
Ventilation concept for buildings/residential units Number of storeys/height of building, wind area (strong winds/weak winds),
heat protection (high/low), building airtightness (n50 measured value/cate-
gory)
Details of residential unit

Geometry (heated living space, average room height, multi storey or single
storey), height above ground level, installation shaft
yes Ventilation calculation for windowless

Windowless rooms? Requirements for residential unit?
rooms to DIN 18017-3
no yes no
No calculation for
Required ventilation measures residential unit
no Total outdoor air flow rate, humidity protec- yes
tion, air flow rate through infiltration
Requirements for hygiene, yes Ventilation measures re-

energy, sound insulation? quired
no
No ventilation measures Determine ventilation measures

required

Design
Combining further building service functions
Combining further building service functions Heating energy can be transmitted to the room or building either
via static heating surfaces (underfloor/area heating or radiators)
or by means of the supply air (ventilation system). The latter is only
Room heating possible if the heating output to be transmitted can be released
If the mechanical ventilation system should also be used for heat- into the room or building with an air flow rate which ensures
ing the building, the building or apartment standard heat load the minimum air change required to meet hygiene standards.
must first be calculated. This is carried out in line with EN 12831. This must be carefully checked. The following guide values and
information must be observed:
The standard heat load of a room/building is defined as follows:
the heating output that must normally be routed into the room/ ——The supply air flow rate specified in DIN 1946-6 must not be
building at the normal outdoor temperature (design temperature) increased.
so that the normal indoor temperatures or the preferred room ——Per 100 m³/h supply air, approx. 1 kW heating output can be
temperatures can be attained. transmitted.
The standard heat load is a characteristic of the room or building. ——Per m² living space, approx. 10 W can be transmitted.
It forms the basis for sizing the heat generator or heat distribution
system (e.g. underfloor heating). The standard heat load is not to ——The maximum supply air temperature must be limited to
be confused with the annual heat demand to DIN 4108‑6, which 52 °C.
is unsuitable for sizing the heat generator.
——A buffer cylinder is required for central air/water heat ex-
The standard heat load is composed of the thermal flow through changers.
thermal conduction via enclosing surfaces (transmission) and the
thermal flow for heating incoming outdoor air (ventilation heat ——Control of room temperature on a room to room basis is only
load). possible to a limited extent.
The result of this calculation is crucial to the sizing of the heat ——Additional static heating surfaces are often necessary in wet
pump system and is necessary for preparing a reliable quotation. rooms.
Both oversizing and undersizing a heat pump system is uneco-
nomical, disadvantageous to the system's operation and also limits Static heating surfaces offer significant advantages compared to
the system's operational reliability. active space heating and are generally recommended. They are
comparatively easier to regulate, balance out fluctuations, create
As a result of this calculation, the initial decisions made, regard- a buffer or use building mass as a buffer, transmit heating en-
ing units or system, may need to be reviewed. ergy partly through radiation and ultimately offer a higher level
of comfort.

Design
Basics
DHW heating Amount of mixed water

The ventilation units with integral DHW heating dealt with in The amount of mixed water shown below is based on a cold water
this guide are considered to be small systems as defined in the inlet temperature of 10 °C, a draw-off temperature of 40 °C and a
DVGW W551 Code of Practice. Small systems are all systems with draw-off rate of 10 l/min.
DHW cylinders or central instantaneous water heaters in detached
or two-family houses, independent of the cylinder size and pipe- LWA 100
work capacity, as well as systems ≤ 400 litres and a capacity ≤ 3 li-
160
tres per pipe between the DHW cylinder connector and the draw-
off point. In small systems the operating temperature should not 150
fall below 50 °C. In these systems too, a DHW temperature ≥ 60 °C
must be able to be maintained. 140
Knowledge of the expected DHW demand is a basic condition to 130

be able to select the most suitable appliance for individual cases 120
and/or the required cylinder capacity.
110
D0000043347
The following tables enable the DHW demand to be determined
for appliances in households, relative to a DHW outlet temperature 100
45 50 55
of 55 °C and a cold water temperature of 10 °C.
VDEW measurement X Cylinder temperature [°C]
Amount of DHW Specific useful heat Y Amount of mixed water [l]
l / 60 C° l / 45 °C kWh / day x person
LWA 252 / LWA 252 SOL
20 30 1.2
480
VDI 2067, Part 12 460
Demand Amount of DHW Specific useful heat 440
l / 60 °C l / 45 °C kWh / day x person 420
Low 10 - 20 15 - 30 0.6 - 1.2 400 1
Average 20 - 40 30 - 60 1.2 - 2.4 380
360 2
High 40 - 80 60 - 120 2.4 - 4.8
340
Part 12 of VDI 2067 includes the project-related calculation of the 320
D0000043347
energy demand for DHW heating. It offers demands for DHW for 300
personal cleansing and care, as well as care and maintenance 45 50 55
in the household. It therefore serves as a basis for comparative
energy calculations. X Cylinder temperature [°C]
Y Amount of mixed water [l]
Application examples from demand cases 1 LWA 252
Draw-off point Amount Temperature Cylinder capacity 2 LWA 252 SOL
l °C l / 55 °C
Sink 10 - 20 50 9 - 18 LWZ smart / LWZ 304 Trend / LWZ 404 Trend / LWZ 304 SOL /
Bath tub 130 - 180 40 87 - 120 LWZ 404 SOL / LWZ 504
Shower 30 - 50 37 18 - 30
Wellness shower 80 - 130 37 48 - 78 380
Washbasin 10 - 15 37 6-9 360
Hand washbasin 2-5 37 1-3 340
320
300
280
260
240
220
D0000043347
200
45 50 55
X Cylinder temperature [°C]

Y Amount of mixed water [l]

Design
Basics
Cooling of buildings If the cooling load of a room is greater than the cooling capacity
of the underfloor heating system, the required room temperature
Our mental capacities suffer severely at room temperatures that will not be reached or the cooling capacity of the cooling source
are too low or too high. Comfortable room temperatures are there- (for example the heat pump) will not be able to be transmitted to
fore essential to our wellbeing. the room or building. In this case a fan convector with a higher
The increasing demand for cooling in buildings is also partially cooling capacity must be installed. To compensate for the higher
the result of higher internal and external loads, due to higher cooling capacity of the cooling source (e.g. heat pump) we rec-
comfort demands and substantial changes in construction meth- ommend using a buffer cylinder.
ods. Large transparent surfaces in building walls as well as legal The supply air flow rate of a mechanical ventilation unit is not
requirements aimed at constantly improving building envelopes suitable for cooling buildings. We recommend the use of static
are indicative of this trend. It goes without saying that the creation cooling surfaces and/or fan convectors.
of a thermally comfortable room climate must not ignore energy
and efficiency. System solutions designed to provide heating and Comfort zone (Leusden & Freymark)
cooling alike generally promise low investment outlay and can be
efficiently operated with an intelligent control unit. 100
In most cases, cooling systems can ensure very good room comfort 90
3
with only little energy expenditure. The energy exchange between 80
a person and the cooling area predominantly takes the form of
radiation. Underfloor cooling is therefore a good start for a com- 70
fortable indoor environment. When using an area cooling system, 60
the cooling water temperature must always be safely above the 1
dew point temperature to prevent condensation forming on the 50
cooling surfaces. Subject to room temperature and humidity, the
40
room temperature may only be able to be reduced by a few kelvin.
For example, an underfloor heating system with a tiled floor and 30
spacing between pipes of 10 cm has a specific cooling capacity 2
20
of 22 W/m². 4
26_03_01_0391_
10
0
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
X Indoor air temperature in °C

Y Relative humidity in %
1 Comfortable
2 Just comfortable
3 Uncomfortably humid
4 Uncomfortably dry
Underfloor heating system cooling capacity
Floor covering Tiles

Spacing between pipes cm 5 10 15 20 30
Room temperature °C 23 23 23 23 23
Flow temperature °C 15 15 15 15 15
Return temperature °C 20 20 20 20 20
Cooling capacity W/m² 26 22 19 17 13
Underfloor heating system heating output

Floor covering Tiles Carpet
Spacing between pipes cm 5 10 15 20 30 5 10 15 20 30
Room temperature °C 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Flow temperature °C 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
Return temperature °C 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Heating output W/m² 65 55 50 45 30 40 37 32 28 24

Design
Basics
Fan convectors a20

i13
Hydrima standalone appliance for cooling and heating; for floor- g02
231
standing or wall mounted installation. Indoor unit in an attractive

design, 3-stage fan operation, operating mode selector, dirt filter
and hardwired remote control.
e19
478
e18
360
80_06_26_0002
d45
150
i21 g01 b01
ACTH 20 ACTH 40 ACTH 50

a20 Width mm 758 1128 1313
b01 Entry electrical cables
d45 Condensate drain
e18 Flow
PIC00001229
e19 Return
g01 Air intake
g02 Air discharge
i13 Wall mounting bracket mm 498 868 1053
Window contact i21 Entry supply line
An N/C contact can be connected via terminal strip WIN, terminals
5 and 6. With the contact open, the vent is closed and the fan is off.
Heating mode
Heat is transferred to the room air via the heat exchanger. The
multi stage fan constantly circulates the indoor air, which is
cleaned in the process by the integral filter. The air changes en-
sure a pleasant temperature distribution in the room.
Cooling mode
Heat is extracted from the indoor air by the heat exchanger and
transferred to the cooling source via the duct system. In the pro-
cess, condensate can be created at the heat exchanger of the in-
door unit under certain operating conditions; this must be drained
off via the condensate drain pipe.
Cooling capacity of fan convectors
Type ACTH 20 ACTH 40 ACTH 50

Part number for standard unit 189820 189821 189822
Cooling operation output data
Fan stage Low Medium High Low Medium High Low Medium High
Cooling water temperature °C 15/20 15/20 15/20 15/20 15/20 15/20 15/20 15/20 15/20
Cooling capacity at 23 °C room temperature W 285 367 532 532 588 662 680 799 969
Heating operation output data
Fan stage Low Medium High Low Medium High Low Medium High
Heating water temperature °C 50/40 50/40 50/40 50/40 50/40 50/40 50/40 50/40 50/40
Heating output at 15 °C room temperature W 1600 2185 2780 3255 4570 5065 4955 6270 7250

Design
Air flow rate calculation
Air flow rate calculation Total flow rate according to living space qv,Fläche
The air flow rate calculation is based on DIN 1946, Part 6. Accord- Living space in m² Flow rate in m³/h
ing to this standard, controlled mechanical ventilation is necessary ≤ 30 55
if the air flow rate required for humidity protection exceeds the 50 75
air flow rate from infiltration. Four ventilation operating stages 70 95
90 115
are specified.
110 135
——Ventilation for humidity protection 130 155
150 170
——Reduced ventilation
170 185
——Standard ventilation 190 200
210 215
——Intensive ventilation 230 230
250 245
The air flow rate calculation is carried out for the "standard ven- Calculation: qv,Fläche = -0.001*Ages2 + 1.15 *Ages + 20
tilation" operating stage.
Determining the total flow rate Total flow rate according to the number of extract air areas
To determine the total flow rate required, the maximum value qv,Abluft
of the flow rates required for living space, extract air areas and
intended occupancy must first be determined using the adjacent Extract air areas Flow rate in m³/h
tables. Kitchen 45
Bathroom 45
Shower/WC 45
qv,ges = max (qv,Fläche; qv,Abluft; qv,Person) – qv,Inf
WC 25
Utility room 25
qv,ges Standard ventilation flow rate Hobby room 25
qv,Fläche Flow rate according to living Hallway (air extraction optional) 25
space
qv,Abluft Flow rate derived from the sum
Total flow rate according to the number of occupants qv,Person
of the extract air areas
qv,Person Flow rate according to the Number of occupants Flow rate in m³/h
number of occupants 1 30
qv,Inf Flow rate through infiltration 2 60
3 90
Air flow rate through infiltration 4 120
Every building is permeable to a certain extent. If differential 5 150
pressure occurs due to natural causes, this leads to the infiltration 6 180
(and also exfiltration) of outdoor air. This infiltration flow rate can
be determined in a simplified manner on the basis of the building
volume with the help of certain factors. Infiltration factors fInf
Type of supply air Low-wind build- High-wind build-
qv,Inf = fInf * V ing location ing location
Central supply air 0.053 0.084
qv,Inf Flow rate through infiltration Decentralised supply air 0.059 0.059
fInf Infiltration factor (table) Decentralised supply air 0.037 0.037
V Building volume to be ventilated (open flue fireplace)
Valid for a new detached house up to a height of 15 m in a normal building
Due to the fact that a permanent, natural change of air takes place location
via infiltration, the total flow rate to be provided by the ventilation High-wind building location: Average annual wind speed > 3.3 m/s
unit can be reduced by the amount of the infiltration flow rate.

Design
Determining the supply air flow rates Supply air factors fZuluft to DIN 1946, Part 6
Using the supply air factors from the adjacent table, the total flow Type of utilisation Supply air factor
rate calculated can be allocated to the individual supply air areas. Living space 3.0 (±0.5)
To do this, the associated factor for each room must be divided Dining area 1.5 (±0.5)
by the total of all the factors determined for the building. This Bedrooms 2.0 (±1.0)
quotient gives the proportion of the total flow rate. Child 2.0 (±1.0)
Study 1.5 (±0.5)
qv,Zu,Raum = (fZuluft,Raum / ∑fZuluft) * qv,ges Guest room 1.5 (±0.5)
Building-specific characteristics can be taken into account by using Overflow apertures to DIN 1946, Part 6
the given tolerance ranges of the individual factors.
Air flow rate m3/h 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Overflow area Door with seal
Overflow areas are the areas between two rooms of an apartment, Overflow area cm2 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250
where air flows from the supply air area to the extract air area, Shortening meas- mm 3 6 8 11 14 17 20 22 25 28
due to the pressure differential. Appropriate measures must be urement
taken to ensure that there is an overflow of air, e.g. by shortening
Door without seal
the door leaves at the bottom of the door or by installing suitable
Overflow area cm2 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225
ventilation grilles in doors or walls.
Shortening meas- mm 0 3 6 8 11 14 17 20 22 25
urement
Determining the fan stages
The flow rates for the individual fan stages can be calculated from Specifications to DIN 1946, Part 6
the total flow rate.
The shortening measurement specifies by how many millimetres
Ventilation type Flow rate formula an 89 cm door leaf must be shortened.
Ventilation for humidity protection (new qv,FL = 0.3 * qv,ges
build)
Reduced ventilation qv,RL = 0.7 * qv,ges
Standard ventilation qv,FL = qv,ges
Intensive ventilation qv,IL = 1.3 * qv,ges
Intensive ventilation can also be ensured through user assistance
(opening windows) and must not necessarily only be provided by
the ventilation unit.

Design
Sample air flow rate calculation 10 Storage room Receives airflow

11 Hallway/staircase/porch Receives airflow
Using a sample building, the following explanation shows how
the total flow rate as well as the supply and extract air rates for The storage room is an ancillary room according to DIN 1946-
the individual rooms can be calculated. 6. Ancillary rooms are only included in the ventilation system
Building data: if humidity or pollutants are expected. Therefore, the storage
room is not ventilated in this example.
——Detached house
To determine the total flow rate, the flow rates required for the
——New build, low-wind location
living space, extract air areas and number of occupants must
——Ventilated living space: 135 m² first be calculated.
——3 occupants Flow rate according to living space
Ages = 135 m²
Ground floor
qv,Fläche = -0.001*(135 m²)² + 1.15 *(135 m²) + 20 = 157 m³/h
Flow rate according to the sum of the extract air areas
9
4 Kitchen m³/h 45
3.0 m²
6.0 m²
WC m³/h 25
Utility room m³/h 25
11
5.0 m² Bathroom m³/h 45
qv,Abluft m³/h 140
11
5.0 m² 11
8.0 m²
Flow rate according to the number of occupants
1
36.0 m²
3 occupants
qv,Person = 90 m³/h
2
12.0 m² In this sample building, the required maximum value is deter-
mined by the living space.
D0000042100
max (qv,Fläche; qv,Abluft; qv,Person) = 157 m³/h

In order to determine the final design flow rate, the natural out-
door air flow rate through infiltration must be subtracted from
Top floor this, as it does not need be provided by the ventilation unit.
Flow rate through infiltration
Central supply air, low-wind location
10
2.0 m²
Ages = 135 m², room height = 2.5 m
11
fInf = 0.053
6
5.0 m² 11.0 m²
3
10.0 m² qv,Inf = 0.053 * 135 m² * 2.5 m = 18 m³/h
11
Determining the total flow rate
8.0 m²
qv,ges = max (qv,Fläche; qv,Abluft; qv,Person) – qv,Inf
qv,ges = 157 m³/h – 18 m³/h ~ 140 m³/h
5
8 16.0 m²
10.0 m²
D0000042101
1 Living space/dining room Supply air

2 Kitchen Extract air
3 Bathroom/shower Extract air
4 WC Extract air
5 Bedroom/parents Supply air
6 Child Supply air
8 Guest Supply air
9 Utility room Extract air

Design
Determining the supply air flow rates Ventilation unit operating stages
Depending on how the area is used, the appropriate supply air If the total flow rate (standard ventilation) is known, the associated
factor according to DIN 1946, Part 6 must be applied to each supply flow rates for all four operating stages can be determined.
air area, and the sum of all supply air factors then calculated.
Ventilation for humidity protection:
fsupply air
qv,FL = 0.3 * 140 m³/h ~ 40 m³/h
Living space 3.0
Bedrooms 2.0 Reduced ventilation:
Child 2.0
qv,RL = 0.7 * 140 m³/h ~ 100 m³/h
Guest 1.5
Total ∑(f Zuluft) 8.5 Standard ventilation:
By means of the quotient of the supply air factor and the sum of qv,NL = 1.0 * 140 m³/h = 140 m³/h
the supply air factors, the proportion of the total flow rate can be Intensive ventilation:
determined for each room.
qv,IL = 1.3 * 140 m³/h ~ 180 m³/h
qv,Zu,Wohnen = (3.0 / 8.5) * 140 m³/h = 49 m³/h
qv,Zu,Schlafen = (2.0 / 8.5) * 140 m³/h = 33 m³/h General information
qv,Zu,Kind = (2.0 / 8.5) * 140 m³/h = 33 m³/h The air distribution system is a key component of the ventilation
system. Design/engineering and implementation must be carried
qv,Zu,Gast = (1.5 / 8.5) * 140 m³/h = 25 m³/h out carefully and precisely, as subsequent changes often entail
significant effort and associated cost.
Determining the extract air flow rates
The extract air flow rate can be found in the relevant table from Air distribution systems
DIN 1946-6, depending on the type of use for each room. The
sum of all extract air rates must correspond to the total flow rate In order to minimise pressure drop and installation effort, duct
calculated. If this is not the case, the extract air rates must be runs should be kept as short as possible. It is therefore advisable
adjusted accordingly. to install the ductwork so that it radiates out from the centre. The
total air flow from the ventilation unit is supplied to the individual
qv,Ab rooms over several lines via central distribution units.
Kitchen m³/h 45
WC m³/h 25
Utility room m³/h 25
Bathroom m³/h 45
qv,ges = ∑(qv,Ab) = 140 m³/h
Ventila- Floor Room Area Height Volume Supply air fac- Flow rate
tion tor
m² m m³ m³/h
Supply air Ground Living space/dining room 36.00 2.5 90.0 3.0 49
floor
Attic Bedrooms 16.00 2.5 40.0 2.0 33
Attic Child 11.00 2.5 27.5 2.0 33
Attic Guest 10.00 2.5 25.0 1.5 25
Extract air Ground Kitchen 12.00 2.5 30.0 45
floor
Ground WC 3.00 2.5 7.5 25
floor
Ground Utility room 6.00 2.5 15.0 25
floor
Attic Bathroom 10.00 2.5 25.0 45
Overflow Ground Porch 5.00 2.5 12.5
floor
Ground Hallway 8.00 2.5 20.0
floor
Ground Stairs 5.00 2.5 12.5
floor
Attic Hallway 8.00 2.5 20.0
Attic Stairs 5.00 2.5 12.5
Building 135.00 2.5 337.5 8.5 140

Design
Air distribution systems
Overview Possible installation methods and suitable distribution systems
Duct Flexibel Flexibel Flat duct Folded Installation Flexibel Flexibel Flat duct Folded spi-
LVE LVS LFK spi- method LVE LVS ral-seam
ral-seam tube
tube Floor structure • •
(screed)
Distributor for • • •
floor installation Internal walls • •
Distributor for • Concrete ceiling •
wall installation Filigree ceiling •
Flow rate dis- m³/h max. 160 max. 240 max. 160 - Wooden joist ceiling • • •
tributor Suspended ceiling • • •
Wall outlets • • • • Below the ceiling • • •
Ceiling outlets • • • • Attic area • • •
Floor outlets • Long pane of the • • •
Designer venti- • • roof/jamb wall
lation grille
Air flow rate At the dis- At the vents At the vents At the vents
control tributor
Connection tech- Click system Click system Push-fit sys- Push-fit sys- Application range
nology tem tem
When sizing the ventilation system, the maximum flow rates for
Duct Plastic oval Plastic circu- Sheet steel Sheet steel
duct lar duct rectangular circular duct
supply and extract air must be observed, taking account of the
duct distribution system and nominal diameter. If these flow rates are
Standard duct m 20 25 2 2 exceeded, there is more risk of noise and increased pressure drop.
lengths
Flow rates
The table shows the maximum recommended air flow rates.
Installation methods
Installation on an unfinished floor (in screed) or within concrete Distribu- Nominal Max. flow rate Speed* Pressure
ceilings is preferable for the new build sector. Installation in light- tion system diameter drop*
weight construction walls is also possible. Flexible LVE 130 x 52 45 m³/h 3.0 m/s 5.1 Pa/m
Flexible LVS DN 75 30 m³/h 2.6 m/s 3.3 Pa/m
Installation in suspended ceilings and in the attic area has also Flat duct 100 x 50 40 m³/h 2.2 m/s 1.5 Pa/m
proven particularly favourable for modernisation projects. 150 x 50 60 m³/h 2.2 m/s 1.3 Pa/m
In this case, a folded spiral-seam tube system is the preferred 200 x 50 80 m³/h 2.2 m/s 1.2 Pa/m
200 x 80 125 m³/h 2.2 m/s 0.7 Pa/m
means of implementing the main distribution from the ventilation
Folded spi- DN 100 85 m³/h 3.0 m/s 1.5 Pa/m
unit. This also allows higher flow rates with low pressure drops ral-seam tube
and speeds, due to the larger cross-sectional areas. DN 125 135 m³/h 3.0 m/s 1.2 Pa/m
DN 160 220 m³/h 3.0 m/s 0.9 Pa/m
DN 180 275 m³/h 3.0 m/s 0.8 Pa/m
* At maximum flow rate
Flow rates are determined on the basis of DIN 1946-6, which rec-
ommends sizing the distributor ducts according to a flow velocity
of 3 m/s, whereby a moderate pressure drop should also be taken
into account. For ventilation systems marked with an "E" (particu-
larly energy efficient), adherence to the maximum flow velocity in
all ducts (apart from manifolds) is absolutely essential.

Design
LVE flexible air distribution system
General information Installation example with distributor and ceiling outlet set into
the floor above
This central, plastic air distribution system is designed for inte-
gration in the insulation layer below the screed, in suspended 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ceilings or in lightweight construction walls. It is unique due to
its high level of robustness and low installed height of just 52 mm.
The patented oval pipe comprises a robust corrugated outer pipe
and a smooth inner pipe, through which air flow rates of up to
45 m³/h can be transported with a moderate pressure drop. The
small number of components and the intelligent "click" connection
system enable fast installation without tools.
26_04_01_0610_
Installation
Air is distributed to each room, radiating out from a central, 4-way
10 9 8
distributor. In order to avoid unnecessarily long ducts, we rec-
ommend positioning the supply and extract air distributors as 1 Thermal insulation/impact sound insulation
centrally as possible on one floor. Extract air is extracted near the 2 Optional thermal insulation/impact sound insulation
ceiling via wall or ceiling outlets. In the supply air area, additional 3 Screed
floor outlets can be installed. The distributor is connected to the 4 Floor covering
ventilation unit with a folded spiral-seam tube; a special profile 5 Air distributor with distributor cover
connects the distributor to the main duct. In detached houses up 6 Distributor cover
to approx. 200 m², one riser and 1 or 2 distributors for the supply 7 Riser
air, and the same for the extract air are usually sufficient for ven- 8 Flexible duct
tilation to DIN 1946-6. 9 Concrete ceiling
10 Ceiling outlet with ventilation grille
Distributors and profiles are fixed to the floor or wall using integral
eyelets. Special mounting clips are available for the oval pipe. Installation example with wall mounted distributor and floor
The pipe and profiles can be connected and made airtight using outlet
push-fit adaptors.
Several ducts installed side by side can reduce the load bearing
capacity of the screed when embedded in the floor; a minimum
clearance of approx. 120 mm is therefore recommended. If this 7
cannot be achieved due to building characteristics, the relevant
screed area must be reinforced.
Cleaning 6
Due to the radiating design and the resulting short duct runs, the
pipework can be easily cleaned. The system can be cleaned via
the distributor with integral inspection port as well as via the air 3 4 5
outlets, using a combined brush/vacuum system. The distribu-
tor cover can be removed together with the adjustment device,
making subsequent adjustments to the air flow rate superfluous. 2
Cleaning apertures should also be provided at the lowest point of
the risers (main distribution); the installation of tees in connection 1
with cleaning covers has proven to be a good solution.
26_04_01_0611_
9 8
1 Thermal insulation/impact sound insulation
2 Optional thermal insulation/impact sound insulation
3 Floor outlet with ventilation grille
4 Floor covering
5 Screed
6 Air distributor with inspection port
7 Connection, main duct, straight
8 Flexible duct
9 Concrete ceiling

Design
Installation example with bends for transition to flexible venti- Sizing

lation pipe DN 75 or DN 90
When designing the air distribution system, assessment of the
total pressure drop and the adjustment of individual air flow rates
are of key importance. If the design information is observed, cor-
rect operation of the ventilation system in detached houses is
generally ensured.
For a rough sizing estimate, it is sufficient to determine the pres-
sure drop of the least favourable line (long duct run, multiple
bends) from the distributor to the air outlet. To do this, the pres-
sure drop of the ducts, bends and air outlets must be added to-
gether with the help of the pressure drop table for the determined
flow rate of the line. A maximum value of 65 Pa should not be
exceeded.
1 The calculated air flow rates to DIN 1946-6 for each room are
adjusted centrally at the distributor. No regulation is required for
D0000059571 the line with the highest pressure drop. The system is balanced at
the other connections by means of the integral adjustment devices.
The required settings are either specified when designing the
ventilation system, or can be determined using the "Ventilation
1 Adaptor bend LVE ÜB-U Navigator" software. Due to the fact that the flow rate is restricted
in advance through the distributor connecting piece, no more than
two distributors should be joined to a main duct.
Pressure drop calculation
Drag coefficient ζ
45° bend, horizontal 0.9
90° bend, horizontal 1.3
90° bend, vertical 1.9
180° adaptor 0.6
Adaptor bends LVS/LVE 1.9
Floor outlet with ventilation grille 0.7
1 Wall or ceiling outlet including ventilation grille 4.1
and filter
Δp = L ∙ R + Z
D0000059570
Z = ∑ζ ∙ ρ/2 ∙ (V· /A)²
1 Adaptor bend LVE ÜB-O Δp Total section pressure drop [Pa]

L Section length [m]
R Duct pressure drop [Pa/m] (see graph)
Z Pressure drop due to individual resistances [Pa]
∑ζ Sum of drag coefficients (see table)
ρ Air density (1.2 kg/m³)
A Reference area [m²] = (0.00416 m²)
V· Flow rate [m³/s]
This results in the following pressure drop values:
Flow rate V· [m³/h]

Component 15 30 45
Flexible duct Pa/m 0.6 2.3 5.1
45° bend, horizontal Pa 0.6 2.2 5.0
90° bend, horizontal Pa 0.8 3.1 7.0
90° bend, vertical Pa 1.1 4.6 10.3
180° adaptor Pa 0.4 1.4 3.3
Adaptor bends LVS/LVE Pa 1.1 4.6 10.3
Floor outlet with ventilation grille Pa 0.4 1.8 4.0
Wall or ceiling outlet including ventila- Pa 2.4 9.8 22
tion grille and filter

Design
Sizing criteria in brief:

——Max. air flow rate per line 45 m³/h
——Max. pressure drop per line 65 Pa (according to table)
——No more than one room per line (4 rooms per distributor)
——Max. 2 air outlets per line
——Max. total air flow rate per distributor 160 m³/h
——Max. air flow rate per outlet (wall/ceiling/floor) 45 m³/h
——Risers up to the distributor connection must be implement-
ed in DN 160
——No more than one distributor per riser if possible
——Max. 2 distributors per riser
——Where there are 2 distributors per riser, connect the first
distributor with a folded spiral-seam tube tee DN 160/125
and the straight distributor connection piece
——Use 45° bends rather than 90° bends wherever possible
——Line length from distributor to grille at least 5 m
——No floor outlets in the extract air area
LVE duct pressure drop

6
1
D0000032865
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
X Flow rate [m3/h]

Y Pressure drop [Pa/m]
LVE duct flow velocity
3,5
3,0
2,5
2,0
1,5
1,0
0,5
D0000033746
0,0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
X Flow rate [m3/h]

Y Flow velocity [m/s]

Design
Connection example
1 2 3
13 9
12
14 8 7 6
10
11
26_04_14_0012_

Design
Key to connection example

No. Designation Explanation Part number
1 LVE VT 4 Central distributor for supply and extract air with four connection options for the flexible air duct and a main 231126
connection to the riser. Including removable inspection cover with adjustment options.
2 LVE VV Extension for the main connection of the air distributor to the riser. 231119
3 LVE WA Air outlet for supply and extract air; for wall or ceiling installation 231124
4 LVE WG Ventilation grille for wall/ceiling outlet 231114
5 LVE RP20 Flexible air duct made from plastic, with inner pipe. 132 x 52 mm. Packing unit 20 m. 231111
6 LVE BH 90 90° duct bend, vertical version 231123
7 LVE BF 90 90° duct bend. Horizontal version 231122
8 LVE BD Dummy cover for sealing unused apertures. 231116
9 LVE BF 45 45° duct bend. Horizontal version 231121
10 LVE FG Ventilation grille for floor outlet, impact-resistant. 231115
11 LVE FA Supply air outlet for floor installation. Can be connected on any side through knock-out apertures. 231125
12 LVE KF Bracket for securing the flexible air duct 231113
13 LVE Ü180 Adaptor for changing the direction of the flexible air duct. 231120
14 LVE VS Connection piece profiles 231787

Design
Design example
The following example, based on a sample building, shows how to design a ventilation system with the LVE flexible air distribution system.
Ground floor layout
17.105
0.365 0.115 0.175 0.365 0.365

0.750 1.180 4.965 2.950 2.260 3.615
0.365
0.365
1
4.260
4.260
41.76 m²
0.175
0.175
9.740
0.365
0.365
4 11
10.865
13
1.135
1.135
2.17 m²
1.465
2.19 m²
1.465
14.85 m²
0.115
0.115
0.635 0.672
0.178
11
0.175
009
Diele
14.85 m²
14.85 m²
2 14
7
5.890
15.52 m²
3.135
11.01 m² 20.26 m²
2.742
2.745
2.078
10
5.84 m²
0.365
0.365
0.760
0.250
0.175
0.365
0.365 0.365
D0000033180
0.365 3.135 4.240 3.510 1.510 3.440 0.175
17.105

2 1
Kitchen Wohnen/Essen ExtractZuluft
air
2 Küche
4 WC ExtractAbluft
air
3 Bad/Dusche Abluft
7 Study
4 WC SupplyAbluft
air
10 Storage
5 room
Schlafen/Eltern Receives airflow
Zuluft
11 Hallway/staircase/porch
6 Kind Receives airflow
Zuluft
13 7 Arbeiten
Technology/heating ExtractZuluft
air
14 8
Garage Gast Zuluft
Not ventilated
9 HWR Abluft
10 Abstellraum durchströmt
11 Flur/Treppe/Windfang durchströmt
12 Diele Abluft
13 Technik/Heizung Abluft
14 Garage unbelüftet
15 Dachboden unbelüftet
16 Dachdurchführung Fortluft
17 Dachdurchführung Außenluft
18 Lüftungsgerät

Design
Top floor layout

0.365 0.115 0.365
0.750 4.635 4.635 0.750
0.365
0.365
5 6
20.90 m² 20.90 m²
4.260
4.505
9.740
0.365
0.120
6 12 3
14.84 m² 16.27 m² 16.49 m²
4.385
4.385
0.365
0.365
0.115 0.115
3.385 3.510 3.760
D0000033181
0.365 3.135 4.240 3.510 0.365
11.615
Attic layout 1 Wohnen/Essen Zuluft

2 Küche Abluft
3 Bad/Dusche Abluft 11.615
4 WC0.750 3.667 Abluft 2.782 3.667 0.750

5 Schlafen/Eltern Zuluft
6 Kind Zuluft
7 Arbeiten Zuluft
8 Gast Zuluft
2.605
9 HWR Abluft
12 Diele Abluft
7.135
2.020
15 Dachboden unbelüftet 15
16 Dachdurchführung Fortluft 42.86 m²
18 Lüftungsgerät
2.510
D0000033183
1 Wohnen/Essen
Zuluft
3 Bathroom/shower 2 Extract air
Küche Abluft
5 Bedroom/parents 3 Bad/Dusche
Supply air Abluft
6 Child 4 WCair
Supply Abluft
5 Schlafen/Eltern
Zuluft
12 Entrance 6 Extract air
Kind Zuluft
15 Attic 7 Not ventilated
Arbeiten Zuluft
8 Gast Zuluft
9 HWR Abluft
11 Flur durchströmt
12 Diele Abluft
26 |Ventilation 16
technical Dachdurchführung Fortluft
guide www.stiebel-eltron.com
Design
Air flow rate calculation to DIN 1946-6

Outdoor air flow rate, standard ventilation
Basis for sizing Flow rate DIN 1946, Part 6
a) By total area 199 m³/h Table 5 (f)
b) By extract air areas 165 m³/h Table 7
c) By number of occupants 90 m³/h Table 5 (b)
Maximum value (a, b, c) 199 m³/h Equation (11)
Minus infiltration 25 m³/h Equation (13)
Standard ventilation flow rate 174 m³/h Equation (11)
Ventilation system operating stages

Ventilation type Calculated Selected DIN 1946, Part 6
Ventilation for humidity control 60 m³/h 60 m³/h Equation (9)
Reduced ventilation 114 m³/h 115 m³/h Equation (10)
Standard ventilation 174 m³/h 175 m³/h Equation (11)
Intensive ventilation 234 m³/h 235 m³/h Equation (12)
Supply air area

Floor Room description Floor area Room volume Air flow rate Number of outlets
m2 m3 m3/h
Ground floor Living space /dining 41.76 104.41 60 2
room
Ground floor Study 11.01 27.52 25 1
Attic Child 2 14.84 37.11 25 1
Attic Child 1 20.90 52.26 25 1
Attic Parents 20.90 52.26 40 2
Extract air area

m2 m3 m3/h
Ground floor Heating 3.59 8.97 25 1
Ground floor Kitchen 15.52 38.79 50 2
Ground floor WC 2.19 5.48 25 1
Attic Bathroom/WC 16.49 41.22 50 2
Attic Entrance 16.27 40.67 25 1
Overflow area
m2 m3 m3/h
Ground floor Storage room 5.84 14.61 - -
Ground floor Hallway 2.17 5.43 - -
Ground floor Entrance 14.85 37.12 - -
Material list (ventilation sets):

When selecting a ventilation set, engineers generally base their
A range of basic and extension sets is available in our product decision on the number of ventilation lines or the number of dis-
range overview, enabling easy combination of ventilation system tributors required, as determined by the air flow rate calculation.
materials and a rough estimate of the material costs. This is di- This enables a rough calculation of the material costs to be made
vided into: before the detailed design stage of the ventilation system.
——Distribution of supply and extract air Sets based on the number of square metres can be obtained for
the purpose of creating a quotation.
——Connection of the distributor to the ventilation unit
——Connection of the outdoor air and exhaust air to the ventila-
tion unit
By combining the different sets, a wide range of ventilation sys-
tems can be assembled. The sets are put together on the basis
of our experience. Due to engineering or on-site conditions, the
actual materials required may differ from the components con-
tained in the ventilation sets.

Design
Designing the ventilation system

Ground floor: Positioning of supply and extract air vents on the ceiling
1
60 m³/h
4
11 13
25 m³/h
25 m³/h
14
7 11
25 m³/h 2
50 m³/h
10
D0000033185
4 WC Extract air
7 Study Supply air
10 Storage room Receives airflow
13 Technology/heating Extract air

Design
Top floor: LVE ducts for supply and extract air in floor installa-
tion
1 1
5 6
40 m³/h 25 m³/h
DN 160
DN 125
DN 125
4
13
6 12 3
25 m³/h 25 m³/h 50 m³/h
7 2 2
D0000033186
1 Wohnen/Essen Zuluft
1 Living space/dining2 room Küche
Supply air Abluft
3 Bad/Dusche Abluft
4 WC Abluft
Schlafen/Eltern Zuluft
5 Bedroom/parents 6 Supply air
Kind Zuluft
6 Child 7 Supply air
Arbeiten Zuluft
7 Study 8 Gast
Supply air Zuluft
9 HWR Abluft
12 Entrance 10
Extract air
Abstellraum durchströmt
12 Diele Abluft
Installation information16
17
Dachdurchführung
Dachdurchführung
Fortluft
Außenluft
——To prevent cross-talk,18the Lüftungsgerät
ventilation ducts between the dis-
tributor and outlet must be at least 5 m long.
——Use suitable profiles for changes of direction.
——Any superfluous apertures in the distribution and discharge
equipment must be sealed using dummy covers.
——To allow regular cleaning of the system and balancing of the
air flow rates, the air distributor boxes must remain accessible
at all times.
——If, due to building characteristics, ventilation ducts have to be
laid close together in the floor, we recommend reinforcing the
screed in this area by installing a steel reinforcement panel.
The required panel thickness must be determined by the
screed contractor.

Design
Top floor: Positioning of supply and extract air vents on the ceiling
5 6
40 m³/h 25 m³/h
12
6 25 m³/h
3
25 m³/h 50 m³/h
D0000062605
2 Küche Abluft
Attic: LVE ducts for supply and extract air in floor installation
3 Bad/Dusche Abluft
4 WC Abluft
6 Kind Zuluft 5 6
7 Arbeiten Zuluft
8 Gast Zuluft
9 HWR Abluft
12 Diele Abluft
13 Technik/Heizung
5
Abluft DN 125
16 Dachdurchführung Fortluft DN 160
DN 160
15
17 Dachdurchführung Außenluft DN 160
18 Lüftungsgerät DN 160
DN 125
DN 160
DN 160
D0000033188
12
6 3 3

6 Child Supply air
12 Entrance Extract air
15 Attic Not ventilated
Notes
——The LVE distributor and LVE ducts can be installed exposed on the floor of the attic.
——If the attic is unheated, the ventilation system must be insulated to prevent heat loss.
——The minimum recommended insulation thickness to DIN 1946-6 is 40 mm.

Design
Attic: Outdoor and exhaust air
16
15
DN 160 18
DN 160
17
D0000033189
16 Roof outlet Exhaust air
17 Roof outlet Outdoor air
18 Ventilation unit
Notes
Outdoor air and exhaust air lines must be insulated with va-
pour-proof material.
The minimum recommended insulation thickness to DIN 1946-6
is 25 mm.
A "short circuit" between the outdoor air and exhaust air must be
prevented. This can be achieved either by means of a minimum
clearance of 2 m or through building characteristics (e.g. house
corner, roof ridge).

Design
Spatial representation (isometry)
D0000033190
1 Living space/dining room Supply air 7 Study Supply air
2 Kitchen Extract air 12 Entrance Extract air
3 Bathroom/shower Extract air 16 Roof outlet Exhaust air
4 WC Extract air 17 Roof outlet Outdoor air
5 Bedroom/parents Supply air 18 Ventilation unit
6 Child Supply air
Bill of material Part no. Designation Quanti-

ty
Once the ventilation system has been designed in detail, the fol-
159323 Tee DN 160/160 2
lowing materials are required for installation.
159324 Reducer DN 160/125 3
Ventilation unit and accessories 159320 DN 160 pipe connector 3
159326 Female connection DN 160 7
Part no. Designation Quan- 159329 90° bend DN 160 10
tity 167147 End cover DN 160, fem. connection 1
233850 LWZ 170 E plus central ventilation unit 1 232113 End cover DN 125, connector 2
185358 FEZ remote control 1 159332 Flexible pipe DN 160, extendible to 5 m 1
159346 Silencer DN 160, 0.9 m 2
Supply air | extract air materials 159348 Zinc-plated perforated steel strip, 10 m 2
227948 Adhesive tape, laminated with protective aluminium 2
Part no. Designation Quanti-
foil, 10 m
ty
231111 LVE flexible plastic duct, 20 m 5
231126 LVE central air distributor 4 Outdoor air | exhaust air materials
231457 LVE distributor cover for floor installation 2 Part no. Designation Quanti-
231119 LVE distributor connection extension, 4 pce 1 ty
231122 LVE 90° bend, horizontal 17 233018 Exhaust/outdoor air grille DN 160 1
231121 LVE 45° bend, horizontal 13 170016 Roof outlet 160, pitched roof 1
231124 LVE wall/ceiling outlet 14 161096 Folded spiral-seam tube DN 160, 2 m 1
231114 LVE wall/ceiling grille, slot design, stainless steel 14 159320 DN 160 pipe connector 2
231787 LVE connection piece for profiles, 5 pce 2 159329 90° bend DN 160 2
231116 LVE end cover, 5 pce 1 159332 Flexible pipe DN 160, extendible to 5 m 1
231113 LVE duct fixing clip, 10 pce 5 170013 Insulation hose DN 160, condensate protected, 4 m 1
231112 LVE pipe extension adaptor, 5 pce 1
161095 Folded spiral-seam tube DN 125, 2 m 1
159322 Tee DN 160/125 1

Design
LVS flexible air distribution system
LVS flexible air distribution system Sizing
General information Due to the small number of standardised components, a detailed

pressure drop calculation is not required for most applications. It
The LVS system is a highly flexible, modular, plastic air distribu- is generally sufficient to check the total lengths of the individual
tion system. It is ideal for installation in new builds and can be ventilation lines. If, due to the dimensions of the building, longer
cast in a concrete ceiling. Due to the fact that the system consists pipe lengths (than given in the tables) are required, a pressure
essentially of the distributor, plastic pipes and air outlets, the total drop calculation must be made to ensure that the pressure pro-
costs are generally significantly lower compared to conventional vided by the ventilation unit is sufficient.
folded spiral-seam tube or flat duct installations. Installation effort
is also significantly lower, as the pipes can be routed freely without In order to reliably prevent cross-talk between individual rooms,
additional profiles. we recommend ensuring that each line is at least 5 m long from
the distributor to the air outlet.
Installation
Cleaning
Key components are the rectangular air distributor boxes, which
are available in two sizes with connection options for up to 8 or The air distributor boxes and the ventilation lines connected to
12 air outlets. The air distributor boxes can be connected to the them can be inspected through the connector that is attached to
main duct from above or below. As an option, the air distributor the main duct. To do this, the connection duct is disassembled.
boxes can also be connected to the main duct from the side, with Alternatively, an inspection port can also be provided in the main
the help of an additional component. duct near the air distributor box.
Alternatively, for smaller air flow rates, a distributor is available Generally, cleaning is carried out by specialised workshops. Var-
with only 4 connections and correspondingly smaller dimensions. ious cleaning processes can be used such as:
——Cleaning with a brush – either using automatic rotating
Air outlets must be positioned according to the ventilation design
brushes or by hand (similar to the process used by the flue
for each room. They are connected to the pipework without tools,
gas inspector)
using push-fit adaptors.
For formwork ceilings, position the collector boxes, air inlets, air ——Compressed air cleaning. In this case air flows out radially
outlets and pipework on the formwork and then cast them in. from the cleaning device. After cleaning, loose particles are
extracted from the end of the duct with a vacuum cleaner.
For a filigree ceiling construction, the geometry and positions
of the distributor and the air outlets must be taken into account Longer, vertically positioned main distributor lines (folded spi-
when designing the ceiling, and the required recesses planned in. ral-seam tube) should also be provided with an inspection port
at the bottom.
All components must be fixed carefully to prevent flotation or
shifting during concreting. LVS air distribution system checklist
As an alternative to installing distributors in the concrete ceiling, □□ The design/engineering documents have been checked and
we offer two air distributors made from zinc-plated sheet steel approved by the structural engineer responsible.
with nine connectors for wall or ceiling mounting. One of these
has an integral silencer, and the air flow rate for each connector □□ The system has only been installed in sealed, airtight compo-
can be adjusted individually. One air distributor has a compact nents (concrete).
design with no silencer and no air flow rate adjustment option.
□□ Filigree ceilings have been prepared for installing the special
Structural considerations fitted components.
The air distribution system must be factored in when making □□ All air hoses have been routed as horizontally as possible and
structural calculations for a concrete ceiling. Especially in the case with large radii and clearances.
of more complex constructions such as diagonally braced ceilings
or long spans, there are zones in which no pipes may be laid. The □□ Air hoses and special fitted components have been routed
intended pipework routing must therefore always be checked and between the upper and lower reinforcements.
authorised by the structural engineer responsible.
□□ All components have been fixed carefully to prevent flotation
or shifting.
□□ There are no crossing lines.
□□ Pipes have been connected using special accessories only.
□□ Any superfluous apertures in the distribution and discharge
equipment have been carefully sealed.

Design
Sizing criteria in brief:

——Max. air flow rate 30 m³/h per line DN 75
——5 m minimum length per line
——Observe the max. line length (table)
——Max. 8 or 12 lines per distributor
——Max. 240 m³/h per distributor
——Max. 50 m³/h per air outlet
——Max. 2 pipes per air outlet
Flow rate [m³/h] Maximum line length [m]

DN 75
15 56
20 33
25 22
30 15
Pressure drop, LVS pipe (DN 75)

3,5
3,0
2,5
2,0
1,5
1,0
0,5
D0000033846
0,0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
X Flow rate [m3/h]

Flow velocity, LVS pipe (DN 75)
3,0
2,5
2,0
1,5
1,0
0,5
D0000033848
0,0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
X Flow rate [m3/h]


Design
Component overview
3
5
2 6
10
11
1 7
8
D0000032951
4
Part Product Description Note

number
1 227652 LVS SVK DN125 LVS central air distributor, 4-way For connecting up to 4 DN 75 pipes. Manifold connection DN 125, vertical
2 232117 LVS SVM 160-8 LVS central air distributor, 8-way For connecting up to 6 pipes on a horizontally positioned manifold.
For connecting up to 8 pipes on a vertically positioned manifold.
Manifold connection, either DN 160 vertical or 1-2 x DN 125 horizontal.
3 232118 LVS SVG 160-12 LVS central air distributor, 12-way For connecting up to 10 pipes on a horizontally positioned manifold.
For connecting up to 12 pipes on a vertically positioned manifold.
Manifold connection, either DN 160 vertical or 1-2 x DN 125 horizontal.
4 227650 LVS U 75-100 LVS diverter DN 75 to DN 100 90° adaptor from DN 75 to DN 100
Connection of DN 100 standard ceiling vent possible
5 232116 LVS U 75-100-2 LVS diverter 2x DN 75 to DN 100 90° adaptor from 2x DN 75 to DN 100
6 223311 LVS AE LVS outlet/inlet casing Connection to longitudinal and transverse side possible
7 223313 LVS LG LVS air grille, standard Grille for either wall or ceiling installation
223314 LVS LGE LVS air grille, stainless steel
223315 LVS LGL LVS air grille, white painted sheet steel
227656 LVS LGD LVS air grille, stainless steel, design version
8 220602 LFK UN 100-100 Diverter, 100 x 50 to DN 100, connector end 90° adaptor from DN 100 to 100x50 mm LFK above the concrete
9 220574 LFK BH 100-90 90° bend, 100 x 50, vertical 90° upward bend LFK
10 220599 LFK U 100-100 Diverter, 100 x 50 to DN 100, 350 mm long 90° adaptor from 100x50 LFK to DN 100
Connection of DN 100 standard wall vent possible
11 220566 LFK 100-2 Flat duct 100 x 50, 2 m Flat duct LFK 100x50 mm
A complete list of LVS components can be found in chapter "Accessories".

Design
Design example
The following example, based on a sample building, shows how
to design a ventilation system with the LVS flexible air distribution
system.
Ground floor layout
17.105
0.365 0.115 0.175 0.365 0.365

0.750 1.180 4.965 2.950 2.260 3.615
0.365
0.365
1
4.260
4.260
41.76 m²
0.175
0.175
9.740
0.365
0.365
4 11
10.865
13
1.135
1.135
2.17 m²
1.465
2.19 m²
1.465
14.85 m²
0.115
0.115
0.635 0.672
0.178
11
0.175
009
Diele
14.85 m²
14.85 m²
2 14
7
5.890
15.52 m²
3.135
11.01 m² 20.26 m²
2.742
2.745
2.078
10
5.84 m²
0.365
0.365
0.760
0.250
0.175
0.365
0.365 0.365
D0000033180
0.365 3.135 4.240 3.510 1.510 3.440 0.175
17.105

2 1
Kitchen Wohnen/Essen ExtractZuluft
air
4 WC2 Küche
ExtractAbluft
air
3 Bad/Dusche Abluft
7 Study
4 WC SupplyAbluft
air
10 Storage
5 room
Schlafen/Eltern Receives airflow
Zuluft
11 Hallway/staircase/porch
6 Kind Receives airflow
Zuluft
13 7 Arbeiten
Technology/heating ExtractZuluft
air
14 8
Garage Gast Zuluft
Not ventilated
9 HWR Abluft
12 Diele Abluft
16 Dachdurchführung Fortluft
18 Lüftungsgerät

Design
Top floor layout

0.365 0.115 0.365
0.750 4.635 4.635 0.750
0.365
0.365
5 6
20.90 m² 20.90 m²
4.260
4.505
9.740
0.365
0.120
6 12 3
14.84 m² 16.27 m² 16.49 m²
4.385
4.385
0.365
0.365
0.115 0.115
3.385 3.510 3.760
D0000033181
0.365 3.135 4.240 3.510 0.365
11.615
Attic layout 1 Wohnen/Essen Zuluft

2 Küche Abluft
3 Bad/Dusche Abluft 11.615
4 WC0.750 3.667 Abluft 2.782 3.667 0.750

6 Kind Zuluft
7 Arbeiten Zuluft
8 Gast Zuluft
2.605
9 HWR Abluft
12 Diele Abluft
7.135
2.020
15 Dachboden unbelüftet 15
16 Dachdurchführung Fortluft 42.86 m²
18 Lüftungsgerät
2.510
D0000033183
Küche Abluft
Bad/Dusche Abluft
6 Child 4 Supply
WCair Abluft
12 Entrance 5 Schlafen/Eltern
Extract air Zuluft
6 Kind Zuluft
15 Attic 7
Not ventilated
Arbeiten Zuluft
8 Gast Zuluft
9 HWR Abluft
11 Flur durchströmt
12 Diele Abluft
www.stiebel-eltron.com16 Dachdurchführung Fortluft Ventilation technical guide| 37
Design
Air flow rate calculation to DIN 1946-6

Outdoor air flow rate, standard ventilation
Basis for sizing Flow rate DIN 1946, Part 6
a) By total area 199 m³/h Table 5 (f)
b) By extract air areas 165 m³/h Table 7
c) By number of occupants 90 m³/h Table 5 (b)
Maximum value (a, b, c) 199 m³/h Equation (11)
Minus infiltration 25 m³/h Equation (13)
Standard ventilation flow rate 174 m³/h Equation (11)
Ventilation system operating stages

Ventilation type Calculated Selected DIN 1946, Part 6
Ventilation for humidity control 60 m³/h 60 m³/h Equation (9)
Reduced ventilation 114 m³/h 115 m³/h Equation (10)
Standard ventilation 174 m³/h 175 m³/h Equation (11)
Intensive ventilation 234 m³/h 235 m³/h Equation (12)
Supply air area

Floor Room description Floor area (m2) Room volume (m3) Air flow rate (m3/h) Number of outlets
Ground floor Living space/dining room 41.76 104.41 60 2
Ground floor Study 11.01 27.52 25 1
Attic Child 2 14.84 37.11 25 1
Attic Child 1 20.90 52.26 25 1
Attic Parents 20.90 52.26 40 2
Extract air area

Ground floor Heating 3.59 8.97 25 1
Ground floor Kitchen 15.52 38.79 50 2
Ground floor WC 2.19 5.48 25 1
Attic Bathroom/WC 16.49 41.22 50 2
Attic Entrance 16.27 40.67 25 1
Overflow area
Ground floor Storage room 5.84 14.61 - -
Ground floor Hallway 2.17 5.43 - -
Ground floor Entrance 14.85 37.12 - -

Design
Material list (ventilation sets):

A range of basic and extension sets is available in our product
range overview, enabling easy combination of ventilation system
materials and a rough estimate of the material costs. This is di-
vided into:
——Distribution of supply and extract air
——Connection of the distributor to the ventilation unit
——Connection of outdoor and exhaust air to the ventilation unit
By combining the different sets, a wide range of ventilation sys-
tems can be assembled. The sets are put together on the basis
of our experience. Due to engineering or on-site conditions, the
actual materials required may differ from the components con-
tained in the ventilation sets.
When selecting a ventilation set, engineers generally base their
decision on the number of ventilation lines or the number of dis-
tributors required, as determined by the air flow rate calculation.
This enables a rough calculation of the material costs to be made
before the detailed design stage of the ventilation system.
Ground floor: Positioning of supply and extract air vents on the
ceiling
1
60 m³/h
4
11 13
25 m³/h
25 m³/h
14
7 11
25 m³/h 2
50 m³/h
10
D0000033197
1 Living space/dining room Supply air 11 Hallway/staircase/porch Receives airflow

2 Kitchen Extract air 13 Technology/heating Extract air
4 WC Extract air 14 Garage Not ventilated
7 Study Supply air

Design
Top floor: LVS ducts for supply and extract air in a concrete floor
1 1
5 6
40 m³/h 25 m³/h
DN 160
DN 160
13
6 12 3
25 m³/h 25 m³/h 50 m³/h
7 2 2
D0000033198
6 Child Supply air
When using the flexible air distribution system, please note the following:
——It is essential to have the design/engineering documents ——Use the mounting aids supplied with the fitted components.
checked and authorised by the structural engineer responsi-
ble! ——Avoid crossing lines.
——Install the system only in sealed, airtight components. ——Avoid sharp 90° bends.
——Duct diameter 75 mm ——Connect pipes using the special accessories only.
——Prepare filigree ceilings for the installation of the special fitted ——Carefully seal any superfluous apertures in the distribution
components. and discharge equipment.
——Air hoses should be routed as horizontally as possible, with ——The individual lines can be serviced via the vents and via the
large radii and clearances. cleaning apertures upstream of the distributor boxes.
——A minimum air hose length of 5 m is required between the

collector/distributor box and the outlet/inlet casing.
——Route air hoses and components between the upper and
lower reinforcements.
——Secure air hoses carefully to prevent flotation or shifting.

Design
Top floor: Positioning of supply and extract air vents on the

ceiling
5 6
40 m³/h 25 m³/h
12
6 25 m³/h
3
25 m³/h 50 m³/h
D0000033199
Attic: LVS ducts for supply and extract air in a concrete floor
5 6
5 DN 125
DN 160
DN 160
15 DN 160
DN 160
DN 125
DN 160
DN 160
12
D0000033200
6 3 3

6 Child Supply air
Note: ——The minimum recommended insulation thickness to DIN 1946-
——The LVS distributor as well as the LVS ducts can only be in- 6 is 40 mm.
stalled in concrete floors. Exposed installation is not permis- ——The individual lines can be serviced via the vents and via the
sible. cleaning apertures upstream of the distributor boxes.
——If the attic is unheated, the ventilation system must be insulat-
ed to prevent heat loss.

Design
Attic: Folded spiral-seam tube for outdoor and exhaust air
16
15
DN 160 18
DN 160
17
D0000033201
16 Roof outlet Exhaust air
17 Roof outlet Outdoor air
18 Ventilation unit
Note:
Outdoor air and exhaust air lines must be insulated with va-
pour-proof material.
The minimum recommended insulation thickness to DIN 1946-6
is 25 mm.
A "short circuit" between the outdoor air and exhaust air must be
prevented. This can be achieved either by means of a minimum
clearance of 2 m or through building characteristics (e.g. house
corner, roof ridge).

Design
D0000033202
1 Living space/dining room Supply air 12 Entrance Extract air
2 Kitchen Extract air 13 Technology/heating Extract air
3 Bathroom/shower Extract air 16 Roof outlet Exhaust air
4 WC Extract air 17 Roof outlet Outdoor air
5 Bedroom/parents Supply air 18 Ventilation unit
6 Child Supply air
7 Study Supply air

Design
Bill of material Part no. Designation Quan-

tity
170013 Insulation hose DN 160, condensate protected, 4 m 1
lowing materials are required for installation:
Ventilation unit and accessories
Part no. Designation Quan-
tity
233850 LWZ 170 E plus central ventilation unit 1
185358 FEZ remote control 1
Supply air | extract air materials

tity
227918 Supply air vent DN 100, ceiling 7
227917 Extract air vent DN 100, wall/ceiling 7
159322 Tee DN 160/125 2
159323 Tee DN 160/160 4
159320 DN 160 pipe connector 3
159326 Female connection DN 160 8
159329 90° bend DN 160 8
232115 Cleaning cover DN 160 4
159332 Flexible pipe DN 160, extendible to 5m 1
159346 Silencer DN 160, 0.9 m 2
159348 Zinc-plated perforated steel strip, 10m 2
foil, 10 m
227652 LVS central air distributor, 4-way 2
232117 LVS central air distributor, 8-way 2
223321 LVS flexible plastic pipe DN 75, 25 m 4
223318 LVS connector adaptor, 5 pce 3
223319 LVS end cover, 10 pce 1
224897 LVS pipe extension adaptor, 5 pce 1
227650 LVS diverter DN 75 to DN 100 14
Outdoor air | exhaust air materials

tity
233018 Exhaust/outdoor air grille DN 160 1
170016 Roof outlet 160, pitched roof 1
159320 DN 160 pipe connector 2
159329 90° bend DN 160 2
159332 Flexible pipe DN 160, extendible to 5 m 1

Design
Design example LVE and LVS

Ground floor: Positioning of supply and extract air vents on the ceiling
1
60 m³/h
4
11 13
25 m³/h
25 m³/h
14
7 11
25 m³/h 2
50 m³/h
10
D0000062593
Top floor: LVE ducts for supply and extract air in floor installation
1 1
5 6
40 m³/h 25 m³/h
6 13
12 3
25 m³/h 25 m³/h 50 m³/h
2 Küche Abluft
3 Bad/Dusche Abluft
4 WC Abluft
7 2 2
D0000062589
6 Kind Zuluft
7 Arbeiten Zuluft
8 Gast Zuluft
9 HWR Abluft
1 Living space/dining room
12 Supply air
Diele Abluft 11 Hallway/staircase/porch Receives airflow
2 Kitchen 13 Extract air
Technik/Heizung Abluft 12 Entrance Extract air
4 WC 15 Extract air
Dachboden unbelüftet 13 Technology/heating Extract air
Dachdurchführung Fortluft 14 Garage Not ventilated
6 Child 18 Supply air
Lüftungsgerät
7 Study Supply air

Design
Top floor: Positioning of supply and extract air vents on the

ceiling
5 6
40 m³/h 25 m³/h
12
6 25 m³/h
3
25 m³/h 50 m³/h
D0000062587
Attic: LVE ducts for supply and extract air in floor installation
5 6
DN 160 mm
15 DN 160 mm
D0000062592
12
6 3 3

6 Child Supply air

Design
Attic: Folded spiral-seam tube for outdoor and exhaust air
16
15
DN 160 18
DN 160
17
D0000062591
D0000062594
1 Living space/dining room Supply air 15 Attic Not ventilated

2 Kitchen Extract air 16 Roof outlet Exhaust air
3 Bathroom/shower Extract air 17 Roof outlet Outdoor air
4 WC Extract air 18 Ventilation unit
6 Child Supply air
7 Study Supply air
13 Technology/heating Extract air

Design
Bill of material
lowing materials are required for installation:
Ventilation unit and accessories
tity
233850 LWZ 170 E plus central ventilation unit 1
185358 FEZ remote control 1
Supply air | extract air materials

tity
231111 LVE flexible plastic duct, 20 m 5
231124 LVE wall/ceiling outlet 14
231122 LVE 90° bend, horizontal 4
231113 LVE duct fixing clip, 10 pce 5
231112 LVE pipe extension adaptor, 5 pce 1
233032 LVE adaptor to LVS plastic pipe DN 90 7
235913 LVE adaptor bend to LVS, connection from above 7
231114 LVE wall/ceiling grille, slot design, stainless steel 14
234493 LVS sound insulated air distributor, surface mounted, 2
VTS 9
224897 LVS pipe extension adaptor, 5 pce 1
159326 Pipe female connection DN 160 2
159329 90° bend DN 160 4
159332 Flexible pipe DN 160, extendible to 5 m 1
foil, 10 m
Outdoor air | exhaust air materials

tity
233018 Exhaust/outdoor air grille DN 160 1
170016 Roof outlet 160, pitched roof 1
159328 45° bend DN 160 1
159329 90° bend DN 160 2
170013 Insulation hose DN 160, condensate protected, 4 m 1

Notes

Design
LFK flat duct system
LFK flat duct system Distributor box
General information
The LFK flat duct system is a robust air distribution system made
from non-combustible, zinc-plated sheet steel. It is unique due to
its low installed height of only 50 mm, which enables space sav-
ing installation in floor structures, lightweight construction walls 6
or suspended ceilings. Due to the smooth surface, the pressure 5
drop is significantly lower compared to flexible systems. Cleaning 4
the ducts is therefore also decidedly easier. The large number of
D0000042151
3
components and profiles as well as an extensive range of acces- 2
sories allow just about any form of duct routing with the LFK flat 1
duct system.
Installation Distributor box, ground floor
The central air distributor can be used for the supply and extract
air area with the option of connecting up to four flat ducts of
various sizes. It should be positioned as centrally as possible.
The integral inspection port must be kept accessible. The main
distribution can be connected to the ventilation unit either at the
side or the top.
6
A push-fit system is used for installing the ducts and profiles, 5
which are sealed with a suitable adhesive tape so as to be airtight. 4
The ducts are equipped with integral fixing tabs for securing them 3
D0000042152
to the floor. 7
1
For wall or ceiling mounting, ducts and profiles should be secured
additionally, for example with a perforated strip.
To prevent structure-borne noise and to level out any uneven- Distributor box, upper floor
ness, we recommend laying edge insulation strips on the rough
concrete.
Structural considerations
Ducts and profiles have been designed for a screed covering of up
to 50 mm. Several ducts installed side by side may reduce the load First floor
bearing capacity of the screed. Adequate reinforcement must be 6
employed in addition if this cannot be avoided. Impact sound insu- 5
lation should not be interrupted due to the risk of structure-borne 4
noise transmission. 3
2
1
Ground floor
D0000042153
1 Concrete ceiling
2 Edge insulation strips
3 Flat duct
4 Impact sound insulation
5 Screed
6 Floor covering
7 Thermal insulation

Design
Sizing Sizing criteria in brief:

The pressure drop calculation for the flat duct system is carried out ——Max. air flow rate 40 m³/h, duct 100 x 50
using the classic procedure of determining the pipes friction loss
as well as the pressure drops caused by fitted components. To do ——Max. air flow rate 60 m³/h, duct 150 x 50
this, take the line with the most unfavourable flow. Divide it into
——Max. air flow rate 80 m³/h, duct 200 x 50
sections with the same flow rate. The total pressure drop of the
line is determined by adding all the sections together. ——Max. 4 lines per distributor
Δp = L ∙ R + Z ——Max. 160 m³/h per distributor
Δp Total section pressure drop [Pa] ——Do not install duct 200 x 50 on the floor, as the peak load
L Section length [m] resistance is insufficient.
R Duct pressure drop [Pa/m] (see graph)
Z Pressure drop due to individual resistances [Pa] Pressure drop, flat duct
Z = ∑ζ ∙ ρ/2 ∙ v2 1,6
200x50
1,4
Z Pressure drop due to individual resistances [Pa] 150x50
1,2
∑ζ Sum of drag coefficients (see table) 100x50
1,0
v Flow velocity in the duct (see graph) 0,8
0,6
Drag coefficients 0,4
84_04_01_0011_
Flat duct component Illustration ζ value 0,2
90° bend, horizontal 0.5 0,0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
90° bend, vertical 0.7 X Flow rate [m3/h]

45° bend, horizontal 0.4 Flow velocity, flat duct
40
Diverters 3.4 2,4

2,2
200x50
2,0 150x50
1,8
Adaptor (reducer) 0.1
1,6 100x50
1,4
Adaptor (extension) 0.2 1,2
1,0
Branch (fork) 1.4 0,8
0,6
84_04_01_0012_
0,4
Branch (union) 1.4 0,2
0,0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Branch (duct > duct branch) 4.5

X Flow rate [m3/h]
Branch (duct > pipe branch) 1.4
Branch (pipe > duct branch) 3.4
Estimated values, only valid for our flat ducts within the recommended flow
rate range

Design
Connection examples
Standard connection with 2 distributor connection pieces 50 x Maximum connection with 4 distributor connection pieces 50 x
150 mm: 100 mm:
1
1 6
3 4
5
D0000042154
D0000042156
5 4
Maximum connection with 4 distributor connection pieces 50 x 150 mm:

No. Designation Description Part number
1 1 LFK VW Distributor 220565
7 2 LFK 150-2 Duct 150/50 220567
3 LFK TFR 150-100 Reduced tee 220580
4 4 LFK U 100-100 Diverter 220599
5 LFK 100-2 Duct 100/50 220566
6 LFK BF 100-90 Bend, horizontal 220572
2 7 LFK BF 150-90 Bend, horizontal 220573
3
D0000042155

Notes

Design
LWF folded spiral-seam tube system

General information
The robust spiral-seam tube system to DIN 24175 consists of pipes
and profiles made from zinc-plated sheet steel. Due to the very
large cross-sectional areas, compared to other distribution sys-
tems, high flow rates with low pressure drops can be achieved.
This system is therefore mostly used for the main distribution of
supply and extract air. It is also very suited for laying in attics, in
suspended ceilings or within wooden joist ceilings.
Installation
The profiles (bends, tees, reducers, pipe connectors) are delivered
PIC00002810
with pre-assembled rolling ring seals made from age-resistant
EPDM rubber. Installation is therefore extremely simple, as pipes
and profiles can simply be pushed into each other. Airtightness
is ensured through the specified unrolling of the seal. For per-
manent connections, the profiles should be fixed to the pipe with Thermal insulation of air ducts to DIN 1946, Part 6
self-tapping screws or blind rivets. Pipes can be fixed to the wall
or ceiling with perforated strips. Air type Thermal Minimum insulation thickness
conductiv-
In order to prevent the transmission of vibrations from the venti- ity
lation unit to the air distribution system, the unit should be con- Attic Cellar Heated
nected using flexible aluminium pipes. (< 10 °C) (< 18 °C) (> 18 °C)
If several rooms are supplied via one pipe, cross-talk silencers Supply air WLS 045 25 mm 10 mm -
must be provided to prevent the transmission of noise. Supply air (space WLS 045 60 mm 40 mm 25 mm
heating)
In unheated areas such as cellars or attics, the pipework must Extract air WLS 045 40 mm 25 mm -
be insulated with mineral or glass wool. Outdoor and exhaust Outdoor air WLS 045 25 mm * 40 mm * 60 mm *
air ducts must be equipped with a vapour proof casing in order Exhaust air WLS 045 20 mm * 30 mm * 25 mm *
to prevent the insulation becoming damp through condensate Supply air WLS 035 20 mm 10 mm -
formation. Supply air (space WLS 035 45 mm 30 mm 20 mm
heating)
Cleaning Extract air WLS 035 30 mm 20 mm -
Outdoor air WLS 035 20 mm * 30 mm * 45 mm *
Inspection ports must be provided at suitable points (in particular Exhaust air WLS 035 15 mm * 25 mm * 20 mm *
at the bottom of risers) for cleaning and inspecting the ventilation
system. This can be achieved by inserting tees with covers into * Vapour diffusion-proof insulation required
the pipework. Special cleaning covers are available in our range
of accessories for this purpose.

Design
Sizing Sizing criteria in brief:

The pressure drop calculation for the folded spiral-seam tube sys- ——Max. air flow rate 85 m³/h, DN 100
tem is carried out using the classic procedure of determining the
pipe friction loss as well as the pressure drops caused by fitted ——Max. air flow rate 135 m³/h, DN 125
components. To do this, take the line with the most unfavourable
——Max. air flow rate 220 m³/h, DN 160
flow. Divide it into sections with the same flow rate. The pressure
drop must be calculated for each section separately; the total
pressure drop of the line is then determined by adding all the Pressure drop, folded spiral-seam tube
sections together.
1,6
DN 100
Δp = L ∙ R + Z 1,4
DN 125
1,2
p Total section pressure drop in Pa DN 160
1,0
L Length of section in m
R Pipe friction loss in Pa/m (graph) 0,8
Z Pressure drop due to individual resistances in Pa 0,6
0,4
Z = ∑ζ ∙ ρ/2 ∙ v2
84_04_01_0013_
0,2
Z Pressure drop due to individual resistances in Pa 0,0

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
∑ζ Sum of drag coefficients (table)
X Flow rate [m3/h]
v Flow velocity in the pipe (graph)
Flow velocity, folded spiral-seam tube
Folded spiral-seam Illustration ζ value
tube system compo- 3,2
nent 3,0 DN 100
2,8
90° bend 0.8 2,6 DN 125
2,4
2,2
2,0 DN 160
45° bend 0.4 1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1,0
Reducer (decrease) 0.1 0,8
0,6
84_04_01_0014_
0,4
0,2
0,0
Reducer (increase) 0.4 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
X Flow rate [m3/h]

Tee (fork) 2.6 Y Flow velocity [m/s]
Tee (union) 0.7
Tee (branch) w2 / w1 = 0.4 5.0

w2 w2 / w1 = 0.6 2.2
w2 / w1 = 0.8 1.2
w2 / w1 = 1.0 0.9
w1
w2 / w1 = 1.5 0.5
Estimated values, only valid for our folded spiral-seam tube within the recom-
mended flow rate range

Design
Air outlets
Air outlets Comfort zone in a room with transverse air flow
Comfort and draught

In order to achieve a comfortable room climate without drafts A
using controlled mechanical ventilation, the type, number and
position of the air outlets must be selected carefully. Here, supply
air routing is of key importance.
Depending on the temperature, air streams with a flow velocity
of approx. 0.2 m/s are experienced as draughty if the occupants
of the room are sitting down. For this reason, the maximum flow
rate given in the specifications for the vents used should not be C
exceeded. In ventilation systems with decentralised external wall D
vents, integral wind pressure protection ensures a draught-free
fresh air supply, regardless of the wind loads on the facade.
B
If supply air temperatures lie more than 6 °C below room tem-
perature, they are generally felt to be uncomfortably cold. For
central ventilation systems with heat recovery, fresh air is supplied
at a temperature of approx. 18 °C so that there is no noticeable
cooling down of the room. The amount of air entering the room
26_04_01_0453
is fairly small. A complete change of indoor air takes place every A
2 to 2.5 hours.
Perception of draught
A Distance from an external wall, 1.0 m
0,6 B Distance from a window, 1.0 m
1 C Distance from an internal wall, 0.5 m
D Height above the floor, 2.0 m
0,4
Average supply air temperatures using heat recovery
Outdoor air Average extract air temperature [°C]

temperature
0,3 [°C]
19 20 21 22
-10 16.1 17.0 17.9 18.8
-8 16.3 17.2 18.1 19.0
2 3 4 -6 16.5 17.4 18.3 19.2
0,2
-4 16.7 17.6 18.5 19.4
-2 16.9 17.8 18.7 19.6
0 17.1 18.0 18.9 19.8
2 17.3 18.2 19.1 20.0
0,1 4 17.5 18.4 19.3 20.2
6 17.7 18.6 19.5 20.4
8 17.9 18.8 19.7 20.6
10 18.1 19.0 19.9 20.8
26_04_01_0452
Valid for heat recovery efficiency of 90 %, without condensation and fan heat
loss.
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
Y Air speed [m/s]

X Indoor air temperature [°C]
1 "Draughty" zone
2 "Uncomfortably cold" zone
3 Comfort zone
4 "Uncomfortably warm" zone

Design
Air outlets
Decentralised supply air vents Outdoor air flow rates, decentralised supply air vents
Optimum efficiency of external wall vents can be achieved by in- External wall Differential Filter class
stalling them near the top of the external wall, to the left or right aperture pressure
of a window which has a radiator below it, at a height of approx. G2 G3 Pollen filter
2.0 to 2.2 m. ALD 160 4 Pa 20 m3/h 15 m3/h 16 m3/h
This allows the incoming fresh air to be warmed by the warm 8 Pa 29 m3/h 22 m3/h 26 m3/h
air circulating within the room and distributed without causing a
draft. The air apertures should be distributed as evenly as possible The required number of decentralised supply air vents can be
and not positioned in the immediate vicinity of occupied zones. Air derived from the outdoor air flow rate per supply air element and
inlets into the room must not be covered by curtains or furniture. the calculated total flow rate of the dwelling to DIN 1946, Part 6.
Risk of draughts Example:
ALD Standard ventilation total flow rate: 150 m³/h
Risk of
draughts [%] Use of ALD 160 (G3 filter, 8 Pa differential pressure): 22 m³/h
Required number of vents: 6.8 ~ 7 pce
None
The outlets must be distributed in the living spaces and bedrooms
according to the type of use and size of the rooms. At least one
external wall aperture must be installed in every supply air area.
Central supply air vents
Central supply air distribution can be effected via ceiling outlets,
26_04_14_0022_
wall outlets at a height of approximately 2.2 m and, using the LVE

Category flexible air distribution system, via floor outlets as well. Central
supply air vents should preferably be positioned in the external
wall area. This results in an ideal flow of air through the room
towards the interior door, as the supply air moves towards the
extract air areas due to the pressure difference. This air current is
Risk of
ALD overlaid with thermal air currents coming from the radiators. This
draughts [%]
mixed air current of supply air and indoor air ensures draught-free
None fresh air provision.
The required number of air outlets is determined based on the
air flow rate calculation to DIN 1946, Part 6. Depending on the
calculated flow rate of each supply air area and the type of vent
selected, the required number of vents is established based on
the maximum recommended flow rate per outlet.
26_04_14_0023_
Category Recommended air flow rates for different supply air outlets
Part Type Description Max. rec-

number ommended
Source: Prof. Dr.-Ing. habil. Wolfgang Richter, Institute for Ener-
air flow
gy Engineering, Technical University of Dresden
rate
For outside temperature -5 °C (cold winter average)
231124 LVE WA Wall/ceiling outlet, LVE system 45 m³/h
Depending on the type of vent selected and the installed air filter, 231115 LVE FA Floor outlet, LVE system 45 m³/h
different maximum outdoor air flow rates are achieved. The higher 223311 LVS AE Wall/ceiling outlet, LVS system 25 m³/h
the negative pressure caused by the extract air fan, the more fresh 227918 LWF ZVM 100 Supply air vent DN 100 for ceiling 30 m³/h
air flows in through the decentralised supply air vents. installation
229281 LWF ZVM WQ Supply air vent DN 100 for wall in- 40 m³/h
The design is generally based on a pressure differential of 8 Pa. 100 stallation
If a fireplace without its own combustion air supply is used, the 230163 LWF ZVM 125 Supply air vent DN 125 for ceiling 40 m³/h
flue gas inspector responsible can stipulate a maximum negative installation
pressure of 4 Pa. In this case, correspondingly more supply air
vents must be installed.

Design
Air outlets
Extract air vents Extractor hood

Only ceiling vents or wall vents just below the ceiling should be Never connect an extractor hood to a ventilation system.
used for the removing extract air from the kitchen, bathroom Irrespective of the ventilation system used, an air recirculation
and WC. Ideally, this air should be extracted near the sources of extractor hood should preferably be installed. Air recirculation
humidity and odours. extractor hoods do not impair the function of the ventilation sys-
In DIN 1946, Part 6, an extract air filter (filter class G2) is manda- tem, as they are pressure-neutral. They filter air and, depending
tory in kitchens and recommended for other extract air areas. In on the model, can also remove odours efficiently.
order to avoid excess contamination of the pipework and ventila- However, if an exhaust air extractor hood is installed, an inflow
tion unit through greasy air, extract air vents in the kitchen should of fresh air must be ensured.
not be positioned in the immediate vicinity of the cooker.
A ventilation system cannot replace an extractor hood. Extractor
The extract air flow rate to DIN 1946-6 for kitchens, bathrooms and hoods have significantly higher air flow rates than the entire ven-
showers is 45 m³/h; for WCs and utility rooms 25 m³/h. Therefore, tilation system in the building.
for most construction projects, one vent per extract air area is
sufficient. If the air flow rate calculation shows higher flow rates,
the maximum recommended air flow rate for each extract air vent
must be observed. If necessary, several vents per room should
be provided.
Maximum air flow rates for different extract air outlets
Part Type Description Maximum
number air flow
rate
231124 LVE WA Wall/ceiling outlet, LVE system 45 m³/h
223311 LVS AE Wall/ceiling outlet, LVS system 50 m³/h
227917 LWF AVM 100 Extract air vent DN 100 for wall/ 50 m³/h
ceiling installation
227924 LWF AVM 125 Extract air vent DN 125 for wall/ 70 m³/h
ceiling installation

Design
Sound
Sound Example values for sound immissions
General information db (A)

160
The fan is one of the main sources of noise in an air duct system, 140
140 130
together with the flow noise from the profiles. 120 110
100
90
Engineering measures have reduced mechanical fan noises to such 100 85
an extent that they are negligible. More disturbing are unavoidable 80
60 65
aerodynamic noises caused by turbulence arising from air flowing 60
40
84_04_01_0019_
through the fan propeller and housing. 40
18
25
20
Sound can be propagated in different ways: 0
A B C D E F G H I J K
——Sound emission via the casing walls to the installation room
——Structure-borne noise transmitted to the foundations. In sim- A Forest
ple ventilation units, this can be absorbed through the use of B Bedroom
anti-vibration mounts. C Living space or library
D Entertainment
——Airborne sound from the suction connector and airborne E Office
sound from the pressure connector. Both are absorbed to F Average road traffic
some extent through the acoustic characteristics of the air G Heavy traffic
routing system, the silencer and the relevant room. H Pneumatic hammer
I Pop group
The airborne sound emitted by both the fans of a central venti- J Jet aircraft starting at a distance of 100 m
lation unit is reduced by two silencers on the room side, in the K Jet engine at a distance of 25 m (pain threshold)
supply and extract air ducts.
The air routing system components generate their own flow noise. System design
As with the fan noise, their sound power is absorbed by the system ——Ventilation ducts must be sized to DIN 1946, Part 6.
between the air duct components and the room.
——When installing ventilation ducts ensure that there are no
The air outlets in the rooms are a further source of noise. sharp edges in the duct which could cause flow noise.
Ventilation units are quiet when designed and installed correctly. ——Connections of the ventilation ducts to the unit are flexible, in
The size of the ventilation unit is not the deciding factor in this order to prevent structure-borne noise transmission.
respect.
——Silencers must be installed in supply and extract air ducts
Sound insulation requirements immediately downstream of the unit, to minimise noise from
The DIN 1946, Part 6 general requirements for sound insulation the unit.
are based on the specifications of DIN 4109 "Sound insulation in ——To prevent sound transmission, cross-talk silencers must be
buildings". installed at suitable points. In addition, the ductwork must be
Immission guide values for immission points inside buildings (ex- connected professionally (see section "Cross-talk")
tract from TA Lärm 98). ——The vents must be installed in line with the manufacturer's
For transmission of sound inside buildings or structure-borne instructions. Taking into account the flow rate and the vent
noise transmission, the immission guide values for the assessment position, the sound emissions of the vents can be found in the
level of rooms requiring sound insulation to DIN 4109 (sound in- relevant graph (see "Vents" in the "Accessories" section).
sulation in buildings, November 1989), irrespective of the building
——Sound transmission via outdoor air apertures: For a combina-
location, are 35 dB(A) during the day and 25 dB(A) at night.
tion of outdoor air apertures (ALD) and windows in external
Single, brief sound peaks must not exceed the immission guide walls, the resulting sound-absorbing coefficient R'w,res must
values by more than 10 dB(A). Further building regulation require- be calculated to DIN 4109. The required sound-absorbing co-
ments remain unaffected. efficient R'w,res must not be undershot.

Design
Sound
Additional information for combi systems with integral heat Installation on foundations
pumps
——When installing, ensure that no structure-borne noise trans-
mission can arise inside the building.
——Installation on a floating screed is possible, as long as the
screed was laid correctly, e.g. detached from walls and adja-
cent rooms. Otherwise a separation must be made in line with 2 3 4
the operating and installation instructions. The separation can
also be made later, by cutting the screed all the way around
the appliance. 1
26_04_01_0290
——For installation on a wooden joist ceiling, special steps must
be taken to prevent structure-borne noise transmission.
——To prevent noise pollution, do not site the unit in the immedi-
ate vicinity of living spaces and bedrooms, especially near in-
1 Concrete ceiling
ternal partition walls. Otherwise, sound attenuation measures
are necessary in this case as well, e.g. sound attenuation of a
3 Floating screed
higher standard for the internal wall.
4 Screed recess
——Never direct outdoor air or exhaust air apertures toward the
windows of neighbouring living spaces or bedrooms. Installation on screed with impact sound insulation
2 3 4
26_04_01_0291
1 Concrete ceiling
3 Floating screed
4 Screed recess
Unit silencers
Insertion loss to EN ISO 7235
63 Hz 125 Hz 250 Hz 500 Hz 1000 Hz 2000 Hz 4000 Hz 8000 Hz
LWF S 100-0.6 1.2 7.1 10.7 17.8 21.4 28.5 16.6 13.0
LWF S 125-0.6 1.2 7.0 10.7 16.5 27.2 21.3 16.5 11.8
LWF S 125-0.9 1.7 10.5 15.8 24.6 40.4 31.6 24.6 17.5
LWF S 160-0.6 1.2 4.8 7.2 14.4 24.0 26.4 16.8 12.0
LWF S 160-0.9 1.8 7.2 10.8 21.6 36.0 39.6 25.2 18.0
LWF SR 160-0.5 4.0 7.6 7.6 13.6 26.7 24.2 17.4 12.1
LWF SR 160-1 6.7 12.7 12.7 22.6 44.5 40.3 29.0 20.1
LWF SRW 160-1, straight 8.3 16.5 23.8 39.7 37.9 37.3 35.2 29.8
LWF SRW 160-1, 90° 8.0 17.5 25.4 44.1 43.6 41.6 36.2 28.9
LWF S 180-0.9 1.8 6.3 9.9 18.9 33.3 35.1 23.4 18.0
LWF SF 100-1 - 3 7 15 37 68 33 -
LWF SF 125-1 - 5 8 16 31 51 22 -

Design
Cross-talk
Cross-talk
Flat duct and folded spiral-seam tube systems
Sound transmission from room to room through air ducts can be
kept at normal levels through correct positioning of cross-talk
silencers.
Correct version Incorrect version
d0000072796
d0000072796
1 Child 1, supply air 1 Child 1, supply air
Cross-talk in flexible air distribution systems

Subject to correct installation, the flexible pipes of the LVS system
absorb sound. A minimum pipe length of 5 metres between the
air distributor box and the outlet must be adhered to, in order to
prevent cross-talk.
Correct version Incorrect version
d0000072799
d0000072798


Design
Fire safety
Fire safety This concept must be agreed on by all expert engineers and, in
some cases, the approval authorities as well. This is the only way
Basic requirements in which the risks of fire and smoke spreading through ventilation
The basic requirement of fire safety is to prevent the spread of fire systems and ductwork can be adequately handled. The author of
and smoke to other fire sections within the building, such as other the concept must possess profound expert knowledge as well as
floors, staircases or escape and rescue routes. considerable experience in assessing different solutions.
As ventilation systems are of particular significance with regard to Therefore, a fire safety concept cannot be prepared by the ventila-
the spread of fire and smoke, fire safety deserves special attention. tion system engineer. However, in concrete cases, the ventilation
system design should include information concerning fire safety
The most essential legal basis for fire safety in Germany is the offi- requirements which may need to be met. This gives the qualified
cial ventilation system guideline, "Muster-Lüftungsanlagen-Richt- contractor the possibility of acquiring further relevant information,
linie" (M-LüAR). This was adopted by the federal states either as a to ensure that any necessary measures are taken.
"technical standard specification" or as a basis for the state's own
ventilation system guideline. In some cases, additional require-
ments can be imposed with regard to the installation of ventilation
systems, e.g. in special constructions.
Measures to ensure fulfilment of the legal fire safety requirements
include the use of fire-resistant ventilation ducts and fire dampers.
These components require a general type approval and may only
be installed in accordance with their usability certification.
Chapter 5.3.3 of DIN 1946-6 "Ventilation for residential buildings"
refers to the observance of state legal regulations.
When designing a ventilation system, clarify whether the system
lies within the scope of M-LüAR and the applicable state building
regulations.
There are no fire safety requirements
——for buildings in building classes 1 and 2,
——within apartments,
——within residential units of not more than 400 m² over not more
than two storeys.
Therefore, as a rule, no fire safety requirements must be observed
in low-height detached houses, e.g. not more than two full storeys
and in residential buildings with not more than two apartments.
The same applies to apartment buildings if ventilation units and
ventilation ducts are installed inside the dwellings. Nevertheless,
the apertures of the outdoor and exhaust air ducts in the facade
must be carefully considered.
If, however, central ventilation systems are installed in multi storey
buildings, fire safety facilities are required due to the shafts which
then have to be installed for the ventilation ducts.
If fire safety requirements have to be met, this generally does not
only apply to the ventilation system but to all the building service
installations. In this case, a fire safety concept similar to the ven-
tilation concept is generally required. In this concept, the solutions
foreseen to fulfil the protective aims specific to the project are
described. In some cases, these can also exceed the requirements
given in the ventilation system guideline.

Design
Combustion equipment operation
Combustion equipment operation For simultaneous operation, the safety equipment must ensure
that the combustion equipment is always supplied with sufficient
Stove/fireplace combustion air and that no flue gas can enter the installation
Through the thermal updraught of the chimney (flue draught), a room. This can be achieved by monitoring the chimney draught
pressure differential between the installation room and the com- (differential pressure monitoring), for example.
bustion equipment is created. Due to this pressure differential, In the event of a fault, the safety equipment switches off the ven-
it is essential that the combustion equipment is provided with tilation unit or the ventilation function of the unit.
the necessary combustion air and that the flue gas produced is
extracted reliably. This type of operation is recommended especially for units which
cover further buildings service functions (heating, DHW heating)
The operation of a ventilation unit must not be allowed to nega- alongside ventilation (e.g. LWZ 304/404 SOL).
tively influence the chimney function.
The following points must be taken into account when selecting
The operation of an extract air unit (e.g. LWM 250, LWA 100) always safety equipment for simultaneous operation of ventilation units
counteracts the flue draught. The differential pressure between and combustion equipment:
the combustion equipment installation room and the outdoor en-
——Monitoring of the differential pressure between the connec-
vironment must be limited to the maximum permissible value of
tion piece to the chimney and the room where the combustion
4 Pa through the sizing and the number of outdoor air apertures.
equipment is installed, not between the installation room and
The operation of a mechanical ventilation unit with heat recovery the outside environment or between the installation location
(e.g. LWZ 70 E, LWZ 100 plus LI/RE, LWZ 170 E plus, LWZ 180, of the ventilation unit and the outside environment.
LWZ 304/404 SOL or LWZ 504) can also have an adverse effect
on the chimney draught, e.g. in frost protection mode or if the ——Possibility of matching the shutdown value for the differential
supply air fan fails. pressure to the minimum draught requirement for the com-
bustion equipment.
If the building contains combustion equipment (tiled stoves, fire-
places, etc.), the responsible flue gas inspector must be consulted ——Floating contact for switching off the ventilation unit or the
at the design stage. The flue gas inspector assesses whether all ventilation function/heat pump function in the case of integral
statutory regulations are observed. Here, a differentiation is made units.
between room sealed and open flue combustion equipment. ——Possibility of connecting a temperature capturing device to en-
Room sealed combustion equipment must meet the requirements able differential pressure monitoring only when the combus-
of the DIBt (German Institute for Building Technology), in par- tion equipment is in operation, in order to prevent unwanted
ticular concerning combustion quality and leak tightness of the shutdowns due to environmental influences.
equipment within the installation room.
Conclusion:
One single, separate combustion air supply through a balanced
flue chimney or from the outside is not sufficient for room sealed Where a ventilation unit is to be operated together with combus-
operation! tion equipment (fireplace), we recommend selecting room sealed
combustion equipment.
As a rule, if the combustion equipment has DIBt approval for room
sealed operation, no further measures are required with regard Operation with open flue combustion equipment is possible only if
to simultaneous operation with a mechanical ventilation unit. As- safety equipment (interlocking circuit) is also installed and tested.
sessment is carried out by the flue gas inspector. In addition, the combustion equipment must have a separate air
connection to allow for a sufficient supply of combustion air.
If open flue combustion equipment is operated in conjunction
with a mechanical ventilation system, tested safety equipment Installation of the combustion equipment must be approved in
must always be installed. The combustion equipment must also every case by the flue gas inspector responsible. We therefore
have a separate combustion air supply. With open flue combustion strongly recommended that the flue gas inspector be involved at
equipment, a differentiation must be made between alternate and an early stage in the design process.
simultaneous operation of the ventilation unit and the combustion
equipment.
Alternate operation requires tested safety equipment which en-
sures that the ventilation unit and the combustion equipment can-
not be operated simultaneously (e.g. temperature capture). When
the combustion equipment is commissioned, the ventilation unit
is switched off and/or cannot be started.
This type of operation is only recommended for units which do
not cover any building service functions other than ventilation
(e.g. LWZ 70 E, LWZ 100 plus LI/RE, LWZ 170 E plus, LWZ 180,
LWZ 370 plus).

Ventilation
Central supply and extract air
Ventilation
Central supply and extract air with heat recovery
PIC00002810
Example illustration with wall mounted unit

PIC00002780
Example illustration with ceiling integrated unit

Ventilation systems with central supply and extract air including
heat recovery should be installed in a central or easily accessible
location in the residential unit. This enables space saving, compact
air routing to the outside of the building and to the supply and
extract air areas. In detached houses the units are wall mounted
and in multi storey apartment buildings, they are integrated into
the ceiling.

Ventilation and DHW heating
Extract air
Ventilation and DHW heating Ventilation in combination with a brine | water heat
pump
Extract air
PIC00003360
Example illustration with brine | water heat pump and ventila-
tion unit
PIC00002691 This type of ventilation system is based on the cross-ventilation
principle. Extract air is drawn from the designated areas and
transferred directly out of the building as exhaust air, or its heat
Example illustration with floorstanding unit extracted and used.
Extract air systems with heat recovery use energy contained in the Fresh outdoor air is introduced to the supply air area at specified
extract air for heating DHW via a heat pump refrigerant circuit. points through decentrally positioned external wall vents.
These units are generally installed in the utility room. Supply air is A definite advantage is the low cost of the duct system.
provided via suitable outdoor air apertures in appropriate areas.
PIC00002782
Example illustration with wall mounted units

For apartments in which the bathroom is located centrally and
without windows, for example, wall mounted ventilation units
combining controlled mechanical ventilation and DHW heating
are particularly suitable. The stale and humid extract air from the
bathroom and kitchen is used to cover the DHW demand.

Ventilation, DHW heating and heating
Central supply and extract air
Ventilation, DHW heating and heating Ventilation, DHW heating, heating and cooling
Central supply and extract air Central supply and extract air
PIC00003297
PIC00003298
Example illustration with integral unit
Example illustration with integral unit
Integral units combine all the key building service functions of
a detached house: ventilation, heating and DHW heating. These The comfort version of the integral units includes a cooling func-
units are fitted with a ventilation unit with heat recovery, an tion in addition to the ventilation, heating and DHW heating
air | water heat pump and a DHW cylinder. The units are installed functions. Solar collectors can also be connected to provide DHW
in a suitable location in the utility room or cellar. Outdoor and heating and central heating backup.
exhaust air routing must be kept as short as possible.

Ventilation
Decentralised supply and extract air
Ventilation
Decentralised supply and extract air
PIC00003361
Example illustration with decentralised ventilation units
Supply air areas are supplied via units with heat recovery, working
in pairs in differential mode. The units are installed in the wall
and positioned near the windows.
In addition, standalone extractors working independently of each
other extract air from rooms subject to humidity and odours, such
as bathrooms and kitchens.

DHW heating and heating
Combination with decentralised ventilation
DHW heating and heating without ventilation
PIC00006246
Example illustration with compact unit

This compact unit it is provided with a heat pump without inte-
gral ventilation and is suitable for combination with decentralised
ventilation equipment. The compact unit includes an air | water
heat pump which heats the building as well as an integral DHW
cylinder.

Notes

Ventilation
Standardised ventilation
Standardised ventilation This procedure appears to us to be permissible for the following

reasons:
LWE 40, LA 30 WRG, LA 50, LA 60 and RCT
——A large part of the ventilation operation includes heat recov-
The relevant standard for designing mechanical ventilation sys- ery.
tems is DIN 1946-6. This specifies the requirements for designing
free ventilation equipment and fan-assisted ventilation systems. ——Ventilation which is sufficient for an extract air area without
windows to DIN 18017-3 should also be sufficient for a room
In the case of fan-assisted ventilation systems, a distinction is with windows and therefore attributable infiltration.
made between extract air systems, supply air systems and supply/
extract air systems: Our ventilation concepts are the result of careful calculation, even
if not all the requirements of the relevant standards are fulfilled
In an extract air system, the extract air is expelled with the aid of in every case.
a fan and the supply air flows through the outdoor air apertures
into the residential unit as untreated outdoor air. In the case of a specific construction project, an additional ex-
amination should nevertheless be carried out by an architect or
In a supply air system, the supply air is blown into the dwelling installer, and the user informed of any deviations from the DIN
with the aid of a fan, and the extract air flows out of the building standards.
through the outdoor air apertures as exhaust air.
A supply/extract system is a ventilation system which transports
outdoor/supply air and extract/exhaust air with the aid of fans
and conditions it (temperature increase through heat recovery).
In addition to DIN 1946-6, DIN 18017-3 must be observed if there
are bathrooms and toilets in the apartment with no external walls.
This standard only applies for fan-assisted extract air systems, and
includes specifications for design and operation in windowless
rooms.
Due to their construction and operation, these LWE 40, LA 30 WRG,
LA 50 and LA 60 ventilation units, in combination with the RCT
comfort programming unit, cannot be directly allocated to one
of the ventilation systems described and are therefore not fully
covered by these standards. Therefore it is not always possible to
base a design on the standards named above. However, experi-
ence shows that it is still possible to draw up a ventilation concept
which takes into account aspects relating to structural physics,
ventilation and building services as well as hygiene.
To do this, the ventilation units are engineered in line with re-
quirements to DIN 1946-6 for standard ventilation. Units with heat
recovery are installed in the supply air areas. The extract air areas,
however, are regarded as windowless rooms and designed for
demand-based ventilation according to DIN 18017-3.

Notes

Notes

Ventilation units

Product overview
Central air routing
Unit types and applications
LWZ 70 E LWZ 170 E LWZ 180 LWZ 280 LWZ 370 LWZ 100 LWZ 100
plus plus plus RE plus LI
LWZ 70 E LWZ 170 E LWZ 180 LWZ 280 LWZ 370 LWZ 100 LWZ 100
plus plus plus RE plus LI
233851 233850 232361 232362 232033 229978 229979
Heating function - - - - - - -
Cooling function - - - - - - -
Application range, modernisation x x x x x x x
Application range, new build x x x x x x x
Size of dwelling, new build m² < 100 < 200 < 200 < 240 < 300 < 160 < 160
DHW function - - - - - - -
Solar function - - - - - - -
Size of building, modernisation m² < 100 < 200 < 200 < 240 < 300 < 160 < 160

Product overview
Decentralised air routing
LWE 40 LA 30 WRG LA 50 LA 60 A LWM 250 LWA 100 LWA 252 LWA 252 SOL
LWE 40 LA 30 WRG LA 50 LA 60 A LWM 250 LWA 100 LWA 252 LWA 252 SOL
236659 232026 234656 229317 189999 221470 074264 074265
Heating function - - - - - - - -
Cooling function - - - - - - - -
Application range, mod- x x x x x x x x
ernisation
Application range, new x x x x x x x x
build
Size of dwelling, new build m² < 100 < 100 < 100 < 100 < 240 < 100 < 240 < 240
DHW function - - - - - x x x
Solar function - - - - - - - x
Size of building, modern- m² <100 <100 <100 <100 <240 <100 <240 <240
isation

Ventilation with central supply air, extract air and heat recovery
LWZ 70 E
Compact units for ventilating apartments and detached houses;

heat recovery from the extract air via the cross-countercurrent
heat exchanger; easily replaceable filters (G 3) for filtering the
outdoor and extract air; air connections at the top of the unit; three
possible air flow rates. Floorstanding installation or wall mount-
ing; casing made from zinc-plated, powder-coated sheet steel.
Mode of operation
The unit uses two fans in separate ducts, each with a filter mat, to
draw in outdoor air and expel extract air from rooms which are
subject to odours or humidity (kitchen, bathroom, WC). Both these
air streams are routed via a cross-countercurrent heat exchanger.
The outdoor air absorbs heat and the extract air releases heat. The
air ducts for outdoor and extract air are completely separate, to
prevent any transfer of odours from the extract air to the outdoor
air when the unit is in operation. A controlled flow of heated
supply air is blown into the apartment via suitable air ducts and
adjustable inlet and outlet vents, and the cooled exhaust air is
expelled through the roof or a wall outlet. The unit is equipped
with constant flow rate fans. The integral PCB adjusts the speed
of the two fans to keep the set air flow rate constant, independent
of the air resistance. The speeds of the two fans are therefore
not always constant. A central control unit ensures reliable unit
operation and minimum energy consumption whilst maintaining
At a glance maximum comfort. It ensures that the selected set air flow rates
remain constant. The controls enable an infinitely variable adjust-
——Central supply and extract air system for optimum air quality
ment of the air flow rates and allow operating data to be called
——Pollutants are continuously removed from the living space up on the screen without having to open the unit. Settings in the
program of the central control unit can be called up and modified
——Easy to adjust with constant flow rate fans via the user interface. The integral PCB adjusts the fans. The con-
trol unit must be matched to the building during commissioning.
——High heat recovery rate through cross-countercurrent heat
The specific data is stored and used for controlling constant flow
exchanger
rates as well as for frost protection and the filter change indicator.
——Easy to program using the integral programming unit The unit can be switched on and off via the user interface. The
current fan stage and the flow rate are shown on the display. The
display also shows the operating state, current temperatures and
any faults. Pressure-dependent filter changes are also indicated.
Additional accessories
189800 FEQ
185358 FEZ
234866 ZLWZ 4 S
222446 FMS G3-10 70
227660 FMS F7-2 70
227046 LSK LWZ 70
233016 LWF FBF 160
231969 LVE FG-W
231971 LVE FG-R

LWZ 70 E
Specification
LWZ 70 E
233851
Sound emissions
Sound power level (EN 12102) dB(A) 46
Energy data
Energy efficiency class A
Electrical data
Rated voltage V 230
Max. current consumption A 1.48
Current consumption excl. preheating coil A 1.48
Phases 1/N/PE
Frequency Hz 50
Power consumption W 13-112
Power consumption without preheating coil W 136
Versions
IP rating IP30
Filter class G3
Dimensions
Height mm 600
Width mm 560
Depth mm 290
Weight
Weight kg 25
Connections
Air connector diameter mm 125
Condensate connection mm 13
Values
Air flow rate m³/h 50-180
Heat recovery level up to % 90
Application range, extract air °C 15 - 30
Max. ambient temperature °C 60
Available external pressure, ventilation Pa 160
LWZ 70 E
233851
Heating function -
Cooling function -
Application range, modernisation x
Application range, new build x
Size of dwelling, new build m² < 100
DHW function -
Solar function -
Size of building, modernisation m² < 100

LWZ 70 E
Pressure drop graph
300
250
200 0,62
0,59
150 0,53
0,49 0,51
0,43
100 0,40 0,46
0,40 0,45
0,40
0,37 0,37
0,34
0,32
50 0,32
0,29 0,28
D0000042027
0,28 0,27
0,26
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200
X Air flow rate [m³/h]

Y Average value, static pressure [Pa]
x Power consumption of both fans [Wh/m³]

LWZ 70 E
Dimensions and connections Minimum clearances
≥300
d45
145
248
45
600
≥300
D0000041883
560
79 75
77
77
g06 g03
213
213
302
g04 g05
D0000041882
b01
168 125
LWZ 70 E
d45 Condensate drain Diameter mm 13
g03 Outdoor air Nominal di- DN 125
ameter
g04 Exhaust air Nominal di- DN 125
ameter
g05 Extract air Nominal di- DN 125
ameter
g06 Supply air Nominal di- DN 125
ameter

LWZ 70 E
Design information Condensate drain

Installation location conditions Due to the extraction of heat in the heat exchanger, moisture
carried in the extract air condenses. This condensate is collected
The room in which the unit is to be installed must meet the fol- in the unit, flows into the condensate drain and must be drained
lowing conditions: away on site.
——No risk from frost. The condensate must be drained off through a drain pipe with a
——Load bearing wall. constant, natural fall of at least 2 %. The drain pipe must be run
into a suitable drain or out of the building. If these conditions
——Never operate the unit in rooms at risk from explosion due to cannot be met, a condensate pump suitable for the unit must be
dust, gases or vapours. installed.
Substrate and sound transmission The drain pipe may only contain one siphon. The condensate must
be able to drain freely downstream of the siphon. To prevent the
Ensure that the substrate on which the unit will stand or be mount- drain pipe being blocked by ice, ensure frost-free routing. If the
ed is even, solid, permanent and has sufficient load bearing capac- drain pipe is routed through unheated rooms, it must be thermally
ity. The weight of the unit must be evenly distributed if standing, insulated.
or the unit must be flush with the wall. Uneven substrates can
increase the sound emissions of the unit. We recommend cleaning the condensate drain annually and
checking it for functionality.
Unit mountings as well as pipe fixings and wall outlets must be
equipped with structure-borne noise attenuation. Connection to the ventilation system
Electrical connection To guarantee low sound transmission with a simple installation

method, ventilation connections to the unit must be made with
The unit is supplied fully wired and should be plugged into a flexible pipes.
freely accessible power supply socket. The unit is equipped with
three-stage variable speed control. It is connected to the remote LWZ 70 E
control or three-stage switch via a multicore cable without an
earth conductor and with a minimum cross-section of 0.5 mm2. 1 2 3 4
The length of the cable must not exceed 30 m.
Air connection – exhaust air
5
Never direct exhaust air outlets in external walls or roofs toward
the windows of neighbouring living spaces or bedrooms. The noise
level can be further reduced by using suitable silencers in the 9
exhaust air duct.
6
Air connection – extract/supply air routing
Extract and supply air routing is central. Calculate air flow rates so
that the supply air and extract air flow rates are balanced.
7
D0000022558
1 Exhaust air
2 Supply air
3 Extract air
4 Outdoor air
5 Extract air filter
6 Cross-countercurrent heat exchanger
7 Outdoor air filter
8 Exhaust air fan
9 Supply air fan

LWZ 70 E
Isometry
5
4
6 3
7 2
1
82_04_01_0005
1 Supply air 6 Exhaust air
2 Extract air 7 Exhaust air grille
3 Silencer 8 Flexible connection
4 Outdoor air
5 Outdoor air grille

LWZ 70 E
Electrical connection
LWZ 70 E
1
3
1 2 4 6 5 5 4 10 12 11
2
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5 6
3 = Party
3 = Party
3 = Party
3 = Party
0 = Aus
0 = Aus
0 = Aus
2 = Tag
2 = Tag
2 = Tag
0 = Aus
2 = Tag
P (0V)
P (0V)
P (0V)
P (0V)
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
LED
LED
LED
LED
X2/1-6
6 x 0,5 mm² max. 30 m
L 1/N/PE
8 9 10 N 230V ~50Hz
PE
L L´ L N PE
D0000055737
1 Remote control 3-stage switch

2 Remote control 4-stage switch
3 Remote control, FEQ air quality sensor
4 FEZ remote control
5 Ventilation unit
6 Power supply, domestic electricity meter
7 Differential pressure switch, combustion equipment
8 Pressure connection "stove"
9 Pressure connection "room"
10 Flue gas temperature sensor

Notes

LWZ 180/280
APPLICATION: Central ventilation unit with heat recovery for

ventilating detached houses and small commercial properties.
EQUIPMENT/CONVENIENCE: Contemporary design with ergo-
nomically designed programming unit and separate filter cover
panel; can be used for detached houses and large apartments.
Integral controller with multifunction display and seven-day
program; can also be used as a remote control. High efficien-
cy backwards-curved fans with constant flow rate control.
High efficiency cross-countercurrent heat exchanger. Electric
preheater in the form of a high performance heating coil. By-
pass damper in supply air line, integral humidity sensor in ex-
tract air line. Straightforward filter replacement using combi
filter cassettes. Fine dust filter available as an accessory.
EFFICIENC Y: Back wards-cur ved constant f low rate
fans with air flow rate control ensure balanced air
flow rates, thereby promoting ef f icient operation.
INSTALLATION: Installation in dwellings, utility rooms, basement
rooms, etc. The air connections are located at the top of the unit;
easy access to the electrical connection panel without having to
open the unit; duplex sheet steel casing; visible surface in alpine
white with powder-coated finish.
Mode of operation
The unit uses two fans in separate ducts, each with a filter mat, to
At a glance draw in outdoor air and expel extract air from rooms which are
subject to odours or humidity (kitchen, bathroom, WC). Both these
——For apartments, detached houses and commercial properties
air streams are routed via a cross-countercurrent heat exchanger.
with an area of up to 250 m²
The outdoor air absorbs heat and the extract air releases heat. The
——Central supply and extract air system for optimum air quality air ducts for outdoor and extract air are completely separate, to
prevent any transfer of odours from the extract air to the outdoor
——Constant flow rate fan enables balanced air flow rate and en- air when the unit is in operation. A controlled flow of heated
sures efficient operation supply air is blown into the apartment via suitable air ducts and
adjustable inlet and outlet vents, and the cooled exhaust air is
——Ergonomically designed programming unit for easy operation
expelled through the roof or a wall outlet. The unit is equipped
——Integral preheating coil for flow rate balancing during the with constant flow rate fans. The integral PCB adjusts the speed
winter months of the two fans to keep the set air flow rate constant, independent
of the air resistance. The speeds of the two fans are therefore
——Programming unit can be used as a remote control for ventila- not always constant. A central control unit ensures reliable unit
tion regulated by the humidity sensor operation and minimum energy consumption whilst maintaining
——Integral bypass module for reducing temperatures on summer maximum comfort. It ensures that the selected set air flow rates
nights remain constant. The controls enable an infinitely variable adjust-
ment of the air flow rates and allow operating data to be called
——Pollutants are continuously removed from the living space up on the screen without having to open the unit. Settings in the
program of the central control unit can be called up and modified
——Electrical connection panel can be accessed with the unit via the user interface. The integral PCB adjusts the fans. The con-
closed trol unit must be matched to the building during commissioning.
The specific data is stored and used for controlling constant flow
rates as well as for frost protection and the filter change indicator.
The unit can be switched on and off via the user interface. The
current fan stage and the flow rate are shown on the display. The
display also shows the operating state, current temperatures and
any faults. Pressure-dependent filter changes are also indicated.
236039 FEB
234147 FMS G4-10 180
234148 FMK M5-2 180

LWZ 180/280
Specification
LWZ 180 LWZ 280
232361 232362
Sound emissions
Sound power level (EN 12102) dB(A) 47 51
Energy data
Energy efficiency class A A
Electrical data
Rated voltage V 230 230
Max. current consumption A 6.9 7.1
Current consumption excl. preheating coil A 0.4 0.6
Current consumption incl. preheating coil A 6.9 7.1
Phases 1/N/PE 1/N/PE
Frequency Hz 50 50
Power consumption W 65 130
Power consumption without preheating coil W 65 130
Power consumption incl. preheating coil W 1565 1630
Versions
IP rating IP21 IP21
Filter class M5/G4 (F7 optional) M5/G4 (F7 optional)
Dimensions
Height mm 997 997
Width mm 690 690
Depth mm 534 534
Weight
Weight kg 75 75
Connections
Air connector diameter mm 160 160
Condensate connection mm 22 22
Values
Air flow rate m³/h 60-250 60-350
Heat recovery level up to % 93 93
Application range, extract air °C 15-35 15 -35
Max. ambient temperature °C 60 60
Available external pressure, ventilation Pa 160 160
LWZ 180 LWZ 280

232361 232362
Heating function - -
Cooling function - -
Application range, modernisation x x
Application range, new build x x
Size of dwelling, new build m² < 200 < 240
DHW function - -
Solar function - -
Size of building, modernisation m² < 200 < 240

LWZ 180/280
Pressure drop graph

LWZ 180
200
0,70
175
150
0,57
125
0,45
0,40
100
0,40
0,34
0,36
75
0,29
0,25
0,23
50
0,17
0,18
0,11 0,13
25
0,09 0,20
0,16
D0000063739
0,06 0,12
0,06
0,03 0,09
0,03 0,05 0,07
0,03
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275

z Power consumption of both fans [Wh/m³]
,
LWZ 280
225
0,68
200
0,58
175
0,49
150
0,40
125
0,42
0,40
100
0,36
0,26
0,30
75
0,19 0,24
0,32
50 0,24
0,16
0,20
0,10 0,12 0,17
25
0,11
D0000063739
0,06 0,08
0,04
0,02 0,04
0 0,02
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350


LWZ 180/280
Dimensions and connections

690 534 66 66
53
i13
997
791
577
d45
265 105
23
183
343
g05 g04
g06 g03
b01
D0000040353
105 265
LWZ 180 LWZ 280

d45 Condensate drain Diameter mm 22 22
g03 Outdoor air Diameter mm 160 / 180 160 / 180
g04 Exhaust air Diameter mm 160 / 180 160 / 180
g05 Extract air Diameter mm 160 / 180 160 / 180
g06 Supply air Diameter mm 160 / 180 160 / 180
i13 Wall mounting bracket
Minimum clearances
≥400
≥300 ≥300
≥400
D0000040354
≥700

LWZ 180/280
The drain pipe may only contain one siphon. The condensate must
Substrate and sound transmission be able to drain freely downstream of the siphon. To prevent the
or the unit must be flush with the wall. Uneven substrates can We recommend cleaning the condensate drain annually and
increase the sound emissions of the unit. checking it for functionality.
To guarantee low sound transmission with a simple installation
Electrical connection method, ventilation connections to the unit must be made with
three-stage variable speed control. It is connected to the remote LWZ 180 / LWZ 280
control or three-stage switch via a multicore cable without an 1 2 3 4
earth conductor and with a minimum cross-section of 0.5 mm2.
The length of the cable must not exceed 30 m. 11 5
10
Never direct exhaust air outlets in external walls or roofs toward 6
the windows of neighbouring living spaces or bedrooms. The noise
level can be further reduced by using suitable silencers in the
exhaust air duct.
7
9
Extract and supply air routing is central. Calculate air flow rates so
8
D0000060802
1 Supply air
2 Extract air
3 Outdoor air
4 Exhaust air
6 Bypass damper
7 Preheating coil
8 Exhaust air fan
10 Supply air fan

LWZ 180/280
Isometry
1 2 3 4 5 6
7
D0000062584
1 Supply air
2 Extract air
3 Silencer
5 Outdoor air
6 Exhaust air grille
7 Exhaust air
8 Flexible connection

LWZ 180/280
LWZ 180 / LWZ 280
1 2
+5V DC
GND
SDA
SCL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
3 SDA
+5V DC
GND
SCL
4
L
6 7 8 N
PE
L L´ L N PE
D0000063773
1 FEB remote control 6 Pressure connection "stove"

2 Ventilation unit 7 Pressure connection "room"
3 Junction box for cable extension 8 Flue gas temperature sensor

LWZ 180/280

LWZ 170 E/370 plus
Compact units for ventilating apartments and detached houses;

heat recovery from the extract air via the cross-countercurrent
heat exchanger; easily replaceable filters for filtering the outdoor
and extract air; air connections at the top of the unit; three pos-
sible air flow rates. Floorstanding installation or wall mounting;
casing made from zinc-plated, powder-coated sheet steel.
Mode of operation
The unit uses two fans in separate channels, each with a filter mat,
to draw in outdoor air and expel extract air from rooms which
are subject to odours or humidity (kitchen, bathroom, WC). Both
air streams are routed via a cross-countercurrent heat exchanger
where the outdoor air absorbs heat and the extract air releases
heat. The air ducts for outdoor and extract air are completely
separate, to prevent any transfer of odours from the extract air to
the outdoor air when the unit is in operation. A controlled flow
of heated supply air is blown into the apartment via suitable air
ducts and adjustable vents, and the cooled exhaust air is expelled
through the roof or a wall outlet. The unit is equipped with con-
stant flow rate fans. The integral PCB adjusts the speed of the two
fans to keep the set air flow rate constant, independent of the air
resistance. The speeds of the two fans are therefore not always
constant. A central control unit ensures reliable unit operation and
minimum energy consumption whilst maintaining maximum com-
At a glance fort. It ensures that the selected set air flow rates remain constant.
The unit is equipped with a user interface with 4 buttons and an
——Central supply and extract air system for optimum air quality
LCD screen. This enables an infinitely variable adjustment of the
——Pollutants are continuously removed from the living space air flow rates and allows operating data to be called up on the
screen without having to open the unit. Settings in the program of
——High heat recovery rate through cross-countercurrent heat the central control unit can be called up and modified via the user
exchanger interface. The integral PCB controls the fans. The control unit must
be matched to the building during commissioning. The specific
——Integral bypass module and preheating coil
data is stored and used for controlling constant flow rates as well
——Easy to adjust with constant flow rate fans as for frost protection and the filter change indicator. The unit can
be switched on and off via the user interface. The current fan stage
——High heat recovery rate of up to 90 % and the flow rate are shown on the LCD screen. The display also
shows the operating state, current temperatures and any faults.
LWZ 170 E plus awards Pressure-dependent filter changes are also indicated.
189800 FEQ
185358 FEZ
234866 ZLWZ 4 S
232475 FMS G4-10
232476 FMS M5-2
232477 FMS F7-2
233866 LWTF 370
233016 LWF FBF 160
235058 LVS RP 75-25

LWZ 170 E/370 plus
Specification
LWZ 170 E plus LWZ 370 plus
233850 232033
Sound emissions
Energy data
Electrical data
Max. current consumption A 6 6
Current consumption excl. preheating coil A 0.5 0.7
Current consumption incl. preheating coil A 6 6
Frequency Hz 50 50
Power consumption W 9 - 138 9- 172
Power consumption without preheating coil W 132 172
Power consumption incl. preheating coil W 1350 1380
Versions
IP rating IP30 IP30
Filter class G4 G4
Dimensions
Height mm 765 765
Width mm 677 677
Depth mm 567 567
Weight
Weight kg 38 38
Connections
Air connector diameter mm 160 180
Values
Application range, extract air °C 15 - 30 15-30
LWZ 170 E plus LWZ 370 plus

233850 232033
DHW function - -
Solar function - -

LWZ 170 E/370 plus
Pressure drop graph

LWZ 170 E plus
300
275
250 0,46
225
0,40
200
175 0,35 0,40
150 0,35
0,29
125
0,26
0,26
100 0,31
0,24
75
0,23 0,22
0,20
0,20
50
0,19
0,16
0,16
25 0,15
D0000042028
0,14
0 0,20
50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325

LWZ 370 plus

300
0,46
275
250
0,45
225
0,40
200
0,33
175
150 0,42
125 0,26 0,40

0,33 0,40
100 0,23 0,36
0,27
0,20 0,29
75
0,22 0,24
50 0,16 0,20
0,17 0,18
0,17
25 0,15
D0000042024
0,15 0,15
0,14 0,13
0,20
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425


LWZ 170 E/370 plus

280
≥400
328
d45
677
≥400
45
765
879
≥700
D0000023251
b01
138
138
g03 g04
388
526
564
D0000021554
g05 g06
LWZ 370 plus LWZ 170 E plus

g03 Outdoor air Nominal diameter DN 180 DN 160
g04 Exhaust air Nominal diameter DN 180 DN 160
g05 Extract air Nominal diameter DN 180 DN 160
g06 Supply air Nominal diameter DN 180 DN 160

LWZ 170 E/370 plus

Substrate and sound transmission The drain pipe may only contain one siphon. The condensate must
be able to drain freely downstream of the siphon. To prevent the
or the unit must be flush with the wall. Uneven substrates can
increase the sound emissions of the unit. We recommend cleaning the condensate drain annually and
checking it for functionality.
Electrical connection To guarantee low sound transmission with a simple installation

three-stage variable speed control. It is connected to the remote LWZ 170 E plus / LWZ 370 plus
control or three-stage switch via a multicore cable without an
earth conductor and with a minimum cross-section of 0.5 mm2. 1 2 3 4
The length of the cable must not exceed 30 m.
11
5
Never direct exhaust air outlets in external walls or roofs toward
the windows of neighbouring living spaces or bedrooms. The noise 10
level can be further reduced by using suitable silencers in the 9
exhaust air duct.
Extract and supply air routing is central. Calculate air flow rates so 8
6
D0000022558
1 Outdoor air
2 Extract air
3 Supply air
4 Exhaust air
5 Supply air fan
6 Exhaust air fan
9 Preheating coil
11 Bypass damper

LWZ 170 E/370 plus
Isometry
3 5 4 6
3 7
2
1
8
D0000042168
1 Supply air 6 Exhaust air
2 Extract air 7 Exhaust air grille
3 Silencer 8 Flexible connection
4 Outdoor air

LWZ 170 E/370 plus
LWZ 170 E plus / LWZ 370 plus
1
3
1 2 4 6 5 5 4 10 12 11
2
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5 6
3 = Party
3 = Party
3 = Party
3 = Party
0 = Aus
0 = Aus
0 = Aus
2 = Tag
2 = Tag
2 = Tag
0 = Aus
2 = Tag
P (0V)
P (0V)
P (0V)
P (0V)
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
LED
LED
LED
LED
X2/1-6
6 x 0,5 mm² max. 30 m
L 1/N/PE
8 9 10 N 230V ~50Hz
PE
L L´ L N PE
D0000055737
1 Remote control 3-stage switch 6 Power supply, domestic electricity meter

2 Remote control 4-stage switch 7 Differential pressure switch, combustion equipment
3 Remote control, FEQ air quality sensor 8 Pressure connection "stove"
4 FEZ remote control 9 Pressure connection "room"
5 Ventilation unit 10 Flue gas temperature sensor

Notes

Product group accessories
LWZ 70-280 accessories
Accessories
LWZ 180 / LWZ 280
FEB
The FEB programming unit can be used with the 180/280 central
ventilation units and enables convenient operation and display
of system parameters from the living space. Communication via
i²C bus. Installation on a switch box.
FEB
236039
Height mm 96
Width mm 145
Depth mm 31
LWZ 70 E / LWZ 170 E plus / LWZ 370 plus

FEZ
The FEZ is a remote control with day time switch and operating
mode switch for controlling the fan stages of compatible ventila-
tion units. A selector switch enables changeover between party
mode, day mode, night mode, standby and automatic mode. In
automatic mode, changeover between day and night mode is
effected by the day time switch. Control indicator for "party" and
"filter change", time-dependent filter change indication and in-
tegral power reserve.
FEZ
185358
Height mm 78
Width mm 160
Depth mm 45
Min. DC voltage V 24
Max. DC voltage V 48
Rated current mA 10
Casing Plastic casing with push-fit base
Colour White
IP rating IP20
FEQ
The FEQ is an air quality sensor with adjustable sensitivity, in a
surface mounted enclosure. A pushbutton is provided for change-
over between automatic mode and further operating modes for
automatic and manual adjustment of fan stages. Visual indica-
tion of the selected operating mode and filter service indication
subject to time in operation. Can be connected to compatible
ventilation units.
FEQ
189800
Height mm 75
Width mm 75
Depth mm 25
Min. DC voltage V 12
Max. DC voltage V 48
Rated current mA 50
Casing Plastic casing
Colour White
IP rating IP20

ZLWZ 4 S
Four-stage switch with LED for setting fan stages from the living
area, for the 70 E, 170 E Plus and 370 Plus central ventilation
units, incl. approx. 1.5 m connecting cable. Installation on a flush
mounted switch box.
ZLWZ 4 S
234866
Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm
LWZ 70 E
LSK LWZ 70
Insertion module as an alternative to the cross-countercurrent
heat exchanger in order to prevent heat transfer in summer.
LSK LWZ 70
227046
Application Ventilation systems
Height mm 458
Width mm 229
Depth mm 283
Weight kg 1.2
LWZ 180 / LWZ 280

FMS G4-10 180
Replacement filter mats for the extract air in the 180/280 cen-
tral ventilation units, made from unbreakable polyester fibres
with partially progressive structure, thermally bonded, temper-
ature-resistant to 100 °C.
FMS G4-10 180
234147
Application Ventilation units
Filter class G4
FMK M5-2 180

Replacement filter cassettes for supply air, made from un-
breakable polyester fibres with partially progressive structure,
thermally bonded, temperature-resistant to 100 °C, folded in a
Z-shape within a robust frame made from moisture-resistant
cardboard; with pull tab at the front.
FMS G4-10 180
234147
Filter class G4
FMK F7-2 180

FMK F7-2 180
234208
Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm

LWTF 180 / 280

Enthalpy heat exchanger for the 180 and 280 central ventilation
units to replace the cross-countercurrent heat exchanger in win-
ter months. Highly efficient, moisture-transferring, countercur-
rent heat exchanger with selective plastic membrane. This mem-
brane in the heat exchanger can recover the moisture from the
extract air and transfer it to the supply air, thereby allowing the
low relative humidity found in rooms during the winter months
to be raised. No transfer of gases or impurities, long service
life, excellent leak tightness, low pressure drop, antimicrobial,
resistant to frost and heat.
LWTF 180 / 280
236420
Description Replacement enthalpy heat exchanger 180/280
Filter mats LWZ 70 E

FMS G3-10 70
High performance filter material made from unbreakable poly-
ester fibres with partly progressive structure, thermally bonded,
temperature-resistant to 100 °C.
FMS G3-10 70
222446
Filter class G3
Quantity 10
FMS F7-2 70
FMS F7-2 70
227660
Filter class F7
Height mm 284
Width mm 138
Depth mm 24
Quantity 2

Filter mats LWZ 170 E plus / LWZ 370 plus

FMS G4-10
FMS G4-10
232475
Filter class G4
FMS M5-2
FMS M5-2
232476
FMS F7-2
FMS F7-2
232477
Filter class F7
Replacement enthalpy heat exchanger LWZ 170 E plus / LWZ 370 plus
LWTF 370
Enthalpy heat exchanger for replacing the cross-countercurrent
heat exchanger during the winter months. Highly efficient, mois-
ture-transferring, countercurrent heat exchanger with selective
plastic membrane. This membrane in the heat exchanger can
recover the moisture from the extract air and transfer it to supply
air, thereby allowing the low relative humidity found in rooms
during the winter months to be raised. No transfer of gases or
impurities, long service life, excellent leak tightness, low pressure
drop, antimicrobial, resistant to frost and heat.
LWTF 370
233866
Description Replacement enthalpy heat exchanger 170 E plus, 370 plus

Product group checklist
Installation Air duct routing

□□ A frost free installation location has been selected. □□ Air duct routing and air duct diameter have been specified.
Attention has been paid to on-site routing which is as simple
□□ Area, volume and height of the installation room comply with as possible to implement.
the technical specifications of the unit including mounted air
ducts and other accessories. □□ An exhaust air connection through the building envelope can
be easily accomplished.
□□ The installation wall is suitable for the weight of the unit.
□□ The exhaust air connection aperture is not in the vicinity of
□□ Structure-borne noise transmission to the building is largely windows or doors. There is no risk of annoyance.
prevented.
□□ Care was taken when positioning the supply and extract air
□□ Condensate will be drained off with a natural fall to an existing vents to ensure optimum air flow patterns through the room,
drain near the unit. with low flow velocity.
□□ Condensate will be drained off with an additional condensate □□ The kitchen extract air vent is not positioned in the immediate
pump. The condensate pump is suitable for the length of the vicinity of the cooker.
duct and the delivery head.
□□ The extractor hood is fitted with an automatic check valve or
□□ The position of the remote control and the electrical connec- is a recirculation air extractor hood. No outdoor air flows in
tions to the unit have been specified. through the extractor hood.
Ventilation – general □□ Cleaning and maintenance apertures have been specified for
all air ducts.
□□ The air flow rate has been determined for each room.
□□ Cross-talk silencer positions in living spaces and bedrooms
□□ The total room volume to be ventilated lies within the specified have been specified in the building plan.
minimum and maximum values of the unit.
□□ Overflow apertures are large enough for the intended air flow
□□ The air flow rate for each vent has been specified. rate and have been specified in the building design.
□□ The total air change rate for the building is between 0.4 and
0.6. Tiled stoves and fireplaces
□□ Tiled stove or fireplace can be operated in room sealed mode.
□□ The flow velocity in the ventilation system is < 3 m/s
□□ A cable has been laid from the tiled stove or fireplace to the
ventilation unit, to enable the connection of suitable safety
equipment if required.
□□ The open flue tiled stove or fireplace has been fitted with safety
equipment, provided with a separate combustion air supply
and connected electrically to the ventilation system.
□□ It has been authorised by the flue gas inspector.

Notes

LWZ 100 plus LI/RE
This especially flat compact unit is the ideal solution for venti-
lating apartments with suspended ceilings. It will fit neatly into
the intervening space, together with all the air ducts. Variable air
connections on the sides of the unit allow routing of the extract
and supply air. Heat is recovered from the extract air via a highly
efficient cross-countercurrent heat exchanger. The integral electric
preheating coil protects the heat exchanger from damage caused
by ice formation. By means of a combined exhaust/outdoor air
duct, it is connected via a single pipe directly through the external
wall. In the surface mounted version, a remote control can be
installed on an existing switch box or directly onto a wall. The
casing is made from zinc-plated sheet steel and is coated white at
all points where it is visible. Key features of the unit are its easily
replaceable filters for filtering the outdoor and extract air and its
space saving ceiling mounting for suspended ceilings.
Mode of operation
A fan extracts air subject to odours or humidity from the kitchen,
bathroom and WC, for example. The stale air is expelled outdoors
through a filter and a cross-countercurrent heat exchanger. A fan
channels fresh outdoor air into the supply air areas through a filter
and the cross-countercurrent heat exchanger. The air streams are
routed through separate ducts. The outdoor air absorbs heat. The
extract air gives off heat. The air ducts for outdoor and extract air
At a glance are completely separate, to prevent any transfer of odours from
the extract air to the outdoor air when the unit is in operation. A
——Ideal continuous ventilation solution for residential buildings
controlled flow of heated supply air is blown into the apartment
——Especially flat unit for space saving ceiling mounting via suitable air ducts and adjustable inlet vents, and the cooled
exhaust air is expelled through a wall. The fan is infinitely adjust-
——Central supply and extract air system for optimum air quality; able between positions 1 and 3 using the remote control. Position
filter class F5 (outdoor air)/G4 (extract air) 1 provides reduced ventilation, to be selected when going away,
for example. Position 2 is recommended for standard ventilation
——Heat recovery rate of up to 90 % through cross-countercurrent
and position 3 as intensive ventilation to temporarily increase the
heat exchanger
air flow rate in the case of load peaks. An LED signals that the
Awards filter should be changed. In the OFF position, the fans are off.
Humidity protection ventilation remains active. In this operating
mode, ventilation is switched on at fixed intervals. The humidity
sensor in the extract air determines the runtime. The ventilation
unit monitors the humidity content of the extract air and adjusts
the air flow rate accordingly. An integral, automatically controlled
bypass sidesteps heat recovery in summer so that cool outdoor
air can flow in.
223230 EPS combi duct extension
223228 ZLWZ 100 G-DN100
231336 ZLWZ 100D-DN 100
231446 FMS G4-10 LWZ 100 Bypass
231447 FMS G4-10 LWZ 100 ABL
231448 FMS M5-2 LWZ 100 SUP
231449 FMS F7-2 LWZ 100 ZUL
233016 LWF FBF 160

LWZ 100 plus LI/RE
Specification
LWZ 100 plus RE LWZ 100 plus LI
229978 229979
Height mm 279 279
Width mm 1274 1274
Depth mm 768 768
Weight kg 36 36
Frequency Hz 50 50
Max. current consumption A 4.7 4.7
Max. power consumption W 1100 1100
Power consumption, ventilation, stage 1/2/3 W 17-36 / 27-56 / 39-75 17-36 / 27-56 / 39-75
Power consumption W 17-75 17-75
Filter class M5/G4 M5/G4
IP rating IP24 IP24
Air connection, flat duct mm 50x150 / 50x200 (optional) 50x150 / 50x200 (optional)
Air flow rate stage 1/2/3 m³/h 35-75 / 55-115 / 80-155 35-75 / 55-115 / 80-155
Max. efficiency, cross-countercurrent heat exchanger % 90 90
Application range, extract air °C 15...30 15...30
Heat recovery level (PHI) % 87 87
LWZ 100 plus RE LWZ 100 plus LI

229978 229979
DHW function - -
Solar function - -

LWZ 100 plus LI/RE
Pressure drop graph
1 2
400
350
300
C
250
200
150
100
50
84_04_01_0037
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
X Flow rate [m3/h]

Y Static pressure [Pa]
1 Fan curve
2 Minimum pressure reserve for the connected ductwork
A Fan stage 1
B Fan stage 2
C Fan stage 3

LWZ 100 plus LI/RE

LWZ 100 plus RE
770
Ø 225
135
1280 642
g05
1062
g05 g03 b01
792
g05
130
d45
68
280
226
g06
150 522
g04 g06
792
g06
1092
31
127
677
454
D0000017185
166
LWZ 100 plus RE Minimum clearances LWZ 100 plus RE

g03 Outdoor air
g04 Exhaust air
g05 Extract air
g06 Supply air
≥650
≥265
≥200
≥200
≥300
D0000019367

LWZ 100 plus LI/RE
LWZ 100 plus LI
770
Ø 225
135
642 1280
g05
910
g05 b01 g03 g05
640
130
68
280
226
226
370 150
g06 g04 g06
640
g06
1092
31
127
677
454
D0000017186
166
LWZ 100 plus LI Minimum clearances LWZ 100 plus LI

g03 Outdoor air
g04 Exhaust air
g05 Extract air
g06 Supply air
≥650
≥265
≥200
≥200
≥300
D0000019366

LWZ 100 plus LI/RE

Installation location conditions Heat recovery causes condensate to form in the unit. The unit has
an integral condensate pump for draining off condensate. Route
The room in which the unit is to be installed must meet the fol- the condensate into a frost-proof drain pipe with a natural fall. The
lowing conditions: condensate must be able to drain freely from the pipe.
——The room must be free from the risk of frost.
Connection to the ventilation system
——The ceiling must have sufficient load bearing capacity.
Ventilation connections to the unit must be made using the flat
——Installation location in direct proximity to an external wall. duct adapters provided for the unit.
LFK dimensions LWZ 100 plus RE / LWZ 100 plus LI
——Never operate the unit in rooms at risk from explosion due to
(H x W) [mm] Front Longitudinal
dust, gases or vapours.
side
50 x 100 1 x supply air 2 x supply air
Substrate and sound transmission 1 x extract air 2 x extract air
Ensure that the substrate on which the unit will be mounted is 50 x 150 1 x supply air 2 x supply air
even, solid, permanent and has sufficient load bearing capacity. 1 x extract air 2 x extract air
Ensure the unit is level after installation. Protect all pipe fixings 50 x 200 2 x supply air
and wall outlets with structure-borne noise attenuation. 2 x extract air
Space requirements Balancing the air flow rates

When positioning the unit, ensure that there is sufficient space for The integral PCB continuously adjusts the speed of the two fans
connecting the supply and extract air ducts. to keep the set air flow rate constant irrespective of the air resist-
Keep the area beneath the flap free to ensure the front panel can ance. This means that the speeds of the two fans are not always
be opened without obstruction. constant.
Electrical connection The unit is delivered with the following preset air flow rate set-
tings:
Observe VDE 0100 [or local regulations] and the regulations of the Fan stage Supply and extract air flow rates
local power supply utility. Stage 1 m3/h Approx. 55
Connect the mains voltage to the terminal strip in the unit. Stage 2 m3/h Approx. 85
Stage 3 m3/h Approx. 120
Only use a permanent connection for the power supply. Ensure
the unit can be separated from the power supply by an isolator The supply and extract air flow rates can be set via the integral
that disconnects all poles with at least 3 mm contact separation. data interface using service software. The required interface cable
This requirement can be met by using contactors, circuit breakers, as well as the LWZ/TVZ 100 service software package are availa-
fuses/MCBs, etc. ble as accessories. In order to achieve the lowest possible power
The unit is equipped with three-stage variable speed control. consumption, the flat duct network should be short and installed
in accordance with the system design. The flat duct network must
It is connected to the remote control via a three-core cable without be sealed.
an earth conductor and with a minimum cross-section of 0.5 mm2.
The cable length must not exceed 30 m. Isometry
Air connections 4
3 2
Never direct an exhaust air outlet passing through an external wall
toward the windows of neighbouring living spaces or bedrooms. 1
Outdoor and exhaust air is routed centrally. Standard delivery
includes a weather grille matched to the unit.
It is preferable to use flat ducts and suitable profiles for routing
the supply and extract air.
82_04_01_0004
1 Supply air
2 Extract air
3 Combined outdoor air/exhaust air duct
4 Outdoor and exhaust air grille

LWZ 100 plus LI/RE
LWZ 100 plus LI / LWZ 100 plus RE
16 1 2 3 4 5 2 6 7 8
10
D0000040183
15 12 2 14 13 12 11
1 Bypass damper (summer bypass) 11 Condensate pump

2 Filters 12 Fan
3 Temperature and humidity sensor 13 Condensate pan
4 Cross-countercurrent heat exchanger 14 Fill level sensor
5 Temperature sensor 15 Supply air
6 High limit safety cut-out 16 Extract air
7 Electric preheating coil
8 Outdoor air
9 Exhaust air
10 Control panel

LWZ 100 plus LI/RE accessories
Accessories
FMS G4-10 LWZ 100 Bypass
G4 filter mat for the bypass filter FMS G4-10 LWZ 100 By-
pass
Part number 231446
Filter class to EN 779 - G4
Dimensions mm 152x80x18
Quantity per order unit 10
G4 filter mat for the extract air FMS G4-10 LWZ 100 ABL
filter
Part number 231447
Filter class to EN 779 - G4
F5 filter mat for the outdoor air filter FMS F5-2 LWZ 100 ZUL
Part number 231448
Filter class to EN 779 - F5
F7 filter mat for the outdoor air filter FMS F7-2 LWZ 100 ZUL
Part number 231449
Filter class to EN 779 - F7
FMS LWZ 100

222383
Filter class G3
Height mm 335
Width mm 105
Depth mm 20
Quantity 10

EPS combi duct extension

Combination duct extension for the 100 central ventilation units
made from EPS, for routing outdoor air/exhaust air.
EPS combi duct extension
223230
Description EPS combi duct, DN 225, 645 mm long
ZLWZ 100 G-DN100

EPS adaptor for routing outdoor and exhaust air for the central
100 ventilation unit, for the transition from the unit to two circular
DN 100 pipes.
ZLWZ 100 G-DN100
223228
Description LWZ adaptor, 100 to 2x DN 100
ZLWZ 100D-DN 100

EPS adaptor with combi duct for routing outdoor and exhaust
air for the central 100 ventilation unit, for the transition from the
external grille to two circular DN 100 pipes.
ZLWZ 100D-DN 100
231336
Height mm 225
Description Combi duct with adaptor to 2x DN 100

Product group checklist

ducts and other accessories. □□ The length of the combi pipe for outdoor and exhaust air is
sufficient without an extension.
□□ The permitted floor load is sufficient for the weight of the unit.
□□ The length of the combi pipe is increased with the extension
□□ Structure-borne noise transmission to the building is largely accessory.
prevented.
□□ The wall outlet and combi duct connection to the unit must
□□ Condensate will be drained off with a natural fall to an existing be aligned axially.
drain near the unit.
□□ The exhaust air connection aperture must not be located in the
□□ The position of the remote control and the electrical connec- vicinity of windows or doors. There is no risk of annoyance.
tions to the unit have been specified.
□□ Care was taken when positioning the supply and extract air
Ventilation – general vents to ensure optimum air flow patterns through the room,
with low flow velocity.
□□ The rooms to be heated have been specified.
□□ The kitchen extract air vent is not positioned in the immediate
□□ The air flow rate has been determined for each room. vicinity of the extractor hood.
□□ The total room volume to be ventilated lies within the specified □□ The extractor hood is fitted with an automatic check valve or
minimum and maximum values of the unit. is a recirculation air extractor hood. No outdoor air flows in
□□ The air flow rate for each vent has been specified. through the extractor hood.
□□ The total air change rate for the building is between 0.4 and □□ Cleaning and maintenance apertures have been specified for
0.6. all air ducts.
□□ The flow velocity in the extract air system is < 3 m/s. □□ Silencer positions in living spaces and bedrooms were speci-
fied when designing the ventilation system.
□□ The flow velocity in the supply air system is < 3 m/s.
rate and have been specified in the building design.
Tiled stoves and fireplaces


Notes

Ventilation with decentralised supply air, extract air and heat recovery
Design information for mixed ventilation systems
Standardised ventilation LWE 40, LA 30 WRG
LWE 40, LA 30 WRG, LA 50, LA 60 and RCT These units must only be operated in pairs. Always allow for an
even number of units in the design and installation. The unit pairs
The relevant standard for designing mechanical ventilation sys- can be installed for a single room as well as a group of rooms. We
tems is DIN 1946-6. This specifies the requirements for designing recommend installing the units as far away from each other as
free ventilation equipment and fan-assisted ventilation systems. possible. Within a residential unit, multi storey allocation is also
In the case of fan-assisted ventilation systems, a distinction is possible. Ensure that air can stream between the rooms through
made between extract air systems, supply air systems and supply/ sufficiently sized overflow apertures, e.g. door undercuts.
extract air systems: In extract air mode, condensate can form in the heat exchanger
In an extract air system, the extract air is expelled with the aid of at low outside temperatures. This condensate is reabsorbed when
a fan and the supply air flows through the outdoor air apertures the air stream changes direction, which counteracts excessive de-
into the residential unit as untreated outdoor air. humidification of the indoor air. As a result, there is no danger of
the buffer cylinder freezing in winter.
In a supply air system, the supply air is blown into the dwelling
with the aid of a fan, and the extract air flows out of the building If the unit is also used for ventilating typical extract air areas such
through the outdoor air apertures as exhaust air. as kitchens, bathrooms or toilets with windows, two units working
in differential mode must be installed. We recommend installing
A supply/extract system is a ventilation system which transports an extractor instead.
outdoor/supply air and extract/exhaust air with the aid of fans
and conditions it (temperature increase through heat recovery). Extract air areas with no external walls cannot be ventilated with
these units. Connection to a shaft or pipe is not permissible. We
In addition to DIN 1946-6, DIN 18017-3 must be observed if there recommend considering the installation of an LA 60 extractor in-
are bathrooms and toilets in the apartment with no external walls. stead.
This standard only applies for fan-assisted extract air systems, and
includes specifications for design and operation in windowless Installation in basement rooms with light wells is not permissible.
rooms. LA 30 WRG, LA 50
Due to their construction and operation, these LWE 40, LA 30 WRG, If the building is located in an area exposed to wind and an av-
LA 50 and LA 60 ventilation units, in combination with the RCT erage wind speed of > 5 m/s, we advise against installation of
comfort programming unit, cannot be directly allocated to one the unit.
of the ventilation systems described and are therefore not fully
covered by these standards. Therefore it is not always possible to In bedrooms, install the unit as far away from the head of the
base a design on the standards named above. However, experi- bed as possible.
ence shows that it is still possible to draw up a ventilation concept Ensure that simultaneous operation of the unit together with open
which takes into account aspects relating to structural physics, flue combustion equipment for solid fuels is prevented by safety
ventilation and building services as well as hygiene. equipment. The flue gas inspector responsible should always be
To do this, the ventilation units are engineered in line with re- involved in the design at an early stage.
quirements to DIN 1946-6 for standard ventilation. Units with heat
recovery are installed in the supply air areas. The extract air areas,
however, are regarded as windowless rooms and designed for
demand-based ventilation according to DIN 18017-3.
This procedure appears to us to be permissible for the following
reasons:
——A large part of the ventilation operation includes heat recov-
ery.
——Ventilation which is sufficient for an extract air area without
windows to DIN 18017-3 should also be sufficient for a room
with windows and therefore attributable infiltration.
Our ventilation concepts are the result of careful calculation, even
if not all the requirements of the relevant standards are fulfilled
in every case. In the case of a specific construction project, an
additional examination should nevertheless be carried out by an
architect or installer, and the user informed of any deviations from
the DIN standards.

LWE 40
APPLICATION: Decentralised ventilation unit with heat recovery

for ventilating apartments and small commercial properties.
EQUIPMENT/CONVENIENCE: Contemporary design with sepa-
rate programming unit; can be used for floor areas up to ap-
prox. 100 m². Axial fan with rigid fan curve, also for use in areas
which are exposed to wind. With efficient aluminium heat ex-
changer and external panel that is watertight against heavy rain.
Straightforward filter replacement using easy to remove fan unit.
Fine dust filter available as an accessory. White powder-coated
stainless steel external panel. Matt white plastic internal panel.
EFFICIENC Y: EC fan ensures ef f icient operation.
INSTALLATION: Installation in round or square wall outlets with a
maximum thickness of 550 mm (550 to 800 mm including telescop-
ic casing available as an accessory). Easily accessible electrical
connection on the inside of the fan unit.
Mode of operation
At a glance These decentralised ventilation units function in pairs in alternate
——Very good filter performance due to filters on the inside and operation. One unit operates for 40 seconds in supply air mode,
outside the other for 40 seconds in extract air mode. The air direction is
then changed. This ensures that the sum of supply air flow rates
——Option of using M5 or F7 fine dust filters on the inside if they is equal to the sum of extract air flow rates. A central control set,
do not significantly reduce the air flow rate available as an accessory, is required for operation. Depending
——Easy to clean, efficient aluminium heat exchanger on the control set, up to 8 units can be connected and operated.
There are four flow rate stages to choose from (20 m³/h to 70 m³/h
——Used in pairs in ventilation mode). If a pair of units, working in differential
mode, are installed in two different rooms, air must be able to
——Quiet operation
flow between the two rooms.
——Up to 8 fans can be combined with a single control unit
——Rigid fan curve enables reliable use in locations which are Required accessories
exposed to wind 236669 ZLWE 40-2
——Installation possible in square or round wall outlets 236670 ZLWE 40-4
——Straightforward fixing of the telescopic casing using all-round 236671 ZLWE 40-8
foam apertures
——With special telescopic casing suitable for wall thicknesses up Additional accessories
to 800 mm 236672 ZLWE 40 CLOCK
——External panel watertight against heavy rain 236673 ZLWE 40 CO2
236674 ZLWE 40 HUMIDITY
236675 FMS G2-4 LWE 40
236676 FMS G4-4 LWE 40
236677 FMS M5-4 LWE 40
236678 FMS F7-4 LWE 40

LWE 40
Specification
LWE 40
236659
Sound emissions
Sound power level LWA relative to air flow rate dB(A) 34 (at 26.6 m³/h)
Application limits
Operating temperature range °C -15 to +40
Energy data
Energy efficiency class in moderate climates with multiple sensor control A
Electrical data
Rated voltage V 24
Max. power consumption W 7
Versions
Filter class G4/G2
IP rating IP41
Dimensions
Height mm 258
Width mm 258
Depth mm 550
Min. outlet aperture mm Ø200, □185x185
Weight
Weight kg 4.25
Values
Air flow rate for differential mode m³/h 10-35
LWE 40
236659
Heating function -
Cooling function -
DHW function -
Solar function -

LWE 40
Wall thickness including render/plaster Clearances between units working in differential mode
20 A Units working as a pair in differential mode must be installed with
a minimum horizontal and vertical clearance.
*y
1200 mm + 0,75
D0000070068
y
LWE 40 TG-550 LWE 40 TG-800

A mm 300-550 550-800
D0000070071
Minimum clearances
——Ensure a clearance of 350 mm between the side of the internal
panel and any furniture.
——Inside the building, ensure there is enough free space in front
of the internal panel for inserting and removing the fan unit.
1000 mm
1000 mm
——Never install the unit near seating areas or at the head of a
bed.
——Ensure a clearance of 100 mm from all sides of the external
14
00
panel to downpipes, balconies and other solid objects.
m
m
D0000070069
A
S
B
D0000070036
A 220 mm
B 220 mm
S Specified clearance depending on the structural condition
of the wall
We recommend positioning the upper edge of the internal panel
30 mm beneath the upper edge of the window.

LWE 40
Wall construction Masonry with clinker construction (plan view)
Solid masonry with composite thermal insulation (plan view) 1 3

1 3 2 4
115 80-120 175-240
2
4
175-240 120-160 30-50 ~10
5
~10 ~10 ~10
6
~10
D0000070048
D0000070046
1 Clinker brick
1 Exterior render 2 Air gap
2 Composite thermal insulation 3 Composite thermal insulation
3 Stone 4 Stone
4 Interior plaster 5 Interior plaster
5 2K-PUR fitting foam 6 2K-PUR fitting foam
Masonry with timber frame construction (plan view)
4
1
5
2 60-80
6
3 40-60 18-28
180-240 11,5
~10 7
8
185 x 185
D0000070047
1 Soft fibreboard
2 Load bearing element
3 Timber frame construction with insulation in between
4 OSB board
5 Installation level (wooden structure with insulation in be-
tween)
6 Plasterboard
7 Wooden edging
8 2K-PUR fitting foam

LWE 40
Wiring diagram with more than 2 fans Wiring diagram with 2 fans
1
1 2
2 3
3 4
4
D0000070062
2
1 3
2 4
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
D0000070063
3
4
Assign the units in pairs to the "Fan 1" and "Fan 2" terminals.
Check whether the pairs of units are working in differential mode.
In differential mode, one unit transports the extract air out of the
building to the outside. The other unit draws outdoor air into the
building.

LWE 40
Connecting further components CO2 sensor

For combined operation of external switchgear, the control unit
applies the most recent setting. The programming unit indicates
this after a few seconds' delay.
If demand via the digital inputs decreases, the programming unit
takes over the last, previously set operating stage. For the building
services to be able to switch off the system completely, the power
supply must be interrupted. 2x
0,75 mm²
Time switch
2 x 0,75 mm²
D0000070457
D0000070455
P1 Switching threshold adjustable between 0 - 2000 ppm

(0 - 10 V)
P2 Hysteresis adjustable between 40 - 200 ppm (0.2 - 1.0 V)
Humidity sensor
Building automation
2x Connect the building automation system to the floating input con-
0,75 mm² tacts of the control unit (see installation instructions, chapter "In-
stallation / Electrical connection / Activation of fan stages through
an external signal"). Examples: BACnet, EnOcean, ZigBee, KNX/
EIB, DALI, Modbus, LON
D0000070456

LWE 40 accessories
Accessories
LWE 40 VE
Fan unit with plastic casing, energy efficient EC motor, aluminium
heat exchanger consisting of four sections, external filter G2 and
internal filter G4. Flow rate change of direction after 40 seconds.
LWE 40 VE
236664
Width mm 142
Height mm 142
LWE 40 TG-550
Plastic telescopic casing for installation of the decentralised ven-
tilation unit; can be trimmed to match the wall thickness. For wall
thicknesses between 300 and 550 mm.
LWE 40 TG-550
236662
Wall thickness mm 300 - 550
Width mm 202
Height mm 200
LWE 40 TG-800
Plastic telescopic casing for installation of the decentralised ven-
tilation unit; can be trimmed to match the wall thickness. For wall
thicknesses between 550 and 800 mm.
LWE 40 TG-800
236663
Length mm 800
Width mm 202
Height mm 200
LWE 40 BI
White plastic internal panel with diaphragm seal.
LWE 40 BI
236660
Height mm 258
Width mm 258
Depth mm 14
Colour White
LWE 40 SBI
White powder-coated sound insulation panel for the interior. Im-
proves the total standard sound level differential (Dn,e,w) to 8 dB
and reduces the sound pressure level (Lpges) to 10 dB.
LWE 40 SBI
236661
Height mm 265
Width mm 265
Depth mm 64
Colour White

LWE 40 accessories
LWE 40 BA W
White powder-coated stainless steel external panel.
LWE 40 BA W
236665
Height mm 219
Width mm 214
Depth mm 90
Colour White
Standard sound power level differential dB 37
LWE 40 BA S
Natural brushed stainless steel external panel.
LWE 40 BA S
236666
Height mm 219
Width mm 214
Depth mm 90
LWE 40 SBA W
White powder-coated stainless steel external sound insulation
panel. Dn,e,w = 40 dB.
LWE 40 SBA W
236667
Height mm 269
Width mm 214
Depth mm 124
Colour White
LWE 40 SBA S
Natural brushed stainless steel external sound insulation panel.
Dn,e,w = 40 dB.
LWE 40 SBA S
236668
Height mm 269
Width mm 214
Depth mm 124

LWE 40 accessories
ZLWE 40-2
Control set consisting of control unit, power supply unit and pro-
gramming unit, incl. cover frame for controlling 2 ventilation
units. The control unit is equipped with an LED which signals
when cleaning and filter replacement must be carried out. These
signals are issued according to the operating time. Installation
in the flush box supplied.
ZLWE 40-2
236669
Power supply unit height mm 54
Power supply unit width mm 54
Power supply unit depth mm 32
Control unit height mm 80
Control unit width mm 80
Control unit depth mm 9
Connected load W 27
Operating current A 1.1
Output voltage V 24
Power supply 1/N 220-240 V 50 Hz
Colour White
IP rating IP41
ZLWE 40-4
Control set consisting of control unit, power supply unit and
programming unit for controlling up to 4 ventilation units. The
control unit is equipped with an LED which signals when clean-
ing and filter replacement must be carried out. These signals
are issued according to the operating time. Programming unit
installation in the flush box supplied. The power supply unit is
designed for top hat rail mounting.
ZLWE 40-4
236670
Connected load W 48
Output voltage V 24
Colour White
IP rating IP41

LWE 40 accessories
ZLWE 40-8
Control set consisting of control unit, power supply unit and
programming unit for controlling up to 8 ventilation units. The
control unit is equipped with an LED which signals when clean-
ing and filter replacement must be carried out. These signals
are issued according to the operating time. Programming unit
installation in the flush box supplied. The power supply unit is
designed for top hat rail mounting.
ZLWE 40-8
236671
Connected load W 96
Output voltage V 24
Colour White
IP rating IP41
ZLWE 40 CLOCK
Time switch for time-controlled operation in 2 different stages.
ZLWE 40 CLOCK
236672
Height mm 105
Width mm 36
Depth mm 60
ZLWE 40 CO2
CO2 sensor for demand-dependent, enhanced ventilation mode,
including sensor and threshold switch.
ZLWE 40 CO2
236673
Height mm 100
Width mm 80
Depth mm 28
ZLWE 40 HUMIDITY
Humidity sensor for humidity-controlled operation in 2 different
stages.
ZLWE 40 HUMIDITY
236674
Height mm 76
Width mm 76
Depth mm 34
Relative humidity setting range % 30-90
Switching differential % RH 6
Accuracy % RH 5
Measurement discrepancy per year % RH -1.5

LWE 40 accessories
FMS G2-4 LWE 40

Filter set with particularly low pressure drop, yet high grade air
filtration.
FMS G2-4 LWE 40
236675
Filter class G2
Height mm 125
Width mm 125
Depth mm 10
FMS G4-4 LWE 40

filtration.
FMS G4-4 LWE 40
236676
Filter class G4
Height mm 124
Width mm 124
Depth mm 36
FMS M5-4 LWE 40

filtration.
FMS M5-4 LWE 40
236677
Height mm 124
Width mm 124
Depth mm 36
FMS F7-4 LWE 40

filtration.
FMS F7-4 LWE 40
236678
Filter class F7
Height mm 124
Width mm 124
Depth mm 36

Notes

LA 30 WRG
Highly efficient decentralised ventilation unit with heat recovery

through a regenerator according to the principle of a reversible air
stream with low power consumption and quiet operation.
Mode of operation
These decentralised ventilation units only function in pairs in al-
ternate operation. One unit operates for 70 seconds in supply air
mode, the other for 70 seconds in extract air mode. The air direc-
tion is then changed. This ensures that the sum of supply air flow
rates is equal to the sum of extract air flow rates. A central control
unit, available as an accessory, is required to control the regular
alternation between supply air and extract air mode. Depending
on the control unit, up to 10 units can be connected. The units
can be switched on and off with a twin rocker switch, available
as an accessory. In addition, there are four flow rate stages to
choose from (15 m³/h to 38 m³/h). Several control units can be
connected to one twin rocker switch. Any commercially available
series switch can be used. If a pair of units, working in differential
mode, are installed in two different rooms, air must be able to
flow between the two rooms.
234181 ZLA 30 S3
234182 RCT
At a glance
235106 LASB i
——Up to 10 fans can be combined with a single control unit
235107 LASB a
——Excellent energy efficiency through single pipe fan technology
236314 ZLA M18
——Space saving and straightforward installation
236315 ZLA M60
——Clear, logical operation 189814 FMS ALD G3
189815 FMS ALD G2
227925 FMK ALD M5

LA 30 WRG
Specification
LA 30 WRG
232026
Sound emissions
Sound power level LWA relative to air flow rate dB(A) 40 (at 26.6 m³/h)
Sound power level (EN 12102) dB(A) 24.5 (at 18 m³/h) / 27.5 (at 31 m³/h)
Sound pressure level at a distance of 1 m dB(A) 24 (at 18 m³/h) / 26.5 (at 31 m³/h)
Sound level differential dB 42
Application limits
Operating temperature range °C -15 -40
Energy data
Energy efficiency class in moderate climates with multiple sensor control A
Electrical data
Power consumption, ventilation W 3
Rated voltage V 12
Max. power consumption W 11
Versions
Filter class G3
IP rating IP22
Dimensions
Height mm 180
Width mm 180
Depth mm 500
Min. outlet aperture mm Ø162
Weight
Weight kg 4
Values
Air flow rate for differential mode m³/h 7.5-19
Application range, extract air °C 15-30
LA 30 WRG
232026
Heating function -
Cooling function -
DHW function -
Solar function -
Control unit
ZLA M18 ZLA M60
236314 236315
Power supply unit height mm 35 93
Power supply unit width mm 48 78
Power supply unit depth mm 51 56
Control unit height mm 25 25
Control unit width mm 42 42
Control unit depth mm 42 42
Connected load W 18 60
Operating current A 1.5 4.5
Output voltage V 12 12
IP rating IP22 IP22

LA 30 WRG

Fan unit
Ø 160
Ø 180
26_04_17_0003
180
D0000022200
1m
180 35 300 - 500 17
1m
1,4m
26_04_17_0004
1m
Ø 162
3 mm
26_04_17_0005
S
B
A wall thickness of between 300 and 500 mm is permissible.
Switch and control unit

Installation in a junction box:
D0000070036
24 36 70
A 220 mm
D0000062123
B 220 mm
of the wall
Installation in a switch box:

66 60
D0000062124
Installation of switch, control unit and power supply unit in a flush

box or junction box:
96 70
D0000062125
1 2 3
1 Switch
2 Control unit
3 Power supply unit

LA 30 WRG accessories
Accessories
RCT
Remote control for decentralised ventilation. Fan connection: di-
rect or up to 30 fans with control units. A number of ventilation
programs can be configured. With integral power supply unit.
Automatic humidity regulation is possible, combined with several
convenience functions and time controls.
RCT
234182
Frequency Hz 50-60
Min. supply voltage V 100
Max. supply voltage V 230
Output voltage V 12
Output voltage V 12
IP rating IP20
ZLA 30 S3
Series switch with three rocker switches for control of the decen-
tralised ventilation units, with and without heat recovery
ZLA 30 S3
234181
Height mm 83
Width mm 83
Depth mm 40
ZLA M18
Control unit for decentralised ventilation units. Comprising power
supply unit and control unit. Can be connected to up to 6 ventila-
tion units. Fan types are set using the DIP switch on the control
unit. Can be controlled via RCT or ZLA 30 S3.
ZLA M18
236314
Connected load W 18
Output voltage V 12
IP rating IP22
ZLA M60
supply unit and control unit. Can be connected to up to 10 venti-
lation units. Fan types are set using the DIP switch on the control
ZLA M60
236315
Connected load W 60
Output voltage V 12
IP rating IP22

FMS ALD G2
Replacement filters for contaminated/defective filter mats, for the
ALD external wall vent and the LA 30 WRG and LA 50 ventilation
units.
FMS ALD G2
189815
Filter class G2
Quantity 5
FMK ALD M5
Fine filter set with electrostatic properties for filtering outdoor
air in the ALD 160. Also suitable for the LA 30 WRG and LA 50
ventilation units. Particularly low pressure drop, yet high grade
filtration of the outdoor air, comparable to filter class F5.
FMK ALD M5
227925
Quantity 3

LASB i
LASB i sound insulation panel for the interior. Up to 3 dB(B) noise
reduction. Designer panel made from high quality material and
equipped with filter mats.
LASB i
235106
Height mm 250
Width mm 250
Depth mm 78
LASB a
LASB sound and weather grille for outdoor area. Up to 3 dB(B)
noise reduction. Designer panel made from high quality material.
LASB a
235107
Height mm 235
Width mm 205
Depth mm 72
Colour White

Ventilation with decentralised supply and extract air, without heat recovery
LA 50
The LA 50 is a radial extractor with star-shaped noise attenuating

elements, which minimise noise pollution. It is designed so that
the extract air can be routed outdoors from damp rooms such as
the kitchen, bathroom and WC through house walls. Supply air is
provided via adjacent rooms. The high efficiency of the fan reduces
operating costs. It is easy to install and operate. Visually appealing
design thanks to a contemporary, white designer internal panel.
Mode of operation
The LA 50 transports air subject to odours or humidity from extract
air areas such as kitchens, bathrooms and WCs out of the building,
directly or through exhaust air shafts. This creates slight negative
pressure in the apartment. An air mixture arises between the
supply and extract air areas due to the overflow apertures in the
doors. Fresh, filtered air flows into the living spaces and bedrooms
through the external wall air apertures. In combination with the
LA 30 WRG ventilation unit with heat recovery, even higher energy
and cost efficiency can be achieved.
234182 RCT
234181 ZLA 30 S3
235106 LASB i
At a glance 235107 LASB a
——Very straightforward installation and operation 236314 ZLA M18
——Operation by ZLA 30 S3 or RCT 236315 ZLA M60
——Minimum pipe length 260 mm 189814 FMS ALD G3
——Same design as LA 30 WRG and ALD 189815 FMS ALD G2
——Four star-shaped noise attenuating elements 227925 FMK ALD M5

LA 50
Specification
LA 50
234656
Power consumption
Power consumption, low stage (15 m³/h) W 0.6
Power consumption, middle stage (30 m³/h) W 1.3
Power consumption, high stage (60 m³/h) W 7.2
Sound emissions
Sound power level (EN 12102) dB(A) 19.5 (at 15 m³/h) / 31.5 (at 30 m³/h)
Electrical data
Power consumption W 0.6 - 7.2
Rated voltage V 12
Versions
IP rating IP20
Filter class G3
Dimensions
Height mm 180
Width mm 180
Depth mm 56
Weight
Weight kg 1.6
Values
LA 50
234656
Heating function -
Cooling function -
DHW function -
Solar function -

LA 50
21 30 69 69 69 69 30 37 80 26
○180
□180
D0000048764
500
2 N 3
L
-
0-10V +12V 4
-
1
1 2
GY
RD/+
RD
BU/-
BK
VT/s1
W1 W2 RD/+
D0000063400
BU/-
VT/s2
1 Twin rocker switch (not required if connected to an RCT)

2 RCT Comfort programming unit (optional)
3 Power supply unit
4 Second unit only with ZLA M60
BK Black
BU Blue
GY Grey
RD Red
VT Violet

LA 50
Design information
Observe the information on standard-compliant engineering of
A
ventilation units in chapter "Standardised ventilation with LWE
S
40, LA 30 WRG, LA 50, LA 60 and RCT".
B
D0000070036
A 220 mm
B 220 mm
of the wall

LA 50 accessories
Accessories
RCT
Remote control for decentralised ventilation. Fan connection: di-
rect or up to 30 fans with control units. A number of ventilation
programs can be configured. With integral power supply unit.
Automatic humidity regulation is possible, combined with several
convenience functions and time controls.
RCT
234182
Frequency Hz 50-60
Min. supply voltage V 100
Max. supply voltage V 230
Output voltage V 12
Output voltage V 12
IP rating IP20
ZLA 30 S3
Series switch with three rocker switches for control of the decen-
tralised ventilation units, with and without heat recovery
ZLA 30 S3
234181
Manufacturer STIEBEL ELTRON
Height mm 83
Width mm 83
Depth mm 40
ZLA M18
supply unit and control unit. Can be connected to up to 6 ventila-
tion units. Fan types are set using the DIP switch on the control
ZLA M18
236314
Connected load W 18
Output voltage V 12
IP rating IP22
ZLA M60
supply unit and control unit. Can be connected to up to 10 venti-
lation units. Fan types are set using the DIP switch on the control
ZLA M60
236315
Connected load W 60
Output voltage V 12
IP rating IP22

LA 50 accessories
FMS ALD G2
units.
FMS ALD G2
189815
Filter class G2
Quantity 5
FMK ALD M5
FMK ALD M5
227925
Quantity 3
LASB i
LASB i sound insulation panel for the interior. Up to 3 dB(B) noise
reduction. Designer panel made from high quality material and
equipped with filter mats.
LASB i
235106
Height mm 250
Width mm 250
Depth mm 78
LASB a
LASB sound and weather grille for outdoor area. Up to 3 dB(B)
noise reduction. Designer panel made from high quality material.
LASB a
235107
Height mm 235
Width mm 205
Depth mm 72
Colour White

LA 60
Demand-dependent ventilation unit with integral humidity sen-

sor for automatic, humidity-dependent flow rate control. Unit for
surface or flush mounting with integral fan section, check valve to
prevent air leaks, white decorative panel and easy-to-change filter.
Mode of operation
Subject to demand, the humid, odorous air is transported out of
the building or into a central extract air shaft through LA 60 units
in the bathroom and WC. This creates slight negative pressure in
the apartment. Due to this negative pressure, fresh, filtered air
flows in of its own accord through air apertures positioned in
the external walls of living spaces and bedrooms. An air mixture
arises between the supply and extract air areas due to the over-
flow apertures in the doors. Depending on the airtightness of the
building, decentralised external wall apertures in supply air areas
are not essential. In some cases, natural infiltration due to the
permeability of the building envelope provides sufficient fresh air.
229319 FMS LA 60
231104 LWF W 100 VA - 60
At a glance
——Demand-dependent control according to humidity and tem-
perature
——Very straightforward installation and operation
——Automatic seasonal changeover
——Filter monitoring

LA 60
Specification
LA 60 A LA 60 U LA 60 AB
229317 229318 232123
Sound emissions
Sound power level (EN 12102) dB(A) 37 37 37
Electrical data
Power consumption W 11 11 11
Max. power consumption, ventilation W 11 11 11
Rated voltage V 230 230 230
Max. current consumption A 0.2 0.2 0.2
Phases 1/N/PE 1/N/PE 1/N/PE
Frequency Hz 50 50 50
Versions
IP rating IP X5 IP X5 IP X5
Filter class G2 G2 G2
Protection class II II II
Dimensions
Height mm 260 260 260
Width mm 260 260 260
Depth mm 108 108 108
Weight
Weight kg 2.70 3.20 2.92
Connections
Extract air connection DN 75-80 75-80 80
Values
Air flow rate m³/h 30-60 30-60 30-60
Application range, extract air °C 15-30 15-30 15-30
Power efficiency, ventilation W/m³ 0.18 0.18 0.18
Available external pressure, ventilation Pa 221 233 216
LA 60 A LA 60 U LA 60 AB
229317 229318 232123
Heating function - - -
Cooling function - - -
Application range, modernisation x x x
Application range, new build x x x
Size of dwelling, new build m² < 100 < 100 < 100
DHW function - - -
Solar function - - -
Size of building, modernisation m² < 100 < 100 < 100
Fan curve
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
84_04_01_0017
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
X Flow rate [m3/h]

Y Available pressure [Pa]

LA 60
Dimensions LA 60 AB (surface mounted with fire protection) Minimum clearances LA 60 AB / LA 60 A / LA 60 U
58
≥50
58,5
80
269
260
≥50 ≥50
D0000019272
79
≥50
D0000025562
109,5
Dimensions LA 60 A (surface mounted)
58
58,5
80
75
269
260
79
109,5
D0000017199
Dimensions LA 60 U (flush mounted)

80
75 45
69
262
30
323 90,5 12
52
25,5
D0000017200

LA 60
Surface mounting LA 60 A / LA 60 AB Flush mounting LA 60 U

Installation example, external wall installation Installation example, shaft installation
26_04_01_0473
26_04_01_0491
Installation example, shaft installation Installation example, ceiling installation

3
26_04_01_0474
26_04_01_0490
1 2
1 Grid ceiling with detachable ceiling section (section with

Installation example, shaft installation with fire protection apertures)
2 Check valve
3 PVC adhesive tape
26_04_16_0001

LA 60
Design information Room type Extract air flow rate qv,Ab

WC 30
DIN 18017, Part 3
If the LA 60 is used in windowless bathrooms and toilets,
Infiltration flow rate qV,Inf
DIN 18017-3 requirements must be met. These specify an air flow
rate of 60 m³/h in bathrooms and 30 m³/h in toilets. This flow Living space in m² 30 50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190
rate can be reduced to 15 m³/h for times when less ventilation Detached house 18 29 41 53 65 77 88 100 112
is required. Apartment building (ex- 15 26 36 46 57 67 77 88 98
tract air through external
A sufficient inflow of fresh air must be ensured and demonstrated wall)
with calculations. In new builds with greater airtightness, the Apartment building (cen- 14 24 33 43 53 62 72 81 91
natural flow rate through infiltration is generally insufficient, so tral extract air shaft)
additional external wall apertures must be included in living spac-
es and bedrooms. The number required can be estimated:
Flow rate through external wall aperture qV,ALD
Number of ALDs = (qV,Ab,ges – qV,Inf)/qV,Ald Filter class G2 G3 (standard) F5
Type ALD 160 29 22 20
At least one external wall aperture must be installed in each sup-

ply air area of the dwelling (living space, bedroom, children's Required nominal diameters, extract air duct
room, study, guest room).
Central ventilation systems 10
9
In multi storey apartment buildings, it is generally advisable to
Number of storeys
8
expel the extract air from multiple individual ventilation systems
via a central extract air duct. The following requirements to DIN 7
18017-3 must be observed: 6
5
——Airtight execution (protected against overpressure)
4
——Thermal insulation of shaft/extract air duct 3
2
——Extract air removal solely via the roof
84_04_01_0016_
1
——The extract air duct must be straight and vertical

DN 100 DN 125 DN 160 DN 100 DN 125 DN 160 DN 200
——Cross-section modifications are not permissible Diameter of the main duct
——Individual ventilation units must be equipped with check
valves
——A cleaning aperture must be located at the bottom of the ex-
tract air duct
——Fire safety requirements according to state building regula-
tions
The cross-section of the extract air duct must be sized so that the
sum of the flow rates of all the individual units can be accommo-
dated and the static pressure drop of the lowest ventilation unit
can be overcome. The adjacent graphic gives specifications for
multiple LA 60 units.
State building regulations pertaining to fire protection require-
ments in ventilation systems (LüAR) are valid for central ventilation
systems to DIN 18017-3. For example, fireproof ventilation shafts
must be provided or a fireproof sealing system installed between
the floors. If several apartments on one floor are connected to
one main duct, the ventilation units must be equipped with fire
dampers.
Design extract air flow rate qV,Ab to DIN 18017-3
Room type Extract air flow rate qv,Ab
Kitchen 60
Bathroom 60
Shower/WC 60
Shower 60

LA 60
Electrical connection Remote control (e.g. Comfort programming unit)

Continuous operation with no user intervention The unit can be remote controlled via the F+ and F- terminals
with 0 to 10 V.
85_04_01_0002
D0000055061
Manual changeover between summer/winter mode and manual Connected voltage [V DC] Fan function
demand-dependent ventilation with a series switch 0 Depending on the mains connection or
switch position if switch is fitted
2.5 Fan off
4.2 30 m³/h
6.0 40 m³/h
7.5 50 m³/h
9.5 60 m³/h
Other circuits, e.g. via L1 or L2 are also possible. Remote control

always has priority.
85_04_01_0001
S1 Switch rocker, summer/winter mode

S2 Switch rocker, demand-dependent ventilation on/off
The series switch must be provided on site by an installation switch
provider. The set of adhesive labels for marking the switches is
part of the standard delivery

LA 60 accessories
Accessories
FMS LA 60
Spare filter to replace dirty filter mats for the LA 60 ventilation
unit.
FMS LA 60
229319
Filter class G2
LWF W 100 VA - 60
External wall outlet made from stainless steel pipe with seal
ring for outdoor LA 60 with weather grille in a stainless steel
ball design.
LWF W 100 VA - 60
231104
Connection diameter mm 100

LA 60 accessories

Ventilation with decentralised supply and extract air
Design example 1
Example of controlled ventilation of a dwelling in an apartment

building with individual, decentralised ventilation units
The information "Standardised ventilation with LWE 40, LA 30
WRG, LA 50, LA 60 and RCT" must be taken into account when
drawing up the ventilation concept to DIN 1946-6.
To increase air flow rates in living spaces, LA 30 WRG units in-
stalled in this area are operated in common mode.
The LA 50 extractor fans are operated subject to demand. Interval
control, humidity control and run-on time functions can be set via
the control unit.
G1 G6
G7
3
8.1 m²
11
1.1 m²
G9 G10 G5
G8
2
1 8.7 m²
G2 19.5 m²
11
5.3 m²
6
G3 9.8 m²
G4
5
14.5 m²
11
10.9 m²
D0000042129
1 Living space/dining room Supply air G4 LA 30 WRG

2 Kitchen Extract air G5 LA 50
3 Bathroom/shower Extract air G6 LA 50
5 Bedroom/parents Supply air G7 ZLA 30 M18
6 Child Supply air G8 ZLA 30 M18
11 Hallway/staircase/porch Receives airflow G9 RCT
G1 LA 30 WRG G10 ZLA 30 M18
G2 LA 30 WRG
G3 LA 30 WRG

Design example 1
L
N
-- + 12 V -- + 12 V
+ 12 V
A1 -
N 0 - 10 V
L + 12 V
E1 G9 A2 -
0 - 10 V
E2
E3 + 12 V
A3 -
0 - 10 V
0 - 10 V
12 V
--
W1 W2 W1 W2
RD RD
G3 BU
VT
BU
VT
RD
GY
RD
GY
BL
BL
RD RD
G4 BU
VT
BU
VT G7 G8
+ +
0 0
-- --
0 - 10 V
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
12 V
--
RD RD
G1 BU BU
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
VT/s2
VT/s1
VT/s2
VT/s1
RD/+
RD/+
RD/+
RD/+
VT
BU/-
BU/-
BU/-
BU/-
VT
--
--
RD RD
G2 BU
VT
BU
VT
VT VT VT VT
BU BU BU BU
D0000062572
RD RD RD RD
G5 G6
BL Black G2 LA 30 WRG
BU Blue G3 LA 30 WRG
GY Grey G4 LA 30 WRG
RD Red G5 LA 50
VT Violet G6 LA 50
W1 Switch rocker 1 G7 ZLA 30 M18
W2 Switch rocker 2 G8 ZLA 30 M18
G1 LA 30 WRG G9 RCT
BL schwarz
BU blau
GY
Example ofgrau
controlled ventilation of a dwelling in an apartment building with individual, decentralised ventilation units
RD rot
TheVTinformation
violett "Standardised ventilation with LWE 40, LA 30 WRG, LA 50, LA 60 and RCT" must be taken into account when drawing
W1 Schalterwippe 1
up W2
the ventilation concept
Schalterwippe 2 to DIN 1946-6.
G1 LA 30 WRG
To G2
increaseLAair30flow
WRG
rates in living spaces and dining areas, LA 30 WRG units installed here are operated in common mode.
G3 LA 30 WRG
TheG4LA 60 extractor
LA 30 WRG
fan is operated subject to humidity. A demand-dependent air flow rate can be set manually via the switch unit.
G5 LA 50
G6 LA 50
G7 ZLA 30 M18
G8 ZLA 30 M18
G9 RCT

Design example 2
G1 G2
1
31.4 m²
2
5.2 m²
G6 G7
11
6.3 m² G5
3
3.9 m²
6 5
9.6 m² 11.8 m²
D0000042131
G4 G3

2 Kitchen Extract air G3 LA 30 WRG
3 Bathroom/shower
1 Wohnen/Essen Extract air G1 G4WRGLA 30 WRG
LA 30
2 Küche G2 LA 30 WRG
5 Bedroom/parents
3 Bad/Dusche
Supply air G3 G5WRGLA 60
LA 30
6 Child4 WC Supply air G4 G6WRGRCT
LA 30
5 Schlafen G5 LA 60
11 Hallway/staircase/porch Receives airflow G6 RCT
G7 ZLA 30 M18
6 Kind
G1 LA 307 WRG Arbeiten G7 ZLA 30 M18
8 Gast
9 HWR
10 Abstellraum
11 Flur/Diele

Design example 2
L
N
-- + 12 V
+ 12 V
A1 -
N 0 - 10 V
L + 12 V
E1 G6 A2 -
0 - 10 V
E2
E3 + 12 V
A3 -
0 - 10 V
0 - 10 V
--
G5
G7
MIN
L2L1 L N F+F-
+
SI S II 0
--
1 2 3 4
MIN /
AUTO
AUTO
+ 12 V
VT/s2
VT/s1
RD/+
RD/+
BU/-
BU/-
L
--
N
VT VT VT VT
G3 BU
RD
BU
RD
BU
RD
BU
RD
G1
VT VT VT VT
G4 BU
RD
BU
RD
BU
RD
BU
RD
G2
D0000062577
BL Black G2 LA 30 WRG
BU Blue G3 LA 30 WRG
GYBLGrey schwarz G4 LA 30 WRG
RDBURed blau G5 LA 60
VTGY
RD
Violet grau
rot
G6 RCT
S1 VTSwitchviolett
rocker 1 G7 ZLA 30 M18
S2 S1SwitchSchalterwippe
rocker 2 1
G1S2
G1
LA 30 Schalterwippe 2
WRG
LA 30 WRG
G2 LA 30 WRG
G3 LA 30 WRG
G4 LA 30 WRG
G5 LA 60
G6 RCT
G7 ZLA 30 M18

Design example 3

The LA 60 extractor fans are operated subject to humidity. A de-
mand-dependent air flow rate can be set manually via the switch
units.
G1
1
31.4 m²
2
5.2 m²
G3
G5
11
6.3 m²
G4
3
3.9 m²
6 5
9.6 m² 11.8 m²
D0000042132
G2 G6 G7

6 Child Supply air G6 ALD
11 Hallway/staircase/porch Receives airflow G7 ALD
G1 LA 30 WRG
1 Wohnen/Essen
2 Küche
3 Bad/Dusche
4 WC
5 Schlafen
6 Kind
7 Arbeiten
8 Gast
9 HWR
10 Abstellraum
11 Flur/Diele

Design example 3
L
N
-- + 12 V
W1 W2
RD
GY
BL
G3 G4
G5
MIN MIN
L2L1 L N F+F- L2L1 L N F+F-
+
SI S II SI S II 0
--
1 2 3 4
MIN / MIN /
AUTO AUTO
AUTO AUTO
+ 12 V
VT/s2
VT/s1
RD/+
RD/+
BU/-
BU/-
L
--
N
VT VT VT VT
BU BU BU BU
RD RD RD RD
D0000062580
G2 G1

6 Child Supply air G6 ALD
11 Hallway/staircase/porch Receives airflow G7 ALD
G1 LA 30 WRG
BL schwarz
BU blau
GY grau
RD rot
VT violett
S1/W1 Schalterwippe 1
S2/W2 Schalterwippe 2
G1 LA 30 WRG
G2 LA 30 WRG
G3 LA 60
G4 LA 60
G5 ZLA 30 M18

Design example 4

To increase air flow rates in living spaces and dining areas, LWE 40
units installed here are operated in common mode.
The LA 60 extractor fan is operated subject to humidity. A de-
mand-dependent air flow rate can be set manually via the switch
unit.
G1 G2
1
31.4 m²
2
5.2 m²
G6
11
6.3 m² G5
3
3.9 m²
6 5
9.6 m² 11.8 m²
G4 G3
D0000072788
1 Living space/dining room 10 Storage room

2 Kitchen G1
11 Hallway/entrance
LWE 40
1 Wohnen/Essen
3 2Bathroom/shower
Küche G2 LWEG140 LWE 40
4 3WC Bad/Dusche G3 LWEG240 LWE 40
5 4BedroomsWC G4 LWEG340 LWE 40
5 G5 LA 60
6 6
Child Schlafen
Kind G6 ZLWEG440-4
LWE 40
7 7Study Arbeiten G5 LA 60
8 8Guest Gast G6 ZLWE 40-4
9 9Utility HWR
room
10 Abstellraum
11 Flur/Diele

Design example 4
L
N
G6 230 V
(X6) +24 V GND
LEG+ +24 V DC
LED GND GND
Schalteingänge (X3)
Lüfteranschluss (X4)
Schalter +24 V DC
Betriebsart GND
Stufe 0/I Alarm
Stufe II Lüfter I
Stufe III Lüfter 2
Bedienteil (X5) 1234 1234 1234 1234
G1 G2 G3 G4
G5
MIN
L2L1 L N F+F-
SI S II
MIN /
AUTO
AUTO
D0000072793
BL Black S1 Switch rocker 1
BU Blue S2 Switch rocker 2
GY Grey G1 LWE 40
RD Red G2 LWE 40
VT Violet G3 LWE 40
G4 LWE 40
G5 LA 60
G1 LWE 40 G6 ZLWE 40-4
G2 LWE 40
G3 LWE 40
G4 LWE 40
G5 LA 60
G6 ZLWE 40-4
S1 Schalterwippe 1
S2 Schalterwippe 2

Ventilation with central extract air and heat recovery
LWM 250
The central extract air module can be used for heat recovery with
a brine | water heat pump. When combined with a brine | water
heat pump, the heat recovered from the extract air is transferred
to the brine circuit. The seasonal performance factor can be im-
proved in this way by approx. 10 %. The extract air module can be
installed directly above or next to the WPC/WPF with the use of a
wall mounting bracket. The control unit provided can be used to
set a convenient ventilation program with three ventilation levels,
and to adjust the operating modes. A red LED signals that the filter
is dirty and should be replaced.
Mode of operation
The unit can be used as a central extract air module for heat recov-
ery together with a brine | water heat pump. When combined with
a brine | water heat pump, the heat recovered from the extract
air is transferred to the brine circuit. Per 100 m² ventilated living
space, the heat source output can be reduced by approx. 700 W.
The unit can be installed directly on the heat pump or on a wall
mounting bracket. The control unit provided can be used to set a
complete ventilation program with three ventilation levels, and to
adjust the operating modes. An LED signals that the filter is dirty
and should be replaced.
220343 FMS LWM 250
At a glance
——Improvement of the seasonal performance factor by approx.
10 %
——Remote control with filter change indicator is part of the
standard delivery
——Constant flow rate fan with low energy consumption
——High heat recovery from the extract air to save 700 W heat
source output per 100 m² ventilated living area
——As an option, air ducts can also be connected at the top or
side
——Replaceable filter (G2)
——Wall mounting brackets are part of the standard delivery
——Weight: 31 kg
——Air connections: Diameter 160 mm
——Air flow rate: 250 m³/h at 200 Pa

LWM 250
Specification
LWM 250
189999
Sound emissions
Electrical data
Power supply 1/N/PE ~ 230 V 50 Hz
Frequency Hz 50
Rated voltage V 230
MCB/fuse protection A C 16
Versions
IP rating IP40
Filter class G2
Dimensions
Height mm 360
Width mm 600
Depth mm 420
Weight
Weight kg 31
Connections
Connection G 1 1/4
Exhaust air/extract air connection DN 160
Values
Air flow rate m³/h 50 - 250
Application range, extract air °C 15 - 35
LWM 250
189999
Heating function -
Cooling function -
DHW function -
Solar function -
Fan curve
450
1
400 2
3
350
300
250
200
150
100
26_03_01_0034_
50
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
X Flow rate [m³/h]

Y External pressure [Pa]
1 Night
2 Day
3 Party

LWM 250
g05 b01 d45

f02 f01
g04
D0000017179
g05
LWM 250
f01 Heat source flow Diameter mm 28
f02 Heat source return Diameter mm 28
g04 Exhaust air Nominal diameter DN 160
g05 Extract air Nominal diameter DN 160

LWM 250
Design information Function diagram

Installation location conditions 3 4
The room in which the unit is to be installed must meet the fol-
lowing conditions:
——No risk from frost
——For wall installation, ensure that the wall is capable of bearing
the load. 2 1
——Never operate the unit in rooms at risk of explosion due to

gas, dust or vapours.
Locate the unit in a central position to keep the air ducts as short 6
as possible. 7
The unit is connected electrically to both the heat pump and the 5
26_04_01_0037
control unit. The power supply is looped over the control unit.
3 4
Air connection
The air connections for the extract and exhaust air are located at 1 Extract air
the side of the unit. The connections at the top of the unit can be 2 Exhaust air
used if the air duct connectors are replaced with the closures in 3 Brine return
the cover area. 4 Brine flow
5 Heat exchanger
Apply vapour diffusion-proof insulation to the exhaust air duct. 6 Regulating valve
Suitable fire dampers must be inserted if the exhaust air is routed 7 Exhaust air fan
through several fire prevention areas.
Condensate drain
Provide a drain pipe to enable condensate to drain off. Pay due
attention to frost resistance. 1
Connection to the ventilation system 2 4 5

To guarantee low sound transmission with a simple installation M

flexible pipes.
Balancing the air flow rates
The PCB continuously adjusts the speed of the fan to keep the set
air flow rate constant, irrespective of back pressure. The speed of
M
the fan is therefore not always constant.

6
The unit is delivered with preset air flow rate settings. If other air
flow rates are required, these can be set using the DIP switches
3
on the control PCB.
26_03_01_0033
Heating connection
Connect the unit return between the heat source and the brine
circuit pump. 1 Brine | water heat pump
Hydronic balancing 2 Brine circulation pump
3 Heat source system
The unit features an integral flow regulating valve with display 4 Motorised valve
which enables adjustment of the brine flow rate through the heat 5 Regulating valve
exchanger. The adjustment is subject to the extract air flow rate 6 Extract air fan
in standard mode.

LWM 250
Operation and control
26_03_01_0052
The day/night mode, automatic mode and party mode functions
can be activated via the remote control delivered with the unit. An
LED signal indicates that the filter should be changed.
The remote control is suitable for installation on switch boxes or
surface mounting on any level surface.
Remote control
FEM
Operating voltage V 24
Dimensions H x W x D mm 79 x 160 x 45
Voltage/frequency V/Hz 1/N/PE ~ 230/50

LWM 250
Isometry
4
3 5
2 6
82_04_01_0003_
1 Brine | water heat pump
3 Exhaust air
5 Silencer
6 Extract air

LWM 250
2 1
PE L´ N -- I II III KL KN PE L L´ N -- I II III
L 1/N/PE
N 230V ~50Hz
PE
6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3 5
L
L
MKP
HKP
UP
ON
KS
KUE
EVU
MZ
WW
MA
X4
L L´ L N PE
D0000063935
1 FEM remote control
2 Ventilation unit
3 Heat pump

LWM 250 accessories
Accessories
FMS LWM 250
FMS LWM 250
220343
Filter class G2
Quantity 10

LWM 250

ducts and other accessories. □□ The exhaust air connection through the building envelope can
be easily accomplished and does not exceed the maximum
□□ The installation wall is suitable for the weight of the unit. permissible air duct length.
□□ Structure-borne noise transmission to the building is largely □□ The exhaust air connection aperture is not in the vicinity of
prevented. windows or doors. There is no risk of annoyance.
□□ The electrical connection and any special tariffs have been □□ Care was taken when positioning the supply and extract air
agreed with the power supply utility. vents to ensure optimum air flow patterns through the room,
with low flow velocity.
□□ Condensate will be drained off with a natural fall to an existing
drain near the unit. □□ The kitchen extract air vent is not positioned in the immediate
vicinity of the extractor hood.
□□ Condensate will be drained off with an additional condensate
pump. The condensate pump is suitable for the length of the □□ The extractor hood is fitted with an automatic check valve or
duct and the delivery head. is a recirculation air extractor hood. No outdoor air flows in
through the extractor hood.
□□ The position of the remote control and the electrical connec-
tions to the unit have been specified. □□ Cleaning and maintenance apertures have been specified for
all air ducts.
Ventilation – general
□□ The floor and rooms to be heated have been specified. rate and have been specified in the building design.
□□ The total room volume to be ventilated lies within the specified □□ Tiled stove or fireplace can be operated in room sealed mode.
□□ The air flow rate for each vent has been specified. ventilation unit, to enable the connection of suitable safety
□□ The total air change rate for the building is between 0.4 and equipment if required.
0.6. □□ The open flue tiled stove or fireplace has been fitted with safety
□□ The flow velocity in the extract air system is < 3 m/s. equipment, provided with a separate combustion air supply

Notes

Ventilation with DHW heat pump
LWA 100
APPLICATION: The wall mounted compact unit is suitable for sup-

plying DHW to several draw-off points (single and group supply),
e.g. simultaneous supply to the bathroom and kitchen and for
ventilating small to medium sized apartments. A heat pump unit
stores the heat recovered from the extract air in the DHW cyl-
inder. Decentralised supply air routing via external wall vents.
Pressure-tested appliance for use with all commercially available
pressure fittings.
EQUIPMENT AND CONVENIENCE: Infinitely variable temperature
selection from 35 to 85 °C. Display for operation of the compressor
and fan. Rotary selector for three fan stages: Standard mode, set-
back mode, party mode. Button for rapid heat-up (boost function)
in the event of increased DHW demand.
EFFICIENCY: The integral heat pump enables inexpensive DHW
heating by recovering heat from the extract air. Low energy losses
due to high grade thermal insulation. Designed with recycling in
mind, for environmentally responsible separation of the various
components.
INSTALLATION AND SERVICE: 3 kW connected load for DHW re-
heating. Suitable for installation in systems with plastic, copper
or stainless steel pipework. Protection rating IP 24.
SAFETY AND QUALITY: High quality magnesium anode. Internal
At a glance steel cylinder with special "anticor" enamel coating for a long
——Compact units offering the following functions: Ventilation service life. Automatic frost protection monitors the water tem-
and DHW heating perature and prevents the cylinder from freezing.
——With cover panel for the air connections Mode of operation

The unit expels extract air from rooms which are subject to odours
——Optional air intake in the installation room via the cover panel or humidity (kitchen, bathroom and WC) through ventilation ducts
——Automatic ventilation independent of tenant behaviour by means of a fan. This air flow is routed through the heat ex-
changer (evaporator) of the heat pump, extracting the waste heat
——Easy calculation of costs for DHW, heating, etc. in addition to it contains. The DHW is heated to 55 °C in a second heat exchanger
rent (condenser) using electrical energy (compressor). The cooled ex-
tract air is routed to the outdoors as exhaust air. The decentralised
——No changes required to the fabric of the building supply of fresh air for the building or apartment is provided via
vents in the external walls. To cover increased demand, water
heating can be speeded up with the electric emergency/booster
heater.

LWA 100
Specification
LWA 100
221470
Heating output
Heating output, electric reheating of DHW kW 3
Heating output, heat pump L20/F58/W45 kW 0.8
Power consumption
Power consumption, emergency/booster heater kW 3
Rated power consumption for L20/F58/W45 kW 0.35
Coefficients of performance
Coefficient of performance to EN 255 2.8
Sound emissions
Application limits
DHW temperature with heat pump °C 55
Permissible operating pressure, DHW MPa 0.6
Hydraulic data
Cylinder capacity l 100
Max. DHW temperature °C 80
Electrical data
Min. power consumption, ventilation W 17
Rated voltage V 230
MCB/fuse protection A C 16
Phases 1/N/PE
Max. power consumption, ventilation W 71
Versions
Filter class G2
IP rating IP24
Refrigerant R290
Refrigerant charge kg 0.15
CO2 equivalent (CO2e) t 0
Global warming potential of the refrigerant (GWP100) 3
Dimensions
Height mm 1290
Width mm 510
Depth mm 510
Weight
Weight, empty kg 65
Weight, full kg 165
Connections
DHW outlet G 1/2
Exhaust air/extract air connection DN 125
Cold water inlet G 1/2
Values
Extract air flow rate for ventilation m³/h 60-130
Min. extract air flow rate during heat pump operation m³/h 60
Application range, extract air °C +15 to +30
DHW heat-up time with heat pump from 15 °C to 55 °C (L20/F40) h 6.3
COP (t) 2.8
Permissible operating pressure, refrigerant circuit MPa 2.8
LWA 100
221470
Heating function -
Cooling function -
DHW function x
Solar function -

LWA 100
75
390
i14
1185
890
i15
290 b02
b03
100 100
80
50
20
c06 c01 d45
350
10
196
350
510
127
g05
D0000017021
397
g04
510
LWA 100
b02 Entry electrical cables I Fitting PG 16
b03 Entry electrical cables II Fitting PG 11
c01 Cold water inlet Male thread G 1/2
c06 DHW outlet Male thread G 1/2
i14 Wall mounting bracket I
i15 Wall mounting bracket II

LWA 100
Minimum clearances excl. casing Minimum clearances incl. casing
≥240
315-330
D0000019732
D0000019733
Casing profiles for ventilation connection
26_04_01_0161

LWA 100
Design information Function diagram

Installation location conditions 1 2
The room in which the unit is to be installed must meet the fol- 3
lowing conditions:
——No risk from frost 13
——Load bearing wall 12 4
——The floor area and volume of the installation room must com-
ply with the specific regulations for this unit.
——Never operate the unit in rooms at risk of explosion due to
gas, dust or vapours.
——When installing the ventilation unit inside a boiler room en- 5
sure that operation of the heating appliance is not impaired.
Locate the unit in as central a position as possible to keep the air
ducts short.
Electrical connection 11
The three-core cable installed at the factory can be used as the
power cable for a permanent connection.
Air connection
The air connections for the extract and exhaust air are located at
the top of the unit. Apply vapour diffusion-proof insulation to the 10
exhaust air duct. Suitable fire dampers must be inserted if the
9 6
26_04_01_0032
elctronic comfort
exhaust air is routed through several fire prevention areas. °C

82 35
65 E 55
Condensate drain 8 7
Provide a drain pipe to enable condensate to drain off. Pay due
attention to frost resistance. 1 Exhaust air
2 Extract air
Connection to the ventilation system 3 Expansion valve
4 Compressor
Flexible pipes, for example flexible aluminium pipes must be used 5 DHW cylinder
for connections to the air duct route. This ensures low-level sound 6 Programming unit, fan stage
transmission and straightforward installation. 7 Cold water inlet
Installation without an extract air pipework system 8 DHW outlet
9 Programming unit, DHW
Considerable costs are saved if the unit is installed directly in the 10 Electric emergency/booster heater
wet room and no pipes are required for extract air routing. For 11 Condenser
this method of installation, the two EPS profiles supplied must be 12 Evaporator
installed between the ceiling and the unit. 13 Exhaust air fan
Installation in multi storey apartment buildings
In multi storey apartment buildings, several units can be con-
nected to a common exhaust air shaft. A check valve is already
installed in the exhaust air connector.

LWA 100
Operation and control
Lüfter Verdichter
°C
85 35
D0000064194
65 55
Using the rotary selector, the preferred DHW temperature can be

set according to requirements and is infinitely adjustable. Two
lamps indicate that the fan and heat pump are running.
D0000042134
1 3-stage rotary selector for fan stages

Setting the flow rates to the "standard ventilation" and "de-
mand-dependent ventilation" fan stages (optional)
Stage Air flow rate

m³/h
1 60
2 75
3 90
4 110
5 120
This unit has a constant flow rate fan. You can find the required
air flow rate for your home in the design/engineering documents.
Use the table to find the flow rate stage which corresponds most
closely to the air flow rate you require. If the required air flow rate
lies between two of the air flow rates given in the table, select the
higher value if occupancy of the residential unit is high. If occu-
pancy is low you can select the lower value. The factory setting
for standard ventilation is flow rate stage 2 and for demand-de-
pendent ventilation, it is flow rate stage 3.
If required, assign a new flow rate stage to the fan stages with
DIP switches S3 and S4. DIP switches S3 and S4 are located on
the A3 PCB.
Flow rate Rotary selector Rotary selector Rotary selector
stage "fan stages" in "fan stages" in "fan stages" in
position I position II position III
1 Independent of
the position of DIP
switches S3 and S4
2 S3
3 S3 S4
4 S3 S4
5 S4

LWA 100
Isometry
3 4
2
5
1
82_04_01_0001_
1 Exhaust air grille 4 Silencer
2 Exhaust air 5 Extract air

LWA 100
1
X2 X1
PE N 1 2 3 4 5 PE N L 6 7 8 9
L 1/N/PE
N 230V ~50Hz
PE
4 5 6
L L´ L N PE
D0000063936
1 Ventilation unit
Terminal X2
1 - 2 Fan, continuous operation
2 - 3 Fan, compressor-dependent

LWA 100 accessories
Accessories
FMS LWA 100
FMS LWA 100
221398
Filter class G2
Width mm 165
Depth mm 260
Quantity 5

LWA 100

□□ The installation wall is suitable for the weight of the unit. permissible air duct length.
□□ Structure-borne noise transmission to the building is largely □□ The exhaust air connection aperture is not in the vicinity of
prevented. windows or doors. There is no risk of annoyance.
□□ The electrical connection has been provided accordingly. □□ Care was taken when positioning the extract air vents to en-
sure optimum air flow patterns through the room with low
□□ Condensate will be drained off with a natural fall to an existing flow velocity.
□□ The kitchen extract air vent is not positioned in the immediate
□□ Condensate will be drained off with an additional condensate vicinity of the extractor hood.
pump. The condensate pump is suitable for the length of the
duct and the delivery head. □□ The extractor hood is fitted with an automatic check valve or
is a recirculation air extractor hood. No outdoor air flows in
DHW through the extractor hood.
□□ The DHW demand will be covered by the unit. □□ Cleaning and maintenance apertures have been specified for
all air ducts.
□□ The air flow rate has been determined for each room. □□ Overflow apertures are large enough for the intended air flow
□□ The total room volume to be ventilated lies within the specified
minimum and maximum values of the unit. Decentralised supply air
□□ The air flow rate for each vent has been specified. □□ The exhaust air duct is protected against condensation.
□□ The total air change rate for the building is between 0.4 and □□ The extract air duct, routed through unheated rooms, is suf-
0.6. ficiently thermally insulated.
□□ The flow velocity in the extract air system is < 3 m/s. □□ Type and position of a silencer with adequate dimensions for
the extract air have been specified.
□□ Type and positions of the decentralised supply air vents have
been specified in the building plan.

□□ The maximum negative pressure of 4 Pa for operation of a
fireplace will be adhered to.

LWA 252
Integral system for ventilation of apartments and detached houses

as well as central DHW heating. Supply air is supplied on a de-
centralised basis; air flow rates can be infinitely adjusted. Heat
recovery from the extract air through a heat pump unit; the recov-
ered heat is fed into the DHW cylinder; as an option with internal
indirect coil and integral solar controller.
Mode of operation
The ventilation unit draws extract air from rooms which are sub-
ject to odours or humidity (kitchen, bathroom and WC) through
ventilation ducts by means of a fan. This air flow is routed through
the heat exchanger (evaporator) of the heat pump, extracting the
waste heat it contains. The DHW is heated to 60 °C in a second
heat exchanger (condenser) using electrical energy (compressor).
The cooled extract air is routed to the outdoors as exhaust air. The
decentralised supply of fresh air for the building or apartment is
provided via vents in the external walls.
170328 RC 1 remote control
At a glance
——Compact units offering the following functions: Ventilation
and DHW heating
——Performance factor > 4 to EN 255 when heating to 55 °C
——Highly effective thermal insulation with low heat losses
——Ventilation and DHW programs
——Integral solar controller (for the SOL version)

LWA 252
Specification
LWA 252 LWA 252 SOL
074264 074265
Heating output
Heating output, heat pump L20/F58/W45 kW 1.4 1.4
Power consumption
Power consumption, emergency/booster heater kW 1.5 1.5
Fan power consumption at 250 m³/h / 200 Pa W 50 50
Rated power consumption for L20/F58/W45 kW 0.43 0.43
Coefficient of performance to EN 255 4.2 4.2
Sound emissions
Application limits
Permissible operating pressure, DHW MPa 0.6 0.6
DHW temperature with heat pump °C 60 60
Min. application limit, heat source °C 15 15
Max. application limit, heat source °C 30 30
Min. installation room floor area m² 3 3
Min. installation room volume m³ 6 6
Min./max. conductivity, drinking water μS/cm 100-1500 100-1500
Hydraulic data
Max. DHW temperature °C 60 60
Cylinder capacity l 303 290
Energy data
Electrical data
MCB/fuse protection A C 16 C 16
Starting current A 10 10
Frequency Hz 50 50
Versions
IP rating IP20 IP20
Refrigerant R134a R134a
Refrigerant charge kg 0.85 0.85
CO2 equivalent (CO2e) t 1.22 1.22
Global warming potential of the refrigerant (GWP100) 1430 1430
Dimensions
Height mm 1860 1860
Width mm 696 696
Depth mm 735 735
Height when tilted mm 1985 1985
Weight
Weight, empty kg 150 180
Weight, full kg 453 464
Connections
DHW connection G1 G1
Cold water connection G1 G1
DHW circulation connection G 1/2 G 1/2
Heat exchanger connection G1
Exhaust air/extract air connection DN 160 DN 160
Values
DHW heat-up time with heat pump from 25 °C to 55 °C (L20/F40) h 10.1 9
COP (t) 4.2 4.2
Permissible operating pressure, refrigerant circuit MPa 2.34 2.34
Extract air flow rate for ventilation m³/h 80-400 80-400
Min. extract air flow rate during heat pump operation m³/h 125 125

LWA 252
LWA 252 LWA 252 SOL

074264 074265
DHW function x x
Solar function - x
Fan curve
600
500
400
300
200
2V 3V 4V 5V 6V 7V 8V 9V 10V
100
D0000042256
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
X Flow rate [m³/h]

Y External pressure [Pa]

LWA 252
LWA 252
g04 g05
504
36 b01 d45
c06
c10
1795
1625
1264
1055
c01
56
22-40
32
160
330
g29
g05
680
D0000018307
660
LWA 252
c01 Cold water inlet Male thread G1
c06 DHW outlet Male thread G1
c10 DHW circulation Male thread G 1/2
g29 Exhaust air optional Nominal diameter DN 160

LWA 252
LWA 252 SOL
g04 g05
504
36
g29
b01 d45
c06
c10
1795
1625
1264
d25
1055
558
d26
194
c01
56
22-40
32
160
330
g05
680
D0000017189
660
LWA 252 SOL

c01 Cold water inlet Male thread G1
c06 DHW outlet Male thread G1
c10 DHW circulation Male thread G 1/2
d25 Solar flow Male thread G1
d26 Solar return Male thread G1
g29 Exhaust air optional Nominal diameter DN 160

LWA 252
Minimum clearances
≥500
≥500 ≥50 ≥100 ≥660
D0000019333

LWA 252
Design information Function diagram LWA 252 SOL

Installation location conditions 2 3 4
The room in which the unit is to be installed must meet the fol-
lowing conditions:
——No risk from frost. 4
1
——Load bearing floor.
——Never operate the unit in rooms at risk of explosion due to 5
gas, dust or vapours. 14
6
——The floor area and volume of the installation room must com-
ply with the specific regulations for this unit.
——The specified clearances to adjacent ceilings and walls given 7
in the dimensioned drawing must be observed.
——When installing the ventilation unit inside a boiler room en-
sure that operation of the heating appliance is not impaired.
8
Solar collectors
For the solar version, the solar control unit, the collector sensor 9
13
and the pump control are integrated. The solar heat exchanger has
a transfer area sufficient for 2 flat-plate collectors, for example. 10
Air connection 11
83_04_01_0009
The exhaust air can be connected either at the top or the side.
Condensate drain 12
A drain pipe protected from frost must be available to drain off 1 Extract air
the condensate. 2 Expansion valve
3 Exhaust air fan
Connection to the ventilation system 4 Exhaust air
Flexible pipes, for example flexible aluminium pipes must be used 5 Compressor
for connections to the air duct route. This ensures low-level sound 6 DHW outlet
transmission and straightforward installation. 7 Electric emergency/booster heater
8 DHW cylinder
Extract air fan 9 Solar flow
10 Solar indirect coil
When commissioning, the extract air fan must be adjusted ac- 11 Solar return
cording to the intended flow rate. 12 Cold water inlet
Adjustment is made via the third programming level of the control 13 Condenser
unit and can be carried out specifically for all three stages. In com- 14 Evaporator
pressor mode, the fan switches automatically to the minimum flow
rate. In order to achieve the lowest possible power consumption
of the fans, the pipework should be as short as possible and sized
in line with the system design.
Night cooling
For optional night cooling, the RC1 remote control as well as the
AFS2 outside temperature sensor must be included in the design.

LWA 252
Isometry
2 3
4
1 5
82_04_01_0002_
1 Flexible connection 4 Silencer
2 Exhaust air 5 Extract air

LWA 252
1
X2 X1
N(SOL)
L(SOL)
Fern 1
Fern 3
PFC
PFC
T(S)
T(S)
T(A)
T(A)
PE N L
RC1 M
2
L 1/N/PE
N 230V ~50Hz
PE
4 5 6
L L´ L N PE
D0000063937
1 Ventilation unit
Fern RC 1 remote control (optional)

T(S) Collector sensor (only SOL version)
T(A) Outside temperature sensor (optional)
SOL Solar circuit pump (only SOL version)
PFC Floating contact

LWA 252 accessories
Accessories
RC 1 remote control
Remote control with room sensor. For changing operating modes:
fan stage 1 continuously, fan stage 3 continuously and pro-
grammed mode. Accessories necessary for optional night cooling.
RC 1 remote control
170328
Height mm 80
Width mm 80
Depth mm 30
Outside temperature sensor AFS 2

Outside temperature sensor in weather-resistant, surface mount-
ed enclosure, for installation on a north or north-easterly wall,
approx. 2.5 m above ground level and at a lateral distance of
1 m from windows and doors. The outside temperature sensor
should have full and unprotected exposure to the weather but
at no time to direct sunlight. Accessories necessary for optional
night cooling.
Outside temperature sensor AFS 2
165339
Cable length m Max. 30

LWA 252

□□ The permitted floor load is higher than the weight of the filled permissible air duct length.
unit.
□□ The exhaust air connection aperture is not in the vicinity of
□□ Structure-borne noise transmission to the building is largely windows or doors. There is no risk of annoyance.
prevented.
□□ Care was taken when positioning the extract air vents to en-
□□ Condensate will be drained off with a natural fall to an existing sure optimum air flow patterns through the room with low
drain near the unit. flow velocity.
□□ Condensate will be drained off with an additional condensate □□ The kitchen extract air vent is not positioned in the immediate
pump. The condensate pump is suitable for the length of the vicinity of the extractor hood.
□□ The position of the remote control and the electrical connec- is a recirculation air extractor hood. No outdoor air flows in
tion to the unit have been specified. through the extractor hood.
DHW □□ Cleaning and maintenance apertures have been specified for
all air ducts.
□□ The DHW demand will be covered by the unit.
Solar rate and have been specified in the building design.
□□ The unit is suitable for operation with a solar thermal system.
Decentralised supply air
□□ The number of collectors matches the specifications for the □□ The exhaust air duct is protected against condensation.
unit.
□□ The extract air duct, routed through unheated rooms, is suf-
□□ The solar thermal system has been designed appropriately ficiently thermally insulated.
for the building.
□□ Type and position of a silencer with adequate dimensions for
Ventilation – general the extract air have been specified.
□□ The air flow rate has been determined for each room. □□ Type and positions of the decentralised supply air vents have
□□ The total room volume to be ventilated lies within the specified been specified in the building plan.
□□ The air flow rate for each vent has been specified. □□ Tiled stove or fireplace can be operated in room sealed mode.
□□ The total air change rate for the building is between 0.4 and □□ A cable has been laid from the tiled stove or fireplace to the
0.6. ventilation unit, to enable the connection of suitable safety
□□ The flow velocity in the extract air system is < 3 m/s. equipment if required.
□□ The maximum negative pressure of 4 Pa for operation of the
fireplace will be adhered to.

Notes

Notes

Integral units with central supply air
Product overview
System presentation

Notes

Product overview
Central air routing
LWZ 504 LWZ 304 SOL LWZ 404 SOL LWZ 304 LWZ 404 LWZ 304 flex LWZ 404 flex
Trend Trend
LWZ 504 LWZ 304 SOL LWZ 404 SOL LWZ 304 LWZ 404 LWZ 304 flex LWZ 404 flex
Trend Trend
233514 230143 230144 233254 233255 235268 235269
Heating function x x x x x x x
Cooling function x x x - - -
Heat source Air Air Air Air Air Air Air
Application range, modernisation - - - - - - -
Application range, new build x x x x x x x
Size of dwelling, new build m² < 240 < 200 < 240 < 200 < 240 < 200 < 240
DHW function x x x x x
Solar function x x x - - - -
Inverter technology x - - - - -

Design
Design 1
2
Installation location conditions 3
D0000043343
The room in which the unit is to be installed must meet the fol- 3
lowing conditions: 2
——No risk from frost
——Load bearing floor 1 Timber frame supports 60 x 60 mm
2 Gypsum fibreboard 12.5 mm
——The substrate must be horizontal, level, solid and permanent. 3 Gypsum fibreboard 10 mm
——When installing the unit inside a boiler room ensure operation Sound-absorbing coefficient 55 dB(A)
of the second heating appliance is not impaired.
A sound-absorbing coefficient of 55 dB(A) can be achieved using,
for example, a twin wall of lightweight, timber frame construction
Sound insulation for rooms adjacent to the installation room
with full insulation and 30 mm parting line. The cross-section of
When the unit is in operation, sound emissions can occur which the timber supports should be 60 x 60 mm. The wall must have
may be a nuisance in adjacent rooms. This is especially the case 12.5 mm plasterboard panelling on both sides.
if the installation room adjoins a living room or bedroom. To pre-
vent noise pollution, sound attenuation measures are necessary, 1 2
e.g. sound attenuation of a higher standard for the internal wall.
Pipe fixings and wall outlets must have structure-borne noise
attenuation. 3
D0000043344
For the wall between the installation room and the living space,
we recommend a wall structure that ensures the following
sound-absorbing coefficient:
1 Parting line 30 mm
——45 dB(A) for adjacent living rooms and bedrooms 2 Timber frame supports 60 x 60 mm
——40 dB(A) for other rooms 3 Gypsum fibreboard 12.5 mm
Doors should be of noise protection class SK 3. Substrate and sound transmission

If the unit backs onto an adjacent room, we recommend the fol- Ensure that the substrate on which the unit will stand is horizon-
lowing sound-absorbing coefficient: tal, solid and permanent. The weight of the unit must be evenly
distributed. With the precisely adjusted anti-vibration feet, it is
——55 dB(A) for adjacent living rooms and bedrooms possible to install the unit on floating screed, as long as this has
——50 dB(A) for other rooms been applied correctly (detached from walls and adjacent rooms).
Uneven substrates can increase the sound emissions of the unit.
A passage to the neighbouring room is not recommended. For installation on a wooden joist ceiling, special steps must be
taken to prevent structure-borne noise transmission.
The floor between the installation room and living room or bed-
room must have carefully applied anti-vibration separation. En- To prevent transmission of vibrations and sound through the sub-
sure that no pipes are routed on or in the wall and that the air strate, the installation surface for the unit must be detached from
ducts have anti-vibration separation. the screed.
If the unit installation room is included in the building ventilation Installation on a foundation
system, the design must include an extract air vent and supply
air vent for this room. To avoid the need for an overflow aperture
in the door, the supply air and extract air flow rates must be
balanced.
Note
The unit can seem loud if operated in an unfinished
2 3 4
building without doors. This is because the fixtures and
fittings which will provide sound attenuation are not
yet in place; once the building is occupied this should 1
no longer occur.
26_04_01_0290
Sound-absorbing coefficient 45 dB(A)

A sound-absorbing coefficient of 45 dB(A) can be achieved using,
for example, a wall of lightweight, timber frame construction with 1 Concrete ceiling
full insulation. The cross-section of the timber supports should be 2 Impact sound insulation
60 x 60 mm. The wall must have plasterboard panelling on both 3 Floating screed
sides, with a thickness of 12.5 mm on one side and 10 mm on the 4 Screed recess
opposite side.

Design
Installation on screed with impact sound insulation Solar collectors

The 304 SOL and 504 units have an integral solar control unit,
collector sensor and pump control. The additional solar heat ex-
changer enables the connection of up to 2 flat-plate collectors.
3 4 Separate connecting cables must be permanently installed for

2 the unit. The electrical connection must be reported to the power
supply utility responsible. Route control cables separately from
1 supply lines. An outside temperature sensor and an immersion
sensor are part of the standard delivery. For the SOL version, a
26_04_01_0291
collector sensor is also provided.
The unit can be fully operated from the living space using the
remote control, via a four-core cable (0.75 mm²).
1 Concrete ceiling Special tariffs
3 Floating screed The unit can be operated with various special tariffs. Information
4 Screed recess on special tariffs can be obtained from the power supply utility
responsible. The connection terminal for special tariffs can be
Space requirements sealed. To use special tariffs, voltage must always be applied to
The design must include a sufficiently large, free area in front the "L1/L2/N/PE 230 V" (fan/control) terminal. We recommend that
of the unit to ensure unhindered opening of the front panel (see only the electric booster heater is blocked during power-OFF times
minimum clearances). and that the heat pump carries on running.
If a diverter hood is used, a room height of at least 2200 mm is Outdoor air and exhaust air routing through external walls
required to ensure unrestricted installation of the unit. If the air The air intake and discharge apertures in the external walls should
hoses are connected directly, a room height of at least 2500 mm be arranged around corners. Never direct the exhaust air outlet
is required. toward the windows of neighbouring living spaces or bedrooms.
If a geothermal heat exchanger or solar thermal system is en- When positioning air intake and discharge apertures on the same
visaged, a greater wall clearance is required (approx. 300 mm). side of the building, maintain a minimum clearance of at least
2 m between them, to prevent air stream "short circuits" (where
Isometry
3 4
5
6
7
2
1
82_04_01_0006_
1 Flexible connection 5 Silencer

2 Outdoor air 6 Supply air
3 Wall outlet 7 Extract air
4 Exhaust air

Design
exhaust air is drawn back in). If this is not possible, a separa- Diaphragm expansion vessel
tion between the air streams must be constructed on site, e.g. by
The integral diaphragm expansion vessel must be checked for
means of a separating wall.
sufficiency in line with DIN 4807 (see "Specification" for expansion
The maximum value of 50 Pa for available external pressure (out- vessel volumes). Otherwise an additional, appropriately sized dia-
door/exhaust air) must be observed. phragm expansion vessel must be provided and installed on site.
The noise level can be further reduced by using suitable silencers Second heating circuit
in the exhaust air duct.
The integral control unit enables control of a second heating circuit
Supply and extract air fan with a different flow temperature. The second heating circuit must
be equipped with a motorised mixing valve, a circulation pump
Based on the pipework pressure drop, supply and extract air fans
and an additional flow sensor on site.
can be independently adjusted to the intended flow rate. This is
carried out via the programming unit and can be specifically con- Contact sensor for second heating circuit
figured for all three stages. In order to achieve the lowest possible
power consumption of the fans, the pipework should be short and The contact sensor for the second heating circuit is positioned at
installed in accordance with the system design. the second heating circuit flow and fixed with a strap.
Condensate Outside temperature sensor

Heat recovery causes condensate to form in the unit. To drain off An outside temperature sensor is part of the standard delivery
the condensate, lay a frost-proof drain pipe with a natural fall of this unit. Install the outside temperature sensor on a north or
towards the outside of the building. The condensate must be able north-easterly wall behind a heated room, approx. 2.5 m above
to drain freely from the pipe. The pipe routing must not create ground level and 1 m away from windows and doors. The outside
any additional stench traps. Use a condensate pump if there is temperature sensor should have full and unprotected exposure
insufficient fall. to the weather.
Connection to the ventilation system DHW circulation connection

To guarantee low sound transmission with a simple installation DHW circulation is not recommended for reasons of energy effi-
method, ventilation connections to the unit must be made with ciency. If DHW circulation is nevertheless required because lines
flexible pipes. are routed awkwardly, it must always be designed in accordance
with applicable standards, i.e. with time and temperature control.
Hydraulic connection
The anti-vibration construction of the heat pump prevents struc-
ture-borne noise transmission to a large extent. Connect the flow
and return to the copper pipes provided with push-fit connector
elbows.
The unit is equipped with a variable speed efficiency pump and
can be connected directly to the heating system. Install the heat
consumer system in accordance with the relevant design/engi-
neering documents. Use the standard circuits specified for the dif-
ferent units or use our connection diagram finder on the internet.
Prior to connecting the heat pump, flush the heating system thor-
oughly and check for tightness.
Observe the correct connection of heating flow and return as well
as the correct pipe cross-sections.
The minimum flow rate must be ensured for every operating con-
dition of the system, e.g. with a low loss header.
Observe the information in the operating and installation instruc-
tions for the unit.
Observe the relevant standards and guidelines regarding safety
equipment.
Circulation pump
The heating flow rate is set via the control unit of the integral
circulation pump, in accordance with the sizing of the heat dis-
tribution system.
Electrical connections must run over contactor relays if external
high efficiency pumps are employed, e.g. for a second heating
circuit. Alternatively, the WPM-RBS relay box can be used.

Design
Layout drawings
Connecting outdoor air via geothermal heat exchanger Outdoor air mechanical ventilation connection option
≥1000
1
≥2°
D0000019266
D0000019267
≥300 ≥300
1 Filter box 1 Filter box
Information regarding separate outdoor air intake via the "out-

door air mechanical ventilation opt." connection
To guarantee high indoor air quality if the unit is installed in the
cellar, ensure that the outdoor air drawn in for controlled me-
chanical ventilation is contaminated with as little bacteria, dust,
snow, etc. as possible.
"Short circuits" with the exhaust air or other systems (e.g. chim-
ney, dryer, etc.) must be prevented. Air intake directly above
ground level or in narrow pits and shafts is not permissible. We
therefore recommend drawing in outdoor air for mechanical venti-
lation via the "outdoor air mechanical ventilation opt." connection,
separately from the outdoor air for the heat pump and at least
1 m above the ground.
For a separate intake of outdoor air for mechanical ventilation, the
outdoor air filter inside the unit must be removed (see installation
instructions for the unit). In this case, a filter with at least filter
class GI must be installed in the separate outdoor air duct as a
replacement, e.g. LWF FBG 160. This filter is not included in the
standard delivery for the unit and must be ordered separately.

Design
Water quality Cartridge service life

In Germany, the water quality of heating systems is regulated by The achievable volume of softened water and the top-up volume
VDI 2035. are used as the basis for calculating the service life of cartridges.
The annual top-up volume is assumed to be 10 % of the system
To prevent damage through scaling, the limits given in chapter
volume.
"Specifications" for the fill water must be observed. It may also
be necessary to soften or desalinate the fill water. The amount of softened water is calculated using the following
formula.
Recheck the water quality 8 to 12 weeks after commissioning and
as part of annual system maintenance.
The HZEA water softening device which can be found in our range ‫ܭ‬ௐௐெ
ܸௐௐெ ൌ
of accessories is suitable for this purpose. This functions on the ι݀‫ܪ‬
basis of ion exchange. The fill water and top-up water are run over
sodium ion exchange resins and the calcium and magnesium ions VWWM Volume of softened water
in the water are exchanged. The result is softened, calcium-free KWWM Softened water capacity [l °dH]
water. °dHist Total water hardness
HZEA / HZEN Sample calculation for the amount of softened water:
KWWM = 6000 l °dH
°dHist = 20 °dH
VWWM = 6000 l °dH / 20 °dH = 300 l
One cartridge generates 300 l of softened water.
Sample service life calculation:
VANL = 200 l
VWWM = 300 l
Service life (a) = VWWM / (VANL* 0.1)
A system volume of 200 l and 300 l of softened water results in a
service life of 15 years.
Sizing when filling the system for the first time
The number of cartridges to fill the system for the first time is Total volume of softened water
calculated using the following formula: 1500
1400
1300
�� ∗ �� 1200
��
�� 1100
1000
900
PANZ Number of cartridges 800
VANL System volume 700
KWWM Softened water capacity [l °dH] 600
°dHIST Actual water hardness 500
°dHSOLL Target water hardness 400
300
Use the corresponding limit from the data table of the individual
84_03_14_0004
200
unit to calculate the number of cartridges. 100
Sizing example – filling for the first time: 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
VANL = 200 l X Total water hardness [°dH]

°dHist = 20 °dH Y Softened water volume [l]
1 Example: Amount of softened water at 20 °dH
°dHist = 3 °dH
KWWM = 6000 l °dH
PANZ = 200 l * (20 °dH - 3 °dH) / 6000 l °dH = 0.567 ≅ 1.0
One cartridge is required when filling for the first time.

Design
Sizing Example:
The design is based on the standard heat load to EN 12831. Standard heat load: 9.0 kW; standard outside temperature: -14 °C
flow temperature: 35 °C.
At falling outside temperatures, the heat demand of the building
rises. At the same time the heating output of the air | water heat Results taken from the graph:
pump decreases. The integral electric booster heater switches on
automatically when the heat demand rises. However, this results The resulting dual mode point is -8 °C. The unit can be operated
in higher energy consumption. economically.
In general, this performance offers an economical range of appli-

cation, as long as the output limits of the unit are not exceeded.
This range of application presupposes an average heat pump tariff
for Germany.
Depending on the location and heating system, a higher heat load
can also still be economical using this unit.
The design is based on the dual mode point. The design heat
load must not exceed the maximum heating output under any
circumstances.
In addition, the following points must be taken into account:
——Heat pump coverage sinks with increasing heat load and de-
creasing standard design temperature, i.e. the proportion of
direct electrical heating increases.
——A higher energy consumption must be expected in the first
heating season due to the dry heating effect.
——6 % more energy is consumed per additional °C of room tem-
perature.
——DHW heating coverage depends strongly on the water con-
sumption and the DHW temperature set. e.g. E.g. DHW heat-
ing is fully covered by the heat pump for a DHW temperature
of 45 °C.
——An energy cost analysis must be carried out for borderline
designs.
The integral system is essentially designed in the same way as
an air | water heat pump. Based on the standard heat load and
the corresponding outside temperature, the resulting dual mode
point of the system can be determined from the graph via the
heat load line. For new builds, a heating threshold temperature
of 10 °C must be set.
Economical operation is generally achieved if a dual mode point
lower than -5 °C is set, as the heat pump then achieves coverage
of at least 95 %.

Design
LWZ 404 Trend sizing graph

12
4
11
10 3
9
2
8
7 1
6
5
5
4 6
3
7
2
8
1
D0000043607
0 -8
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
X Outside temperature [°C] 4 Flow temperature 55 °C with heat recovery

Y Output [kW] 5 Heat load [kW]
1 Flow temperature 35 °C without heat recovery 6 Dual mode temperature [°C]
2 Flow temperature 35 °C with heat recovery 7 Building heat load [kW]
3 Flow temperature 55 °C without heat recovery 8 Standard outside temperature [°C]

Notes

LWZ 304/404 Trend
APPLICATION: Integral system with air | water heat pump

for central ventilation, central DHW heating and heating in
new builds and detached houses up to a 7.5/9 kW heat load.
EQUIPMENT/CONVENIENCE: Integral, electronic, weather-com-
pensated control unit for regulating the heating output, DHW
output and ventilation. Intelligent control unit with preselected
programs for fan, heating, DHW and absence/holiday. Additional
functions such as humidity protection ventilation with integral
humidity sensor in the extract air, air flow rate reduction when
humidity is too low, passive cooling and dry heating program.
Integral programming unit, remote control with optional humidity
sensor, Internet Service Gateway (ISG) with optional KNX and PV
optimisation (not possible with the integral version). The refrig-
erant circuit of the air | water heat pump is equipped with all
necessary safety equipment. Electric emergency heater for heat-
ing and DHW heating. The integral DHW cylinder has a special
enamel coating and is equipped with a protective magnesium
anode with electronic monitoring. High efficiency cross-coun-
tercurrent heat exchanger made from plastic with economic
constant flow fans. Outdoor air is preheated by a refrigerant
circuit supercooler. Supply air/extract air filter class G4/G4.
EFFICIENCY: High efficiency thanks to optimised refriger-
ant circuit. Energy efficient thanks to constant flow rate fan.
INSTALLATION: The outdoor air, supply air, exhaust air, and extract
At a glance air connections are located at the top of the unit. Robust sheet
——Compact units offering the following functions: Ventilation, steel casing in a timeless design.
heating and DHW heating Mode of operation
——Matrix display with "Touch-Wheel" for intuitive operation The integral system is equipped with an exhaust air and a sup-
ply air fan. Outdoor air is drawn in with the supply air fan, and
——Integral high efficiency pump for energy saving heat distribu- extract air from rooms which are subject to odours or humidity
tion (kitchen, bathroom, WC) is expelled by the exhaust air fan. Both
——Integral DHW cylinder for mixed water volumes of up to 375 l
in which the outdoor air absorbs heat and the extract air re-
at 40 °C
leases heat. Air ducts for outdoor/supply air and extract/exhaust
Safety and quality air are completely separate, to prevent any transfer of odours or
mixing of air streams when the unit is in operation. The heated
adjustable vents, and the exhaust air is discharged to the outside
via the evaporator. When there is a heat demand, outdoor air is
Awards also channelled through the evaporator and its energy extracted.
This energy is boosted to a higher temperature level by means
of the heat pump, to heat the DHW and the heating system. An
additional heat exchanger is included in the common return to the
heat pump. When temperatures are very low, or when the heat
demand is very high, the unit covers the residual heat demand via
an electric emergency/booster heater.
227664 FES Komfort
229336 ISG web
233493 ISG plus
231330 FMS G4-10 ABL 304/404/504
233836 AWG 315 SR

LWZ 304/404 Trend
Specification
The output data refers to new appliances with clean heat exchangers. The power consumption of the integral auxiliary drives represents
the maximum value and may vary subject to operating point. The power consumption of the integral auxiliary drives is included in the
output data for the appliance (to EN 14511).
LWZ 304 Trend LWZ 404 Trend
233254 233255
Heating output
Heating output at A-7/W35 (EN 14511) kW 2.98 4.59
Heating output at A2/W35 (EN 14511) kW 4.32 6.38
Heating output, emergency/booster heater kW 2.9 / 5.8 / 8.8 2.9 / 5.8 / 8.8
Max. heating output kW 13 14.80
Power consumption
Power consumption at A-7/W35 (EN 14511) kW 1.15 1.63
Power consumption at A2/W35 (EN 14511) kW 1.33 1.84
COP at A-7/W35 (EN 14511) 2.72 2.82
COP at A2/W35 (EN 14511) 3.40 3.50
COP at A7/W35 (EN 14511) 3.84 3.89
Sound emissions
Application limits
Min. application limit, heat source °C -20 -20
Max. pressure drop, outdoor air Pa 25 25
DHW temperature with heat pump at A2 °C 50 50
Hydraulic data
Energy data
Energy efficiency class, heat pump W55 A+ A+
Energy efficiency class, DHW heating with load profile XL A A
Energy efficiency class, DHW heating (load profile), moderate climate A (XL) A (XL)
Energy efficiency class A+/A+ A+/A+
Electrical data
Max. power consumption, fan W 170 170
Nominal power consumption, fan W 100 100
Power consumption, fan W 100 100
Power consumption, circulation pump W < 45 < 45
Max. power consumption without emergency/booster heater kW 3.2 4.6
MCB/fuse protection, emergency/booster heater A 3 x C 16 3 x C 16
MCB/fuse protection, compressor A 3 x C 16 3 x C 20
MCB/fuse protection, control unit A C 16 C 16
Rated voltage, emergency/booster heater V 400 400
Rated voltage, compressor V 400 400
Rated voltage, control unit V 230 230
Emergency/booster heater phases 3/N/PE 3/N/PE
Compressor phases 3/N/PE 3/N/PE
Control unit phases 1/N/PE 1/N/PE
Frequency Hz 50 50
Total current consumption A 17 20
Starting current (with/without starting current limiter) A 19/29 27/39
Versions
Refrigerant R407C R407C
IP rating IP1XB IP1XB
Filter class, extract air G4 G4
Filter class, supply air G4 G4
Filter class, outdoor air G1 G1
Application range, living space m² < 200 < 220

LWZ 304/404 Trend

Dimensions
Height mm 1885 1885
Width mm 1430 1430
Depth mm 725 725
Weight
Weight, function module kg 175 180
Weight, cylinder module kg 185 185
Connections
Heating connection DN 22 DN 22
DHW connection DN 22 DN 22
Supply air/extract air connection DN 160 DN 160
Condensate drain mm 22 22
Outdoor air/exhaust air connection mm 410x155 410x155
Water quality requirements
Water hardness °dH ≤3 ≤3
Conductivity (softening) μS/cm <1000 <1000
Conductivity (desalination) μS/cm 20-100 20-100
Chloride mg/l <30 <30
Oxygen 8-12 weeks after filling (softening) mg/l <0.02 <0.02
Oxygen 8-12 weeks after filling (desalination) mg/l <0.1 <0.1
pH value (with aluminium fittings) 8.0-8.5 8.0-8.5
pH value (without aluminium fittings) 8.0-10.0 8.0-10.0
Values
Max. recommended standard building heat load kW 7.5 9
Heating flow rate (EN 14511) at A7/W35, B0/W35 and 5 k m³/h 0.9 0.9
Min. heating flow rate m³/h 0.55 0.7
Supply air/extract air flow rate m³/h 80-230 80-300
Nominal air flow rate m³/h 180 230
Outdoor air/exhaust air flow rate m³/h 1000 1000
Available external pressure, ventilation at 230 m3/h Pa 100 100
Available external pressure, outdoor air/exhaust air Pa 50 50
Safety valve, DHW MPa 1 1
Max. flow temperature °C 60 60
Safety valve, heating MPa 0.3 0.3

233254 233255
Heating function x x
Heat source Air Air
Application range, modernisation - -
DHW function x x
Solar function - -
Inverter technology -

LWZ 304/404 Trend
Heating output
LWZ 304 Trend
5
1
4
2
3
3
4
D0000039890
0
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
X Outside temperature [°C]

Y Heating output [kW]
1 Flow temperature 35 °C
2 Flow temperature 35 °C with heat recovery
LWZ 404 Trend
11
10
7
1
6
2
5 3
4 4
3
1
D0000039890
0
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30


LWZ 304/404 Trend
LWZ 304 Trend

150
140
130
120
110
1
100
0,35
90
0,40
80
0,45
70 0,50
60 2
50
40
30
20
10
D0000065375
0
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
LWZ 404 Trend
150
140
130
120
110
100 1
90 0,35
80 0,40
70 0,45
0,50
60
0,55
50
2
40
30
20
10
D0000065375
0
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
Application range 0.35 Specific power consumption 0.35 Wh/m³

X Air flow rate [m³/h] 0.40 Specific power consumption 0.40 Wh/m³
Y Average value, static pressure [Pa] 0.45 Specific power consumption 0.45 Wh/m³
1 Maximum fan curve 0.50 Specific power consumption 0.50 Wh/m³
2 System curves 0.55 Specific power consumption 0.55 Wh/m³

LWZ 304/404 Trend
Pump curve
Available external head
900
800
700
600 1
500
2
400
3
300
4
200
100
D0000039604
0
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8
X Flow rate [m3/h] 2 Pump rate 85 %

Y Pressure [hPa] 3 Pump rate 65 %
1 Pump rate 100 % 4 Pump rate 45 %

LWZ 304/404 Trend

735 1500 850
680 1430 334
b01
g07
g09
1873
1850
1790
1180
d45
173
c12
85
135
35-45
e01
505
e02
380
c06
255 g03
510
c01
145
130 130
c09
283
75
g04
248
187
343
D0000039680
g05
675
g06

c01 Cold water inlet Diameter mm 22 22
c06 DHW outlet Diameter mm 22 22
c09 Entry DHW circulation
c12 Safety valve drain Diameter mm 19 19
e01 Heating flow Diameter mm 22 22
e02 Heating return Diameter mm 22 22
g07 Outdoor air geothermal heat exchanger Nominal diameter DN 160 DN 160
g09 Outdoor air mechanical ventilation opt. Nominal diameter DN 160 DN 160

LWZ 304/404 Trend
Layout drawings
Outdoor/exhaust air connection with diverter hood Outdoor/exhaust air connection with air hose
R
36
5
≥2500
≥2200
2255
≥500 ≥500
1980
≥100
≥100
≥600
≥600
D0000039682
D0000039681

LWZ 304/404 Trend
Function diagram
19 20 21 22 23 1 2 3 4
8
18
9
17
10
11
12
13
16 14
D0000041452
15
1 Outdoor air
2 Extract air
3 Supply air
4 Exhaust air
5 Supply air fan
7 Exhaust air fan
8 Air preheater
9 Evaporator
10 Exhaust air fan
11 Expansion valve
12 Condenser
13 Heat pipe solenoid valve
14 Compressor
15 Multifunction assembly
16 Heating circuit pump
17 DHW cylinder
18 Check valve
19 DHW circulation
20 Cold water inlet
21 DHW outlet
22 Heating return
23 Heating flow

LWZ 304/404 Trend
Notify the local power supply utility of the heat pump connection.
All electrical installation work, particularly earthing measures,
must be carried out in accordance with VDE regulations and the
requirements of the local power supply utility.
The connection must comply with the electrical connection di-
agram. The operating and installation instructions for the unit
must be observed.
12 11 10 9
1 X24 X38 N N N N
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X6 X4 X5
MFG 400V WP 400V HZK Steuerung HMV HK2 KUE O/K ext. UMV SL FA TA TV TR TS SOL HK2
EVU
400V 230V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L1 L2 N N L N L N L L´ L L´ N L L´ L N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18
N 1/N/PE
PE 230V ~50Hz
L
EVU
L
L´
4 5 6
L1
3/N/PE
L2 400V ~50Hz
L3
N
3 PE
L1 3/N/PE
L2 400V ~50Hz
L L´ L N PE L3
N
D0000063611
PE
MFG Electric booster heater in multifunction assembly +Ub Connection of 2nd programming unit or ISG
WP Heat pump (compressor) CAN H Connection of 2nd programming unit or ISG
HZK Booster heater CH (optional) CAN L Connection of 2nd programming unit or ISG
EVU Lockout by power supply utility (optional) GND Connection of 2nd programming unit or ISG
Control unit Control unit
HMV Mixer 1 Central ventilation unit
HK2 230 V Pump, heating circuit 2 (230 V) 2 Power supply, domestic electricity meter
KUE No function 3 Differential pressure switch, combustion equipment
O/K Stove/fireplace (optional) 4 Pressure connection "stove"
ext. UMV External diverter valve, DHW cylinder 5 Pressure connection "room"
SL Quick-acting air vent valve (optional) 6 Flue gas temperature sensor
FA Window open (optional)
TA Outside temperature sensor
TV Mixer circuit flow temperature sensor
TR Room temperature sensor
TS No function
SOL No function
HC2 Control connection, pump in HC2
(control with 0-10 V or PWM)

LWZ 304/404 Trend
Standard circuits
The key to the standard circuits can be found in the appendix.
Standard circuit 1: DHW heating, room heating with 1 heating circuit
HK1
36
10
6
c10
WW
5 39
28 KW
2a
26
22
19 5
3a 23
9
D0000063578
10
2 1 12 11 10 9
PE N L PE N L1 L2 L3 PE N L1 L2 L3 X24 X38 N N N N
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X6 X4 X5
Schütz MFG 400V WP 400V Steuerung HMV
HZK HK2 KUE O/K ext. UMV SL FA TA TV TR TS SOL HK2
EVU
EVU-
Freigabe 400V 230V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
K L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L1 L2 N N L N L N L L´ L L´ N L L´ L N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18
L´
2a
36
∆t
D0000063572
N
PE
1 Central ventilation unit

2 Main terminal box
c10 DHW circulation

LWZ 304/404 Trend
Standard circuit 2: DHW heating, room heating with 2 heating circuits, low loss header
10 HK1 36 HK2
6 2e
c10
9 9
5 WW 3c 3d
28 39
KW
2a 13
WPHW
26
22 7
19 5
3a 23
9
10
D0000063577
2 1 12 11 10 9
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X6 X4 X5
EVU
44 400V 230V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18
L´
2a 2e
36
∆t K2
N
PE
K2 K2
1 2 N PE
M M
auf
zu
Pos. 3c Pos. 3d
Pos. 13/14
D0000063573

2 Main terminal box
c10 DHW circulation

LWZ 304/404 Trend
Standard circuit 3: DHW heating, room heating with 1 heating circuit, backup through solar thermal system and solid fuel boiler
with buffer cylinder
SOL 19
S1
HK1
36
S1
13
2e
M
c10 34/1 34/2
WW 3f
5 39 5
28 KW 19 SOKI
2a
S2
26
22
5 5 5
19
28
10 7 10
3a 23
9
20
D0000063576
6 S2 6
10
2 1 12 11 10 9
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X6 X4 X5
EVU
400V 230V
44
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18
L´
2a 2e
36
∆t
N
PE
S1 S2 S1 S2
K4
1 2 N PE 1 2 3 4 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 15 16 17 18 19 20
M
Kollektor-
Fühler
Speicher-
Fühler WW
UP-N
UP-R2
UP-N
UP-R1
Kollektor-
Fühler
Speicher-
Netz-N
Fühler WW
Netz-L
UP-N
UP-R2
UP-N
UP-R1
Netz-N
Netz-L
auf
zu
Pos. 3f
Pos. 13/14
D0000063575
Pos. 34/1 Pos. 34/2

2 Main terminal box
c10 DHW circulation

Notes

LWZ 304/404 flex
APPLICATION: Integral system with air | water heat pump for cen-
tral ventilation and heating, combined with external DHW cylinder
in new builds and detached houses up to a 7.5 / 9 kW heat load.
EQUIPMENT/CONVENIENCE: Integral, electronic, weather-com-
pensated control unit for regulating the heating output, DHW
output and ventilation. Intelligent control unit with preselected
programs for fan, heating, DHW and absence/holiday. Additional
functions such as humidity protection ventilation with integral
humidity sensor in the extract air, air flow rate reduction when
humidity is too low, passive cooling and dry heating program.
Integral programming unit, remote control with humidity sensor
optional, Internet Service Gateway (ISG) with optional KNX and
PV optimisation. The refrigerant circuit of the air | water heat
pump is equipped with all necessary safety equipment. Elec-
tric emergency heater for heating and DHW heating. Possible to
combine with external cylinders of various sizes. High efficiency
cross-countercurrent heat exchanger made from plastic with eco-
nomic constant flow fans. Outdoor air is preheated by a refrig-
erant circuit supercooler. Supply air/extract air filter class G4/G4.
ant circuit; energy efficient through constant flow rate fan.
INSTALLATION: The outdoor air, supply air, exhaust air, and extract
air connections are located at the top of the unit. Easy access to
electrical connection panel.
At a glance
Mode of operation
——Integral system with air | water heat pump for heating and
The integral system is equipped with an exhaust air and a sup-
central ventilation
——Can be flexibly combined with 300 l or 400 l DHW cylinder for extract air from rooms which are subject to odours or humidity
individual DHW convenience (kitchen, bathroom, WC) is expelled by the exhaust air fan. Both
——Electrical connection panel can be accessed with the unit in which the outdoor air absorbs heat and the extract air releases
closed heat. Air ducts for outdoor/supply air and extract/exhaust air are
completely separate, to prevent any transfer of odours or mixing
——Option of connecting a photovoltaic system via ISG
of air streams when the unit is in operation. The heated supply
——Matrix display with "Touch-Wheel" for intuitive operation air is blown into the apartment via suitable air ducts and adjust-
able vents, and the exhaust air is discharged to the outside via
——Integral high efficiency pump for energy saving heat distribu- the evaporator. When there is a heat demand, outdoor air is also
tion channelled through the evaporator and its energy extracted. This
Safety and quality energy is boosted to a higher temperature level by means of the
heat pump, to heat the DHW and the heating system. When tem-
peratures are very low, or when the heat demand is very high, the
unit covers the residual heat demand via an electric emergency/
booster heater.
Awards
227664 FES Komfort
229336 ISG web
233493 ISG plus
231330 FMS G4-10 ABL 304/404/504
231331 FMS M5-2 ZUL 304/404/504
231332 FMS F7-2 ZUL 304/404/504
233836 AWG 315 SR
232955 AWG 315 GL

LWZ 304/404 flex
Specification
LWZ 304 flex LWZ 404 flex
235268 235269
Heating output
Power consumption
COP at A-7/W35 (EN 14511) 2.72 2.82
COP at A2/W35 (EN 14511) 3.40 3.50
COP at A7/W35 (EN 14511) 3.84 3.89
Sound emissions
Application limits
Hydraulic data
Min. area, DHW cylinder indirect coil m² 3 3
Energy data
Energy efficiency class, heat pump W55 A+ A+
Energy efficiency class A+/A+ A+/A+
Electrical data
Power consumption, fan W 100 100
Frequency Hz 50 50
Versions
Refrigerant R407 C R407 C
Filter class, supply air G4 G4

LWZ 304/404 flex

Dimensions
Height mm 1885 1885
Width mm 808 808
Depth mm 725 725
Weight
Connections
Outdoor air/exhaust air connection mm 410x155 410x155
Values

235268 235269
Cooling function -
Heat source Air Air
Solar function - -
Inverter technology - -

LWZ 304/404 flex
Heating output
LWZ 304 flex
5
1
4
2
3
3
4
D0000039890
0
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30

LWZ 404 flex
11
10
7
1
6
2
5 3
4 4
3
1
D0000039890
0
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30


LWZ 304/404 flex
Fan curve
LWZ 304 flex
150
140
130
120
110
1
100
0,35
90
0,40
80
0,45
70 0,50
60 2
50
40
30
20
10
D0000065375
0
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
LWZ 404 flex

150
140
130
120
110
100 1
90 0,35
80 0,40
70 0,45
0,50
60
0,55
50
2
40
30
20
10
D0000065375
0
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
Application range 0.35 Specific power consumption 0.35 Wh/m³

X Air flow rate [m³/h] 0.40 Specific power consumption 0.40 Wh/m³
Y Average value, static pressure [Pa] 0.45 Specific power consumption 0.45 Wh/m³
1 Maximum fan curve 0.50 Specific power consumption 0.50 Wh/m³
2 System curves 0.55 Specific power consumption 0.55 Wh/m³

LWZ 304/404 flex
Available external head of the circulation pump

900
800
700
600 1
500
2
400
3
300
4
200
100
D0000039604
0
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8
X Flow rate [m3/h]

Y Pressure [hPa]
1 Pump rate 100 %
2 Pump rate 85 %
3 Pump rate 65 %
4 Pump rate 45 %

LWZ 304/404 flex

898
808
735 334
b01
g07
g09
1850
1790
1180
d46
d45 c12
e01 d29
262
172
80
d30
35-45
e02
g03
510
145
107
130
207
283
g04
343
D0000058884
g05
675
g06

c12 Safety valve drain Type of connection Push-fit connection Push-fit connection
Diameter mm 19 19
d29 Heat exchanger flow Diameter mm 22 22
d30 Heat exchanger return Diameter mm 22 22
d45 Condensate drain Type of connection Push-fit connection Push-fit connection
Diameter mm 22 22
d46 Ventilation
e01 Heating flow Type of connection Push-fit connection Push-fit connection
Diameter mm 22 22
e02 Heating return Type of connection Push-fit connection Push-fit connection
Diameter mm 22 22

LWZ 304/404 flex
R
36
5
≥2200
≥2500
≥500
1980
2255
≥500
≥100
≥100
≥600
D0000058927
≥600
D0000058926

LWZ 304/404 flex
Function diagram
1 2 3 4
21 7
20 8
19 9
10
18 11
17
16 12
13
D0000059756
15
14
1 Outdoor air
2 Extract air
3 Supply air
4 Exhaust air
5 Supply air fan
7 Exhaust air fan
8 Evaporator
9 Exhaust air fan
10 Expansion valve
11 Condenser
13 Compressor
15 Heating return
16 Heat exchanger return
17 Heating flow
18 Heat exchanger flow
20 Check valve
21 Air preheater

LWZ 304/404 flex
must be observed.
12 11 10 9
1 X24 X38 N N N N
CAN H
CAN L
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
MFG 400V WP 400V Steuerung HMV HK2 KUE O/K ext. UMV SL FA TA TV TR TS SOL HK2 TD
EVU
230V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 N N L N L N L L´ L L´ N L L´ L N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 23 24
N 1/N/PE
PE 230V ~50Hz
L
EVU
L
L´
4 5 6
L1
3/N/PE
L2 400V ~50Hz
L3
N
PE
3
L1 3/N/PE
L2 400V ~50Hz
L L´ L N PE L3
N
D0000063614
PE
EVU Lockout by power supply utility (optional) CAN L Connection of 2nd programming unit or ISG
Control unit Control unit GND Connection of 2nd programming unit or ISG
HMV Mixer
HK2 230 V Pump, heating circuit 2 (230 V) 1 Central ventilation unit
KUE No function 2 Power supply, domestic electricity meter
O/K Stove/fireplace (optional) 3 Differential pressure switch, combustion equipment
ext. UMV External diverter valve, DHW cylinder 4 Pressure connection "stove"
SL Quick-acting air vent valve (optional) 5 Pressure connection "room"
FA Window open (optional) 6 Flue gas temperature sensor
TS No function
SOL No function

LWZ 304/404 flex
Standard circuits
Standard circuit 1: Room heating with 1 heating circuit without DHW heating
HK1
36
10
39
2a
22
19 5
3a 23
9
D0000063991
10
2 1 12 11 10 9
CAN H
CAN L
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
EVU
230V
44
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
K L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 N N L N L N L L´ L L´ N L L´ L N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 23 24
L´
2a
36
∆t
D0000063985
N
PE

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 304/404 flex
Standard circuit 2: Room heating with 1 heating circuit with DHW cylinder
HK1
36
10
39
WW
2a
28 26
2d
22
19 5
3a 23
9
10
D0000063992
2 1 12 11 10 9
CAN H
CAN L
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
EVU
230V
44
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 23 24
L´
2a 2d
36
∆t
D0000063986
N
PE

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 304/404 flex
Standard circuit 3: Room heating with 1 heating circuit and buffer cylinder, with DHW cylinder
36 HK1
9
3c
39
WW 19
2a
28 26
2d
22
19 5
7
3a 23 10
9
6
10
D0000063993
2 1 12 11 10 9
CAN H
CAN L
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
EVU
230V
44
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 23 24
L´
2a 2d
36
∆t
N
PE
M
Pos. 3c
D0000063987

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 304/404 flex
Standard circuit 4: Room heating with 1 heating circuit, with DHW cylinder and solar thermal system
SOL 19
S1
HK1
36
10
6
34
3f
39
SOKI
WW
2a
26 28
2d
22
19 5
3a 23
9
S2
10
D0000063994
2 1 12 11 10 9
CAN H
CAN L
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
EVU
230V
44
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 23 24
L´
2a 2d
36
∆t
N
PE
S1 S2
1 2 3 4 15 16 17 18 19 20
M
Kollektor-
Fühler
Speicher-
Fühler WW
UP-N
UP-R2
UP-N
UP-R1
Netz-N
Netz-L
D0000063988
Pos. 3f
Pos. 34

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 304/404 flex
Standard circuit 5: Room heating with 1 heating circuit and buffer cylinder; DHW heating with instantaneous water cylinder
36 HK1
10
6 9
3c
39
WW
2a
28
2d
22 AB
22 B
A
19 5
3a 23
9
10
D0000063995
2 1 12 11 10 9
CAN H
CAN L
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
EVU
230V
44
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 23 24
L´
2a 2d
36
∆t
36
∆t
N
PE
1 2 N PE
M
AB-A
AB-B
Pos. 3c
Pos. 22
D0000063989

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 304/404 flex
Standard circuit 6: Room heating with 1 heating circuit and buffer cylinder; DHW heating with instantaneous water cylinder and
solar thermal system
SOL 19
S1
36 HK2
10
2e
34
6 9
3f
3d
39
SOKI
WW
2a 13
28
2d
22 AB
22 B
A
19 5
3a 23
9
S2
10
D0000063996
2 1 12 11 10 9
CAN H
CAN L
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
EVU
230V
44
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 23 24
L´
2a 2e 2d
36
∆t
36
∆t
N
PE
S1 S2
D0000063990
1 2 N PE 1 2 N PE 1 2 3 4 15 16 17 18 19 20
M M
Kollektor-
Fühler
Speicher-
Fühler WW
UP-N
UP-R2
UP-N
UP-R1
Netz-N
Netz-L
auf
zu
AB-A
AB-B
Pos. 3d Pos. 3f
Pos. 22 Pos. 13/14
Pos. 34

2 Main terminal box

Ventilation, DHW heating, heating and cooling
LWZ 304/404 SOL
APPLICATION: Integral system with reversible air | water heat pump

for central ventilation, central DHW heating, heating, and cooling
in new builds and detached houses up to a 7.5 / 9 kW heat load.
EQUIPMENT/CONVENIENCE: Integral, electronic, weather-compen-
sated control unit for regulating the heating output, DHW output,
solar thermal system, cooling and ventilation. Intelligent control
unit with preselected programs for fan, heating, DHW and ab-
sence/holiday. Additional functions such as humidity protection
ventilation with integral humidity sensor in the extract air, air
flow rate reduction when humidity is too low, passive cooling and
dry heating program. Integral programming unit, remote control
with humidity sensor optional, Internet Service Gateway (ISG)
with optional KNX and PV optimisation. The refrigerant circuit of
the air | water heat pump is equipped with all necessary safety
equipment. Cooling via a reversible refrigerant circuit running
directly through fan convectors, or surface cooling via a buffer
cylinder. Electric emergency/booster heater for heating and DHW
heating. The integral DHW cylinder has a special enamel coat-
ing and is equipped with a protective magnesium anode with
electronic monitoring. High efficiency cross-countercurrent heat
exchanger made from plastic with economic constant flow fans.
Outdoor air is preheated by a refrigerant circuit supercooler. Ad-
ditional solar heat exchangers in the heating circuit for utilising
solar thermal energy. Supply air/extract air filter class M5/G4.
At a glance EFFICIENCY: High efficiency thanks to optimised refriger-
——Compact units offering the following functions: ventilation, ant circuit; energy efficient through constant flow rate fan.
heating, DHW heating and cooling INSTALLATION: The outdoor air, supply air, exhaust air, and extract
air connections are located at the top of the unit. Robust sheet
——Matrix display with "Touch-Wheel" for intuitive operation steel casing in a modern, award-winning design.
——Integral high efficiency pump for energy saving heat distribu- Mode of operation
tion The integral system is equipped with an exhaust air and a sup-
extract air from rooms which are subject to odours or humidity
at 40 °C
(kitchen, bathroom, WC) is expelled by the exhaust air fan. Both
——Ergonomically designed programming unit for easy operation air streams are routed via a cross-countercurrent heat exchanger
in which the outdoor air absorbs heat and the extract air releases
Safety and quality heat. Air ducts for outdoor/supply air and extract/exhaust air are
completely separate, to prevent any transfer of odours or mixing
of air streams when the unit is in operation. The heated supply
air is blown into the apartment via suitable air ducts and adjust-
Awards able vents, and the exhaust air is discharged to the outside via
the evaporator. When there is a heat demand, outdoor air is also
channelled through the evaporator and its energy extracted. This
energy is boosted to a higher temperature level by means of the
heat pump, to heat the DHW and the heating system. The SOL
version also provides both DHW heating as well as room heating
backup. An additional heat exchanger is included in the common
return to the heat pump. When temperatures are very low, or
when the heat demand is very high, the unit covers the residu-
al heat demand via an electric emergency/booster heater. The
refrigeration unit of the heat pump may be reversed. In cooling
mode, heat can then be extracted from the heating circuit and
transferred to the outdoor air.
227664 FES Komfort

LWZ 304/404 SOL
Specification
LWZ 304 SOL LWZ 404 SOL
230143 230144
Heating output
Cooling capacity at A35/W7 kW 3.6 4.6
Power consumption
COP at A-7/W35 (EN 14511) 2.72 2.9
COP at A2/W35 (EN 14511) 3.40 3.50
COP at A7/W35 (EN 14511) 3.84 3.89
Sound emissions
Application limits
Hydraulic data
Electrical data
MCB/fuse protection, heat pump fan A C 16 C 16
Rated voltage, heat pump fan V 230 230
Heat pump fan phases 1/N/PE 1/N/PE
Frequency Hz 50 50
Versions
Refrigerant R407C R407c
Filter class, supply air M5 M5

LWZ 304/404 SOL

Dimensions
Height mm 1885 1885
Width mm 1430 1430
Depth mm 812 812
Weight
Weight, function module kg 238 243
Weight, cylinder module kg 177 177
Connections
DHW connection DN 22 DN 22
Solar circuit connection DN 22 DN 22
Outdoor air/exhaust air connection mm 410x155 oval 410x155 oval
Values
Safety valve, DHW MPa 1 1
Expansion vessel volume l 15 15
Expansion vessel pre-charge pressure MPa 0.075 0.075

230143 230144
Cooling function x x
Heat source Air Air
DHW function x x
Solar function x x
Inverter technology - -

LWZ 304/404 SOL
Heating output LWZ 304 SOL

8
4
3
6
2
5
4 1
84_04_01_0024_
0
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
X Outside temperature [°C] 1 Flow temperature 35 °C without heat recovery

Y Output [kW] 2 Flow temperature 35 °C with heat recovery
3 Flow temperature 55 °C without heat recovery
Heating output LWZ 404 SOL
12
4
11
10 3
8 2
7
1
6
1
84_04_01_0025_
0
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
X Outside temperature [°C] 1 Flow temperature 35 °C without heat recovery

Y Output [kW] 2 Flow temperature 35 °C with heat recovery
3 Flow temperature 55 °C without heat recovery

LWZ 304/404 SOL
Fan curves LWZ 304/404 SOL

275
250
225
0,60
0,60
200 0,55
0,55
175
0,50
0,50
150 0,55
0,45
0,45
0,50
125
0,45
0,40
100 0,40
0,40 0,50
0,45
75 0,35
0,35 0,40
0,35
50 0,35
0,30 0,30 0,30
0,30
25
D0000042011
0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325

900
800
700
600 1
500
2
400
3
300
4
200
100
D0000039604
0
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8

3 Pump rate 65 %
4 Pump rate 45 %

LWZ 304/404 SOL

812 850
750 1430 334
b01
g07
g09
1916
1850
1790
1180
151
d25
d45
246
201
d26
31
35-45
70
c12
e01
505
e02
380
c06
255 g03
510
c01
145
130 130
c09
283
75
g04
248
187
343
D0000038613
g05
675
g06

c01 Cold water inlet Diameter mm 22 22
c06 DHW outlet Diameter mm 22 22
c12 Safety valve drain Diameter mm 19 19
d25 Solar flow Diameter mm 22 22
d26 Solar return Diameter mm 22 22
e01 Heating flow Diameter mm 22 22
e02 Heating return Diameter mm 22 22

LWZ 304/404 SOL
Layout drawings
R
36
5
≥2500
≥2200
≥500
1980
2255
≥500
≥100
≥100
≥600
≥600
D0000019264
D0000019265

LWZ 304/404 SOL
Function diagram Cooling of buildings

23 24 25 26 27 1 2 3 4 Due to the reversible design of the refrigerant circuit this can also
be used for active cooling. The unit is sized for heating operation. A
comparison of the cooling capacity of the unit with the cooling load
5 of the building shows the potential of cooling in summer mode.
The sizing of the distribution system is crucial for the transfer of
6 thermal loads. Underfloor heating systems are only suitable to a
limited degree for the transfer of high loads, as the transfer rate
is low and frequent cycling of the heat pump for a higher cooling
7 capacity cannot be prevented. If the cooling capacity of the unit
exceeds the transfer rate of the distribution system at the design
22
point, a buffer cylinder suitable for cooling operation must be
provided. Alternatively, the cooling capacity of the distribution
8 system can be increased by connecting individual fan convectors.
21
9 An additional "FES Comfort" control unit must be installed in the
20 lead room for cooling operation. The formation of condensate in
conjunction with surface cooling systems is prevented by addi-
10 tional, integral dew point monitoring.
19
11
12
13
18 14
D0000036431
17 15
16
1 Outdoor air
2 Extract air
3 Supply air
4 Exhaust air
5 Supply air fan
7 Exhaust air fan
8 Air preheater
9 Evaporator
10 Exhaust air fan
11 Expansion valve
12 Condenser
14 Compressor
15 Solar return
16 Solar flow
17 Solar indirect coil
20 DHW cylinder
21 Check valve
22 Diaphragm expansion vessel
23 DHW circulation
24 Cold water inlet
25 DHW outlet
26 Heating return
27 Heating flow

LWZ 304/404 SOL
must be observed.
10 9 8 7
1 X24 X38 N N N N
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
HZK WP 400V MFG 400V Steuerung HMV O/K SL FA ext. TA TV TR TS SOL HK2
EVU
KUE
400V UMV
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
L1 L2 L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L2 L3 N L L L´
zu
L L´ L L´ L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
N 1/N/PE
PE 230V ~50Hz
L
EVU
L
L´
4 5 6
L1
3/N/PE
L2 400V ~50Hz
L3
N
3 PE
L1 3/N/PE
L2 400V ~50Hz
L L´ L N PE L3
N
D0000063613
PE
TS No function
SOL No function

LWZ 304/404 SOL
Standard circuits
Standard circuit 1: DHW heating, room heating with 1 heating circuit, solar thermal system
SOL 19
2k
HK1
36
c10
WW 3f
5 39
28 KW SOKI
2a
26 6
22
19 5
3a 23
9
D0000063587
24
10
2 1 10 9 8 7
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
HZK WP 400V MFG 400V Steuerung HMV O/K SL FA ex UV TA TV TR TS SOL HK2
EVU
KUE
44 400V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
L L L´
zu
K L1 L2 L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L2 L3 N L L´ L L´ L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
L´
2a 2k
36
∆t
N
PE
D0000063593
M
Pos. 3f
1 Central ventilation unit c10 DHW circulation

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 304/404 SOL
Standard circuit 2: DHW heating, room heating with 2 heating circuits, low loss header, solar thermal system
SOL 19
2k
HK1 36 HK2
2e
c10
9 9
WW 3f 3c 3d
5 39
28 KW SOKI
2a 13
WPHW
26 6
22 7
19 5
3a 23
9
D0000063588
24
10
2 1 10 9 8 7
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
EVU
KUE
44 400V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
L L L´
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
L´
2a 2k
36
∆t *K2
N
PE
K2 K2
1 2 N PE
D0000063594
M M M
auf
zu
Pos. 3f Pos. 3c Pos. 3d

Pos. 13/14

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 304/404 SOL
Standard circuit 3: DHW heating, room heating/cooling with 1 heating circuit and buffer cylinder, solar thermal system
SOL 19
2k
36 HK2 FES
2e
c10
9
WW 3f 3d
5 39
28 KW SOKI
19
2a 13
26 6
22
19 5
7
3a 23 10
9
24
6
10
D0000063589
2 1 10 9 8 7
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
EVU
KUE
44 400V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
L L L´
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
L´
2a 2e 2k
36
∆t
N
PE
D0000063595
1 2 N PE 1 2 3 4 5 6
M M
H
L
–
+
auf
zu
Pos. 3f Pos. 3d Typ FES

Pos. 13/14

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 304/404 SOL
Standard circuit 4: DHW heating, room heating with heating circuit 1, room cooling with heating circuit 2 and FES, buffer cylinder
36 HK1 HK2 FES
2e
c10
9 9
WW 3c 3d
5 39
28 KW
19
2a 13
26 6
22
19 5
7
3a 23 10
9
24
6
10
D0000063590
2 1 10 9 8 7
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
WP 400V MFG 400V TA TV TR TS SOL HK2
PHK2
HZK Steuerung HMV O/K SL FA ex UV

EVU
KUE
P-S
44 400V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
L L L L´
zu
K L1 L2 L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L2 L3 N L L L´ L L´ L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
L´
2a 2e
K2 K2 K2
36
∆t
K3
N
PE
K3 K3
M M 1 2 N PE 1 2 3 4 5 6
H
L
–
+
auf
zu
Pos. 3c Pos. 3d
Typ FES
Pos. 13/14
D0000063596

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 304/404 SOL
Standard circuit 5: DHW heating, room heating with 1 heating circuit, solar thermal system and solid fuel boiler with buffer cylinder
SOL 19
S1
HK1
36
c10 34
WW 3f
5 39 5
28 KW 19 SOKI
2a
2k
26 6
22
5 5 5
19
3f
28
10 7 10
3a 23
9
20
D0000063591
24 6 S2 6
10
2 1 10 9 8 7
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
EVU
KUE
44 400V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
L L L´
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
L´
2a 2k
36
∆t
N
PE
S1 S2
1 2 3 4 15 16 17 18 19 20
M M
Kollektor-
Fühler
Speicher-
Fühler WW
UP-N
UP-R2
UP-N
UP-R1
Netz-N
Netz-L
Pos. 3f Pos. 3f
D0000063597
Pos. 34

2 Main terminal box

Notes

Integral unit with inverter
System presentation

LWZ 504
APPLICATION: Output-controlled integral system with

reversible air | water heat pump for central ventila-
tion, central DHW heating, heating and cooling in new
build and detached houses up to a 10 kW heat load.
EQUIPMENT/CONVENIENCE: Integral, electronic, weather-compen-
sated control unit for output-dependent control of heating output,
DHW output, solar thermal system, cooling and ventilation. In-
telligent control unit with preselected programs for fan, heating,
DHW and absence/holiday. Additional functions such as humidity
protection ventilation with integral humidity sensor in the extract
air, air flow rate reduction when humidity is too low, passive cool-
ing and dry heating program. Integral programming unit, remote
control unit with humidity sensor optional. Internet Service Gate-
way (ISG) with optional KNX and PV optimisation. The refrigerant
circuit of the air | water heat pump is equipped with all necessary
safety equipment. Output-controlled cooling with option of direct
area cooling. Electric emergency/booster heater for heating and
DHW heating. The integral DHW cylinder has a special enamel
coating and is equipped with a protective magnesium anode with
electronic monitoring. High efficiency cross-countercurrent heat
exchanger made from plastic with economic constant flow fans.
Outdoor air is preheated by a refrigerant circuit supercooler. Addi-
tional solar heat exchanger in the heating circuit for utilising solar
thermal energy. Supply air/extract air filter class M5/G4.
At a glance
EFFICIENCY: High efficiency due to demand-dependent control
——Compact unit offering the following functions: ventilation, of the inverter compressor. Energy efficient thanks to constant
heating, DHW heating and cooling flow rate fan.
——Matrix display with "Touch-Wheel" for intuitive operation INSTALLATION: The outdoor air, supply air, exhaust air, and extract
air connections are located at the top of the unit. Robust sheet
——Integral high efficiency pump for energy saving heat distribu- steel casing in a modern, award-winning design.
tion
Mode of operation
at 40 °C The integral system is equipped with an extract air and a supply
air fan. Outdoor air is drawn in by the supply air fan, and extract
——Ergonomically designed programming unit for easy operation air from rooms which are subject to odours or humidity (kitchen,
bathroom, WC) is expelled by the extract air fan. Both air streams
Safety and quality
are routed via a cross-countercurrent heat exchanger. This enables
the outdoor air to absorb heat and the extract air to release heat
accordingly. Air ducts for outdoor/supply air and extract/exhaust
air are completely separate, to prevent any transfer of odours or
Awards mixing of air streams when the unit is in operation. The heated
adjustable vents, and the exhaust air is discharged to the outside
via the evaporator. When there is a heat demand, outdoor air is
also channelled through the evaporator and its energy extracted.
This energy is boosted to a higher temperature level by means of
the heat pump, to heat the DHW and the heating system. When
temperatures are particularly low or the heat demand is high, the
unit covers the residual heat demand via an electric emergency
heater. The refrigeration unit of the heat pump may be reversed. In
cooling mode, heat can then be extracted from the heating circuit
and transferred to the outdoor air.
227664 FES Komfort
229336 ISG web

LWZ 504
Specification
LWZ 504
233514
Heating output
Heating output at A-7/W35 (EN 14511) kW 8.34
Heating output at A2/W35 (EN 14511) kW 5.16
Heating output, emergency/booster heater kW 2.9 / 5.8 / 8.8
Cooling capacity at A35/W7 kW 2.69
Max. heating output kW 17.2
Power consumption
Power consumption at A-7/W35 (EN 14511) kW 3.19
Power consumption at A2/W35 (EN 14511) kW 1.38
COP at A-7/W35 (EN 14511) 2.61
COP at A2/W35 (EN 14511) 3.74
COP at A7/W35 (EN 14511) 4.74
Sound emissions
Sound power level, full load (EN 12102) dB(A) 59
Application limits
Min. application limit, heat source °C -20
Max. application limit, heat source °C 35
Max. pressure drop, outdoor air Pa 25
Min. installation room volume m³ 7
DHW temperature with heat pump at A2 °C 50
Hydraulic data
Energy data
Energy efficiency class, heat pump W55 A++
Energy efficiency class, DHW heating with load profile XL A
Energy efficiency class, DHW heating (load profile), moderate climate A (XL)
Energy efficiency class A++/A++
Electrical data
Max. power consumption, fan W 170
Nominal power consumption, fan W 100
Power consumption, fan W 100
Power consumption, circulation pump W < 45
Max. power consumption without emergency/booster heater kW 5.3
MCB/fuse protection, emergency/booster heater A 3 x C 16
Max. MCB/fuse protection, compressor A 1 x C 25
MCB/fuse protection, compressor A 1 x C 25
MCB/fuse protection, heat pump fan A 1 x C 16
MCB/fuse protection, control unit A C 16
Rated voltage, emergency/booster heater V 400
Rated voltage, compressor V 230
Rated voltage, heat pump fan V 230
Rated voltage, control unit V 230
Emergency/booster heater phases 3/N/PE
Compressor phases 1/N/PE
Heat pump fan phases 1/N/PE
Control unit phases 1/N/PE
Frequency Hz 50
Total current consumption A 20
Starting current (with/without starting current limiter) A ≤8

LWZ 504
LWZ 504
Versions
Refrigerant R410 A
CO2 equivalent (CO2e) t 6.26
IP rating IP1XB
Filter class, extract air G4
Filter class, supply air M5
Filter class, outdoor air G1
Application range, living space m² < 220
Dimensions
Height when tilted mm 2020
Height mm 1885
Width mm 1430
Depth mm 812
Weight
Weight, function module kg 243
Weight, cylinder module kg 177
Weight, empty kg 420
Weight, full kg 670
Connections
Heating connection DN 22
DHW connection DN 22
Solar circuit connection DN 22
Supply air/extract air connection DN 160
Condensate drain mm 22
Outdoor air/exhaust air connection mm 410x155 oval
Water hardness °dH ≤3
Conductivity (softening) μS/cm <1000
Conductivity (desalination) μS/cm 20-100
Chloride mg/l <30
Oxygen 8-12 weeks after filling (softening) mg/l <0.02
Oxygen 8-12 weeks after filling (desalination) mg/l <0.1
pH value (with aluminium fittings) 8.0-8.5
pH value (without aluminium fittings) 8.0-10.0
Values
Max. recommended standard building heat load kW 10
Heating flow rate (EN 14511) at A7/W35, B0/W35 and 5 k m³/h 1.3
Min. heating flow rate m³/h 0.7
Supply air/extract air flow rate m³/h 80-300
Nominal air flow rate m³/h 240
Outdoor air/exhaust air flow rate m³/h 1000
Available external pressure, ventilation at 230 m3/h Pa 100
Available external pressure, outdoor air/exhaust air Pa 50
Safety valve, DHW MPa 1
Max. flow temperature °C 60
Safety valve, heating MPa 0.3
Expansion vessel volume l 15
Expansion vessel pre-charge pressure MPa 0.075
Min. living area, active cooling (without buffer cylinder) m² 40
Min. flow rate, cooling (without buffer cylinder) m³/h 0.7
LWZ 504
233514
Heating function x
Cooling function x
Heat source Air
Application range, modernisation -
DHW function x
Solar function x
Inverter technology x

LWZ 504
Output graph
11
10
8
1
7
2
6
3
5
4
4
5
3 6
D0000043575
0
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20

1 Max. W35
2 Max. W45
3 Max. W55
4 Min. W35
5 Min. W45
6 Min. W55
900
800
700
600 1
500
2
400
3
300
4
200
100
D0000039604
0
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8

3 Pump rate 65 %
4 Pump rate 45 %

LWZ 504
Fan curve
275
250
225
0,60
0,60
200 0,55
0,55
175
0,50
0,50
150 0,55
0,45
0,45
0,50
125
0,45
0,40
100 0,40
0,40 0,50
0,45
75 0,35
0,35 0,40
0,35
50 0,35
0,30 0,30 0,30
0,30
25
D0000042009
0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325


LWZ 504

812 850
750 1430 334
b01
g07
g09
1916
1850
1790
1180
151
d25
d45
246
201
d26
31
35-45
70
c12
e01
505
e02
380
c06
255 g03
510
c01
145
130 130
c09
283
75
g04
248
187
343
D0000038613
g05
675
g06
LWZ 504
c01 Cold water inlet Diameter mm 22
c06 DHW outlet Diameter mm 22
c12 Safety valve drain Diameter mm 19
d25 Solar flow Diameter mm 22
d26 Solar return Diameter mm 22
e01 Heating flow Diameter mm 22
e02 Heating return Diameter mm 22
g03 Outdoor air Nominal diameter DN 315
g06 Supply air Nominal diameter DN 160
g07 Outdoor air geothermal heat exchanger Nominal diameter DN 160
g09 Outdoor air mechanical ventilation opt. Nominal diameter DN 160

LWZ 504
Layout drawings
R
36
5
≥2500
≥2200
2255
≥500 ≥500
1980
≥100
≥100
≥650
≥650
D0000038633
D0000038634

LWZ 504
Cooling of buildings Inverter

Due to the reversible design of the refrigerant circuit this unit The compressor in the appliance has an electronic speed con-
can also be used for active cooling. Consequently, the residential troller. The compressor adjusts its output to the cooling/heating
building can be cooled during the summer months. The design of demand. If the current room temperature is far from the set tem-
the refrigerant transfer system is crucial for the removal of heat. perature, the provision of cooling/heating output for the room
Underfloor heating installed for heating operation can also be will be accordingly high. If the temperature differential decreases,
used for cooling, bearing in mind the following information. The the appliance reacts to the change in requirements and provides
following particularities must be taken into consideration in this a lower cooling or heating output. This results in advantages of
respect when designing the system. economy and convenience when compared with appliances with-
out inverter technology, where the compressor either runs at max-
The unit is sized for heating operation. It is not advisable to over-
imum output or is off.
size the unit in favour of cooling the building.
Function diagram
In spite of the variable cooling capacity, we recommend sepa-
rating the air flows of the heating circuits and those of the unit. 23 24 25 26 27 1 2 3 4
We recommend using a buffer cylinder. The buffer cylinder must
be suitable for cooling, i.e. it must have vapour diffusion-proof
insulation. 5
Cooling without a buffer cylinder is only possible if the heating

system can maintain the minimum flow rate as well as being able 6
to transfer the minimum cooling capacity. In this case the heating
circuits must be permanently open to ensure the minimum flow
rate. An overflow valve is not suitable for this purpose. Specifica- 7
tions can be found in the "Min. flow rate, cooling (without buffer 22
cylinder)" and "Min. living area, active cooling (without buffer
cylinder)" data. 8
21
If cooling is delivered via the underfloor heating system, both
underfloor heating system and actuators must be suitable for 9
cooling. 20
There must always be the possibility of connecting a contact to 10
the individual room control unit and heating circuit distributor for
"cooling" operation. It can and must be possible to actively open 19
11
or close zones by this means in cooling mode. 12
For cooling operation with fan convectors, ensure that the fan 13
convectors have a sufficiently high rating. The minimum flow rate 18 14
D0000039825
must also be ensured. 17 15
An additional "FES Comfort" control unit must be installed in the 16
lead room for cooling operation. The formation of condensate in
conjunction with surface cooling systems is prevented by addi- 1 Outdoor air 16 Solar flow
tional, integral dew point monitoring. 2 Extract air 17 Solar indirect coil
3 Supply air 18 Heating circuit pump
4 Exhaust air 19 Multifunction assembly
5 Supply air fan 20 DHW cylinder
6 Cross-countercurrent 21 Check valve
heat exchanger 22 Diaphragm expansion
7 Exhaust air fan vessel
8 Air preheater 23 DHW circulation
9 Evaporator 24 Cold water inlet
10 Exhaust air fan 25 DHW outlet
11 Expansion valve 26 Heating return
12 Condenser 27 Heating flow
13 Heat pipe solenoid
valve
14 Compressor
15 Solar return

LWZ 504
must be observed.
10 9 8 7
1 X24 X38 N N N N
CAN H
CAN L
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
HZK WP 230V MFG 400V Steuerung HMV O/K SL ext. TA TV TR TS SOL HK2 B17
FA
EVU
KUE
400V UMV
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
L1 L2 L3 N
zu
L1 L2 L1 L2 N L2 L3 N L L L´ L L´ L L´ L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
N 1/N/PE
PE 230V ~50Hz
L
EVU
L
L´
4 5 6
L1
3/N/PE
L2 400V ~50Hz
L3
N
3 PE
L1 L/N/PE
L2 230V ~50Hz
L L´ L N PE N
PE
D0000063615
TS No function
SOL No function
B17 Temperature sensor 2, DHW cylinder

LWZ 504
Standard circuits
Standard circuit 1: DHW heating, room heating with 1 heating circuit, solar thermal system
SOL 19
S1
HK1
36
c10
WW 3f
5 39
28 KW SOKI
2a
26 6
22
19 5
3a 23
9
D0000063600
24
10
2 1 10 9 8 7
PE N L PE N L1 L2 L3 PE N L1 L2 X24 X38 N N N N
CAN H
CAN L
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
HZK WP 230V MFG 400V Steuerung HMV O/K SL ex UV TA TV TR TS SOL HK2 B17
FA
EVU
KUE
44 400V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
K L1 L2 L1 L2 N L1 L2 L3 N L2 L3 N L L L´ L L´ L L´ L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L´
2a 2k
36
∆t
N
PE
M
D0000063606
Pos. 3f

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 504
Standard circuit 2: DHW heating, room heating with 2 heating circuits, low loss header, solar thermal system
SOL 19
2k
HK1 36 HK2
2e
c10
9 9
WW 3f 3c 3d
5 39
28 KW SOKI
2a 13
WPHW
26 6
22 7
19 5
3a 23
9
D0000063601
24
10
2 1 10 9 8 7
CAN H
CAN L
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
FA
EVU
KUE
44 400V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L´
2a 2e 2k
36
∆t K2
N
PE
K2 K2
1 2 N PE
M M M
D0000063607
auf
zu
Pos. 3f Pos. 3c Pos. 3d

Pos. 13/14

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 504
Standard circuit 3: DHW heating, room heating/cooling with 1 heating circuit and buffer cylinder, solar thermal system
SOL 19
2k
36 HK2 FES
2e
c10
9
WW 3f 3d
5 39
28 KW SOKI
19
2a 13
26 6
22
19 5
7
3a 23 10
9
24
6
10
D0000063602
2 1 10 9 8 7
CAN H
CAN L
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
FA
EVU
KUE
44 400V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L´
2a 2e 2k
36
∆t
N
PE
1 2 N PE 1 2 3 4 5 6
D0000063608
M M
H
L
–
+
auf
zu
Pos. 3f Pos. 3d Typ FES

Pos. 13/14

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 504
Standard circuit 4: DHW heating, room heating with heating circuit 1, room cooling with heating circuit 2 and FES, buffer cylinder
HK1 36 HK2 FES
2e
c10
9 9
WW 3c 3d
5 39
28 KW
19
2a 13
26 6
22
19 5
7
3a 23 10
9
24
6
10
D0000063603
2 1 10 9 8 7
CAN H
CAN L
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
FA
EVU
KUE
44 400V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L´
2a 2e
K2 K2 K2
36
∆t
K3
N
PE
K3 K3
M M 1 2 N PE 1 2 3 4 5 6
H
L
–
+
auf
zu
Pos. 3c Pos. 3d
Typ FES
D0000063609
Pos. 13/14

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 504
Standard circuit 5: DHW heating, room heating with 1 heating circuit, solar thermal system and solid fuel boiler with buffer cylinder
SOL 19
S1
HK1
36
c10 34
WW 3f
5 39 5
28 KW 19 SOKI
2a
2k
26 6
22
5 5 5
19
3f
28
10 7 10
3a 23
9
20
D0000063604
24 6 S2 6
10
2 1 10 9 8 7
CAN H
CAN L
GND
+ Ub
X3 X4 X5
FA
EVU
KUE
44 400V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L´
2a 2k
36
∆t
N
PE
S1 S2
1 2 3 4 15 16 17 18 19 20
M M
Kollektor-
Fühler
Speicher-
Fühler WW
UP-N
UP-R2
UP-N
UP-R1
Netz-N
Netz-L
Pos. 3f Pos. 3f
D0000063610
Pos. 34

2 Main terminal box

LWZ 504
Installation □□ The air flow rate for each vent has been specified.
□□ A frost free installation location has been selected. □□ The total air flow rate has been calculated according to
DIN 1946, Part 6.
□□ Area, volume and height of the installation room comply with
the technical specifications of the unit including mounted air □□ The flow velocity in the air distribution system is < 3 m/s
ducts and other accessories.
□□ The flow velocity in the supply and extract air manifolds is
□□ The permitted floor load is higher than the weight of the filled < 5 m/s.
unit.
□□ The possibility of "short circuits" between the exhaust and
□□ Structure-borne noise transmission to the building is largely outdoor air on the air side has been prevented.
prevented.
□□ Outdoor air is drawn in above ground level.
□□ The electrical connection and any special tariffs have been
agreed with the power supply utility. Air duct routing
□□ External high efficiency pumps have been electrically connect- □□ Air duct routing and air duct diameter have been specified.
ed using contactor relays. Attention has been paid to on-site routing which is as simple
as possible to implement.
drain near the unit. □□ The exhaust air connection through the building envelope can
□□ Condensate will be drained off with an additional condensate permissible air duct length.
duct and the delivery head. □□ The exhaust air connection aperture is not in the vicinity of
windows or doors. There is no risk of annoyance.
tions to the unit have been specified. □□ Care was taken when positioning the supply and extract air
vents to ensure optimum air flow patterns through the room,
DHW with low flow velocity.
□□ The DHW demand will be covered by the unit. □□ The kitchen extract air vent is not positioned in the immediate
vicinity of the extractor hood.
Heating
□□ The heating output of the unit is greater than the heat load to
is a recirculation air extractor hood. No outdoor air flows in
EN12831 at the design point.
through the extractor hood.
□□ At least 95 % of the heat demand will be covered by the heat
□□ Cleaning and maintenance apertures have been specified for
pump.
all air ducts.
□□ Heating surfaces have been sized for a flow temperature of
□□ Cross-talk silencer positions in living spaces and bedrooms
≤ 55 °C.
have been specified in the building plan.
□□ The minimum flow rate of the unit has been ensured on the
heating side.
□□ The integral diaphragm expansion vessel has been checked to
ensure that it is adequately sized. Tiled stoves and fireplaces
Solar
□□ The unit is suitable for operation with a solar thermal system.
□□ The number of collectors matches the specifications for the equipment if required.
unit.
□□ The solar thermal system has been designed appropriately equipment, provided with a separate combustion air supply
for the building. and connected electrically to the ventilation system.
□□ The floor and rooms to be heated have been specified.
□□ The total room volume to be ventilated lies within the specified

Integral unit accessories
Accessories
FES Komfort
The FES Comfort programming unit can be used with the integral
of system parameters from the living space. The integral room
temperature sensor enables automatic heating curve adjustment.
Communication via CAN bus. Installation on a switch box.
FES Komfort
227664
Height mm 96
Width mm 145
Depth mm 31
ISG web
Ethernet gateway in wall mounting enclosure to connect the WPM
and LWZ controllers to the internet. Automatic transfer of appli-
ance data to the STIEBEL ELTRON Internet Service Portal. Data
transfer using customer internet connection. Controller operation
via computer, notebook or tablet browser. Can be connected to
the heat pump manager for compatible heat pump types and
LWZ integral units.
ISG web
229336
Height mm 95
Width mm 158
Depth mm 37
Min./max. application range °C 0...60
CAN RJ 45
RS232 RJ 12
10/100 Ethernet RJ 45
ISG plus
transfer using customer internet connection. Controller opera-
tion via computer, notebook or tablet browser. Integral interface
extension for SG Ready function or for optimising on-site con-
sumption of power generated by PV systems. Can be connected
to the heat pump manager for compatible heat pump types and
to the LWZ integral units.
ISG plus
233493
Height mm 95
Width mm 158
Depth mm 37
CAN RJ 45
RS232 RJ 12
Control input Round pin plug

FMS G4-10 LWZ 304/404 ABL

FMS G4-10 ABL FMS M5-2 ZUL FMS F7-2 ZUL
304/404/504 304/404/504 304/404/504
231330 231331 231332
Application Ventilation units Ventilation units Ventilation units
Filter class G4 F7
Height mm 372 372 372
Width mm 184 184 184
Depth mm 20 24 24
FMS LWA 403

FMS LWA 403
221359
Filter class G3
Quantity 10
LWF FBG 160

Air filter box with G4 coarse dust filter mat for installation in the
outdoor air intake; galvanised sheet steel casing.
LWF FBG 160
233015
Height mm 265
Width mm 235
Depth mm 267
Filter class G4
FMS FBG G4-5

Replacement filter set for FBG filter box.
FMS FBG G4-5
233028
Height mm 240
Width mm 360
Depth mm 20

AWG 315 SR
Insulated wall outlet and painted aluminium weather grille with
optional connection for DN 315 air hose.
AWG 315 SR AWG 315 GL
233836 232955
Height mm 490 490
Width mm 483 483
Depth mm 627 627
Weight kg 12 12
Wall thickness mm 280 - 500 280 - 500
Pressure drop at 1000 m³/h Pa 16 16
Min. outlet aperture mm 450x450 450x450
Max. air flow rate m³/h 1500 1500
Colour Silver metallic RAL 9006
95
422
314
D0000017267
422
627
AWG 315 L
Thermally insulated wall outlet for routing air from air | water
heat pumps and integral systems installed indoors, with connec-
tion for DN 315 – light shaft version with rodent guard.
AWG 315 L
231039
Height mm 477
Width mm 479
Depth mm 625
Weight kg 12
Pressure drop at 1000 m³/h Pa 2
Min. outlet aperture mm 450x450
Max. air flow rate m³/h 1500
Colour Aluminium, anodised
625
479 500
477
422
314 D0000017270
476 95 422
280
LLB AWG 315 L

The deflector directs exhaust air expelled from a building away
from the external wall, thereby reducing the formation of mois-
ture from condensation on external walls.
LLB AWG 315 L
232341
Suitable for AWG 315 L
Depth mm 80

LSWP 315-4 AL
Thermally insulated air hose for routing outdoor and exhaust
air. The outer casing consists of fibre-strengthened aluminium/
polyester laminate and the inner casing of polyamide fibre. The
hose ends can be shaped into ovals for easier fitting. The mineral
wool intermediate layer provides thermal insulation and option-
ally also sound insulation.
LSWP 315-4 AL
231835
Length m 4
Internal diameter mm 315
External diameter mm 365
Application limit °C -20 to +70
Wall thickness mm 25
Insertion loss at 63 Hz dB 0.2
Insertion loss at 125 Hz dB 0
LSWP 315-4 S
LSWP 315-4 S
234646
Length m 4
Application limit °C -20 to 70
LULH 315 o
Air diverter hood for the 304/404/504 integral system series for
routing outdoor air or outdoor/exhaust air. Can be used with low
ceilings from 2200 mm. Suitable for air hose LSWP315. Stainless
steel casing, white, stove enamel finish, insulated on the inside.
LULH 315 o
232675
Description Air diverter hood, outdoor/exhaust air

LWTF 304/404
Enthalpy heat exchanger for compact ventilation units 304/404
SOL and 504 to replace the cross-countercurrent heat exchanger
in winter months. Highly efficient, moisture-transferring, coun-
tercurrent heat exchanger with selective plastic membrane. This
membrane in the heat exchanger can recover the moisture from
the extract air and transfer it to the supply air, thereby allow-
ing the low relative humidity found in rooms during the winter
months to be raised. No transfer of gases or impurities, long
service life, excellent leak tightness, low pressure drop, antimi-
crobial, resistant to frost and heat.
LWTF 304/404/504
233867
Description Replacement enthalpy heat exchanger 304/404/504
LWF SF 315-1
Silencer consisting of an outer pipe, a perforated inner pipe and 2
connection ends sized for connectors. Space filled with noise-at-
tenuating material. Glass fibre fleece between the inner pipe and
the insulation to protect the air flow.
LWF SF 315-1
170018
Length mm 1000
Weight kg 3
ZLWZ DHW circulation set

Connection set for a DHW circulation pump to the 304/404/504
integral systems, comprising one pipe bend assembly with gasket
and insulating hose. The pipe assembly is installed within the
side panel. The connection can be found at the top of the unit,
to the back left.
233301

HZEA
Water softening device for fill and top-up heating water. The
device is fitted in the cold water line directly downstream of the
system separator.
HZEA
230013
Max. permissible pressure MPa 0.8
Max. operating temperature °C 40
Max. flow rate m³/h 0.3
Height mm 600
Width mm 260
Depth mm 130
Weight kg 3
Connection Rp 1/2
HZEN
Replacement cartridge for the HZEA heating water softening
device.
HZEN
230031
Max. operating pressure MPa 0.8
Capacity l x °dH 6000
Weight kg 1.2
ZLWZ Trans
Transport aid for the function modules of the 304 Integral and
304/404 Trend compact ventilation units, comprising two robust
angled panels with corresponding fixing screws.
ZLWZ Trans
233485
Description Transport aid for function modules 304 Integral
and 304/404 Trend
Volume l 13.9
Weight excl. packaging kg 3.9
Weight incl. packaging kg 4.6
LSK 303/403
Insertion module as an alternative to the cross-countercurrent
heat exchanger in order to prevent heat transfer in summer.
LSK 304/404/504
227665
Depth mm 350

Integral unit sets
Solar sets
Solar sets
LWZ 304 SOL Set
Set comprising a central ventilation unit and a solar thermal system for vertical installation on a tiled roof. Solar thermal system with
2 high performance flat-plate collectors for rooftop installation, thermally insulated corrugated hoses, solar compact installation with
three-stage circulation pump, expansion vessel, collector sensor well and heat transfer medium.
Type Description Quantity Part no.
LWZ 304 SOL Integral ventilation unit 1 230143
SOL 27 basic High performance flat-plate collector for vertical installation, absorber area 2.4 m², silver 2 228927
anodised
SOKI E trend Solar pump assembly 1 234783
KTH basic Collector sensor well 1 229322
Corrugated stainless steel hose Corrugated stainless steel hose 1 073469
AG 18 Diaphragm expansion vessel, suitable for H-30 L 1 074030
H-30 L, 10 Liter Heat transfer medium, 10 litres 1 073221
SOL R2 Mounting frame for two vertical collectors 1 230170
SOL BP Tiled roof fixing kit 2 230175
230145
LWZ 404 SOL Set

Set comprising a central ventilation unit and a solar thermal system for vertical installation on a tiled roof. Solar thermal system with
2 high performance flat-plate collectors for rooftop installation, thermally insulated corrugated hoses, solar compact installation with
three-stage circulation pump, expansion vessel, collector sensor well and heat transfer medium.
Type Description Quantity Part no.
LWZ 404 SOL Integral ventilation unit 1 230144
SOL 27 basic High performance flat-plate collector for vertical installation, absorber area 2.4 m², silver 2 228927
anodised
SOKI E trend Solar pump assembly 1 234783
KTH basic Collector sensor well 1 229322
Corrugated stainless steel hose Corrugated stainless steel hose 1 073469
AG 18 Diaphragm expansion vessel, suitable for H-30 L 1 074030
SOL R2 Mounting frame for two vertical collectors 1 230170
SOL BP Tiled roof fixing kit 2 230175
230146

Notes

Integral unit without ventilation
System presentation

LWZ smart
APPLICATION: Integral system with air | water heat

pump for central DHW heating and heating in new
build and detached houses up to a 7.5 kW heat load.
EQUIPMENT/CONVENIENCE: Integral electronic weather-compen-
sated control unit for regulating the heating output and DHW out-
put. Intelligent control unit with preselected programs for heating,
DHW and absence/holiday. Additional functions such as dry heating
program. Integral programming unit, remote control with humidity
sensor optional, Internet Service Gateway (ISG) with optional KNX
and PV optimisation. The refrigerant circuit of the air | water heat
pump is equipped with all necessary safety equipment. Electric
emergency/booster heater for heating and DHW heating. The in-
tegral DHW cylinder has a special enamel coating and is equipped
with a protective magnesium anode with electronic monitoring.
ant circuit; energy efficient through constant flow rate fan.
INSTALLATION: Easy access to the electrical connection panel
without having to open the appliance. Robust sheet steel casing
in a timeless design.
Mode of operation
The integral system is equipped with an air | water heat pump.
When there is a heat demand, outdoor air is channelled through
the evaporator and its energy extracted. This energy is boosted
At a glance to a higher temperature level by means of the heat pump, to heat
the DHW in the integral DHW cylinder and the heating system.
——Integral system with air | water heat pump for DHW heating
When temperatures are very low, or when the heat demand is
and heating
very high, the unit covers the residual heat demand via an electric
——Dimensions and connections as for the Trend series emergency/booster heater.
——Matrix display with "Touch-Wheel" for intuitive operation Additional accessories
227664 FES Komfort
——Integral high efficiency pump for energy saving heat distribu-
tion 229336 ISG web
——Integral DHW cylinder for mixed water volumes of up to 375 l 233493 ISG plus
at 40 °C 233836 AWG 315 SR
——Electrical connection panel can be accessed with the unit 232955 AWG 315 GL
closed
231039 AWG 315 L
——Option of connecting a photovoltaic system via ISG
232341 LLB AWG 315 L
Safety and quality
231835 LSWP 315-4 AL
234646 LSWP 315-4 S
232675 LULH 315 o
Awards

LWZ smart
Specification
LWZ smart
235267
Heating output
Heating output at A-7/W35 (EN 14511) kW 4.96
Heating output, emergency/booster heater kW 2.9 / 5.8 / 8.8
Max. heating output kW 14.80
Power consumption
Power consumption at A-7/W35 (EN 14511) kW 1.70
COP at A-7/W35 (EN 14511) 3.14
COP at A2/W35 (EN 14511) 3.50
COP at A7/W35 (EN 14511) 3.88
Sound emissions
Application limits
Min. application limit, heat source °C -20
Max. application limit, heat source °C 35
Max. pressure drop, outdoor air Pa 25
Min. installation room volume m³ 9
DHW temperature with heat pump at A2 °C 50
Hydraulic data
Energy data
Energy efficiency class, heat pump W55 A+
Energy efficiency class, DHW heating with load profile XL A
Energy efficiency class A+/A+
Electrical data
Power consumption, circulation pump W < 45
Max. power consumption without emergency/booster heater kW 3.2
MCB/fuse protection, emergency/booster heater A 3 x C 16
MCB/fuse protection, compressor A 3 x C 20
MCB/fuse protection, control unit A C 16
Rated voltage, emergency/booster heater V 400
Rated voltage, compressor V 400
Rated voltage, control unit V 230
Emergency/booster heater phases 3/N/PE
Compressor phases 3/N/PE
Control unit phases 1/N/PE
Frequency Hz 50
Total current consumption A 20
Starting current (with/without starting current limiter) A 27/39
Versions
Refrigerant R407C
CO2 equivalent (CO2e) t 4.17
IP rating IP1XB
Dimensions
Height when tilted mm 2020
Height mm 1885
Width mm 1430
Depth mm 725

LWZ smart
LWZ smart
Weight
Weight, function module kg 165
Weight, cylinder module kg 185
Weight, empty kg 355
Weight, full kg 600
Connections
Heating connection DN 22
DHW connection DN 22
Condensate drain mm 22
Outdoor air/exhaust air connection mm 410x155
Water hardness °dH ≤3
Conductivity (softening) μS/cm <1000
Conductivity (desalination) μS/cm 20-100
Chloride mg/l <30
Oxygen 8-12 weeks after filling (softening) mg/l <0.02
Oxygen 8-12 weeks after filling (desalination) mg/l <0.1
pH value (with aluminium fittings) 8.0-8.5
pH value (without aluminium fittings) 8.0-10.0
Values
Max. recommended standard building heat load kW 8.5
Heating flow rate (EN 14511) at A7/W35, B0/W35 and 5 k m³/h 0.9
Min. heating flow rate m³/h 0.7
Outdoor air/exhaust air flow rate m³/h 1000
Available external pressure, outdoor air/exhaust air Pa 50
Safety valve, DHW MPa 1
Max. flow temperature °C 60
Safety valve, heating MPa 0.3
LWZ smart
235267
Heating function x
Cooling function -
Heat source Air
Application range, modernisation -
DHW function x
Solar function -

LWZ smart
Output graph
11
10
6
1
5
2
4
D0000060148
0
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Pump graph
900
800
700
600 1
500
2
400
3
300
4
200
100
D0000039604
0
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8

1 Pump rate 100 %
2 Pump rate 85 %

LWZ smart

1500
735 1430 850
b01
1873
1850
1790
d45
173
c12
85
135
35-45
e01
505
e02
380
c06
255 g03
510
c01
145
130 130
c09
283
75
g04
D0000058879
LWZ smart
c01 Cold water inlet Diameter mm 22
c06 DHW outlet Diameter mm 22
c12 Safety valve drain Diameter mm 19
e01 Heating flow Diameter mm 22
e02 Heating return Diameter mm 22
g03 Outdoor air Nominal diameter DN 315

LWZ smart
R
36
5
≥2200
≥2500
≥500
1980
2255
≥500
≥100
≥100
≥600
D0000062756
≥600
D0000062761

LWZ smart
Design information Sound-absorbing coefficient 45 dB(A)

Installation location conditions A sound-absorbing coefficient of 45 dB(A) can be achieved using,
for example, a wall of lightweight, timber frame construction with
The room in which the unit is to be installed must meet the fol- full insulation. The cross-section of the timber supports should be
lowing conditions: 60 x 60 mm. The wall must have plasterboard panelling on both
——No risk from frost sides, with a thickness of 12.5 mm on one side and 10 mm on the
opposite side.
——Load bearing floor
1
——The substrate must be horizontal, level, solid and permanent. 2
3
——When installing the unit inside a boiler room ensure operation
D0000043343
of the second heating appliance is not impaired. 3
2
Sound insulation for rooms adjacent to the installation room
When the unit is in operation, sound emissions can occur which 1 Timber frame supports 60 x 60 mm
may be a nuisance in adjacent rooms. This is especially the case 2 Gypsum fibreboard 12.5 mm
if the installation room adjoins a living room or bedroom. To pre- 3 Gypsum fibreboard 10 mm
vent noise pollution, sound attenuation measures are necessary,
e.g. sound attenuation of a higher standard for the internal wall. Sound-absorbing coefficient 55 dB(A)
Pipe fixings and wall outlets must have structure-borne noise A sound-absorbing coefficient of 55 dB(A) can be achieved using,
attenuation. for example, a twin wall of lightweight, timber frame construction
For the wall between the installation room and the living space, with full insulation and 30 mm parting line. The cross-section of
we recommend a wall structure that ensures the following the timber supports should be 60 x 60 mm. The wall must have
sound-absorbing coefficient: 12.5 mm plasterboard panelling on both sides.
——45 dB(A) for adjacent living rooms and bedrooms 1 2
——40 dB(A) for other rooms
Doors should be of noise protection class SK 3. 3
D0000043344
If the unit backs onto an adjacent room, we recommend the fol-
lowing sound-absorbing coefficient:
——55 dB(A) for adjacent living rooms and bedrooms 1 Parting line 30 mm
——50 dB(A) for other rooms 2 Timber frame supports 60 x 60 mm
3 Gypsum fibreboard 12.5 mm
A passage to the neighbouring room is not recommended.
Substrate and sound transmission
The floor between the installation room and living room or bed-
room must have carefully applied anti-vibration separation. En- Ensure that the substrate on which the unit will stand is horizon-
sure that no pipes are routed on or in the wall and that the air tal, solid and permanent. The weight of the unit must be evenly
ducts have anti-vibration separation. distributed. With the precisely adjusted anti-vibration feet, it is
possible to install the unit on floating screed, as long as this has
been applied correctly (detached from walls and adjacent rooms).
Uneven substrates can increase the sound emissions of the unit.
Note For installation on a wooden joist ceiling, special steps must be
The unit can seem loud if operated in an unfinished taken to prevent structure-borne noise transmission.
building without doors. This is because the fixtures and
fittings which will provide sound attenuation are not To prevent transmission of vibrations and sound through the sub-
yet in place; once the building is occupied this should strate, the installation surface for the unit must be detached from
no longer occur. the screed.

LWZ smart
Installation on a foundation Electrical connection

Separate connecting cables must be permanently installed for
the unit. The electrical connection must be reported to the power
supply utility responsible. Route control cables separately from
supply lines. An outside temperature sensor and an immersion
sensor are part of the standard delivery. For the SOL version, a
collector sensor is also provided.
2 3 4
The unit can be fully operated from the living space using the
remote control, via a four-core cable (0.75 mm²).
1
Special tariffs
26_04_01_0290
The unit can be operated with various special tariffs. Information
on special tariffs can be obtained from the power supply utility
responsible. The connection terminal for special tariffs can be
1 Concrete ceiling sealed. To use special tariffs, voltage must always be applied to
2 Impact sound insulation the "L1/L2/N/PE 230 V" (fan/control) terminal. We recommend that
3 Floating screed only the electric booster heater is blocked during power-OFF times
4 Screed recess and that the heat pump carries on running.
Installation on screed with impact sound insulation Outdoor air and exhaust air routing through external walls
The air intake and discharge apertures in the external walls should
be arranged around corners. Never direct the exhaust air outlet
toward the windows of neighbouring living spaces or bedrooms.
When positioning air intake and discharge apertures on the same
side of the building, maintain a minimum clearance of at least
2 m between them, to prevent air stream "short circuits" (where
2 3 4 exhaust air is drawn back in). If this is not possible, a separa-
tion between the air streams must be constructed on site, e.g. by
means of a separating wall.
1
The maximum value of 50 Pa for available external pressure (out-
26_04_01_0291
door/exhaust air) must be observed.

The noise level can be further reduced by using suitable silencers
in the exhaust air duct.
1 Concrete ceiling
3 Floating screed
4 Screed recess
Space requirements
The design must include a sufficiently large, free area in front
of the unit to ensure unhindered opening of the front panel (see
minimum clearances).
If a diverter hood is used, a room height of at least 2200 mm is
required to ensure unrestricted installation of the unit. If the air
hoses are connected directly, a room height of at least 2500 mm
is required.
If a geothermal heat exchanger or solar thermal system is en-
visaged, a greater wall clearance is required (approx. 300 mm).

LWZ smart
Hydraulic connection Function diagram

The anti-vibration construction of the heat pump prevents struc- 11 12 13 14 15 1 2
ture-borne noise transmission to a large extent. Connect the flow
and return to the copper pipes provided with push-fit connector
elbows.
The unit is equipped with a variable speed efficiency pump and
can be connected directly to the heating system. Install the heat
consumer system in accordance with the relevant design/engi-
neering documents. Use the standard circuits specified for the dif-
ferent units or use our connection diagram finder on the internet.
Prior to connecting the heat pump, flush the heating system thor-
oughly and check for tightness.
3
Observe the correct connection of heating flow and return as well
as the correct pipe cross-sections.
The minimum flow rate must be ensured for every operating con- 10
dition of the system, e.g. with a low loss header.
4
Observe the information in the operating and installation instruc-
tions for the unit. 5
Observe the relevant standards and guidelines regarding safety 6
equipment.
9 7
Circulation pump
D0000059730
The heating flow rate is set via the control unit of the integral 8
circulation pump, in accordance with the sizing of the heat dis-
tribution system. 1 Outdoor air
Electrical connections must run over contactor relays if external 2 Exhaust air
high efficiency pumps are employed, e.g. for a second heating 3 Evaporator
circuit. Alternatively, the WPM-RBS relay box can be used. 4 Exhaust air fan
5 Expansion valve
Second heating circuit 6 Condenser
The integral control unit enables control of a second heating circuit 7 Compressor
with a different flow temperature. The second heating circuit must 8 Multifunction assembly
be equipped with a motorised mixing valve, a circulation pump 9 Heating circuit pump
and an additional flow sensor on site. 10 DHW cylinder
11 DHW circulation
Contact sensor for second heating circuit 12 Cold water inlet
13 DHW outlet
The contact sensor for the second heating circuit is positioned at 14 Heating return
the second heating circuit flow and fixed with a strap. 15 Heating flow
Outside temperature sensor
An outside temperature sensor is part of the standard delivery
of this unit. Install the outside temperature sensor on a north or
north-easterly wall behind a heated room, approx. 2.5 m above
ground level and 1 m away from windows and doors. The outside
temperature sensor should have full and unprotected exposure
to the weather.
DHW circulation connection
DHW circulation is not recommended for reasons of energy effi-
ciency. If DHW circulation is nevertheless required because lines
are routed awkwardly, it must always be designed in accordance
with applicable standards, i.e. with time and temperature control.

LWZ smart
Water quality The annual top-up volume is assumed to be 10 % of the system

volume.
In Germany, the water quality of heating systems is regulated by
VDI 2035. The amount of softened water is calculated using the following
formula.
To prevent damage through scaling, the limits given in chapter
"Specifications" for the fill water must be observed. It may also
be necessary to soften or desalinate the fill water. ‫ܭ‬ௐௐெ
ܸௐௐெ ൌ
Recheck the water quality 8 to 12 weeks after commissioning and ι݀‫ܪ‬
as part of annual system maintenance.
The HZEA water softening device which can be found in our range VWWM Volume of softened water
of accessories is suitable for this purpose. This functions on the KWWM Softened water capacity [l °dH]
basis of ion exchange. The fill water and top-up water are run over °dHist Total water hardness
sodium ion exchange resins and the calcium and magnesium ions
Sample calculation for the amount of softened water:
in the water are exchanged. The result is softened, calcium-free
water. KWWM = 6000 l °dH
HZEA / HZEN °dHist = 20 °dH
VWWM = 6000 l °dH / 20 °dH = 300 l
One cartridge generates 300 l of softened water.
Sample service life calculation:
VANL = 200 l
VWWM = 300 l
Service life (a) = VWWM / (VANL* 0.1)
A system volume of 200 l and 300 l of softened water results in a
service life of 15 years.
Total volume of softened water
1500
Sizing when filling the system for the first time 1400
1300
The number of cartridges to fill the system for the first time is 1200
calculated using the following formula: 1100
1000
900
�� ∗ ��
�� 800
�� 700
600
500
PANZ Number of cartridges
400
VANL System volume
300
KWWM Softened water capacity [l °dH]
84_03_14_0004
200
°dHIST Actual water hardness 100
°dHSOLL Target water hardness
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
Use the corresponding limit from the data table of the individual
unit to calculate the number of cartridges. X Total water hardness [°dH]
Y Softened water volume [l]
Sizing example – filling for the first time: 1 Example: Amount of softened water at 20 °dH
VANL = 200 l
°dHist = 20 °dH
°dHist = 3 °dH
KWWM = 6000 l °dH
PANZ = 200 l * (20 °dH - 3 °dH) / 6000 l °dH = 0.567 ≅ 1.0
One cartridge is required when filling for the first time.
Cartridge service life
The achievable volume of softened water and the top-up volume
are used as the basis for calculating the service life of cartridges.

LWZ smart
Sizing ——DHW heating coverage depends strongly on the water con-

sumption and the DHW temperature set. e.g. E.g. DHW heat-
The design is based on the standard heat load to EN 12831.
ing is fully covered by the heat pump for a DHW temperature
At falling outside temperatures, the heat demand of the building of 45 °C.
rises. At the same time the heating output of the air | water heat
pump decreases. The integral electric booster heater switches on ——An energy cost analysis must be carried out for borderline
automatically when the heat demand rises. However, this results designs.
in higher energy consumption. The integral system is essentially designed in the same way as
In general, this performance offers an economical range of appli- an air | water heat pump. Based on the standard heat load and
cation, as long as the output limits of the unit are not exceeded. the corresponding outside temperature, the resulting dual mode
This range of application presupposes an average heat pump tariff point of the system can be determined from the graph via the
for Germany. heat load line. For new builds, a heating threshold temperature
of 10 °C must be set.
Depending on the location and heating system, a higher heat load
can also still be economical using this unit. Economical operation is generally achieved if a dual mode point
lower than -5 °C is set, as the heat pump then achieves coverage
The design is based on the dual mode point. The design heat of at least 95 %.
load must not exceed the maximum heating output under any
circumstances. Example:
In addition, the following points must be taken into account: Standard heat load: 8.5 kW; standard outside temperature: -14 °C
——Heat pump coverage sinks with increasing heat load and de- flow temperature: 35 °C.
creasing standard design temperature, i.e. the proportion of
Results taken from the graph:
direct electrical heating increases.
The resulting dual mode point is -5 °C. The unit can be operated
——A higher energy consumption must be expected in the first economically.
heating season due to the dry heating effect.
——6 % more energy is consumed per additional °C of room tem-
perature.
Sizing graph
12
11 1
10
2
9
3
8
7 4
6
5
5
4 6
1
D0000063320
0
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
X Outside temperature [°C] 6 Dual mode temperature [°C]

Y Output [kW] 7 Building heat load [kW]
1 Flow temperature 35 °C 8 Standard outside temperature [°C]
5 Heat load [kW]

LWZ smart
Isometry
2 3
1 4
5
D0000063298
1 Flexible connection 4 Exhaust air grille
2 Outdoor air grille 5 Exhaust air
3 Outdoor air

LWZ smart
must be observed.
12 11 10 9
1 X24 X38 N N N N
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X6 X4 X5
MFG 400V WP 400V HZK Steuerung HMV HK2 O/K ext. UMV SL FA TA TV TR TS SOL HK2
EVU
400V 230V
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L1 L2 N N L N L L´ L L´ N L L´ L N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18
N 1/N/PE
PE 230V ~50Hz
L
EVU
L
L´
4 5 6
L1
3/N/PE
L2 400V ~50Hz
L3
N
3 PE
L1 3/N/PE
L2 400V ~50Hz
L L´ L N PE L3
N
D0000063612
PE
HK2 230 V Pump, heating circuit 2 (230 V) 2 Power supply, domestic electricity meter
KUE No function 3 Differential pressure switch, combustion equipment
O/K Stove/fireplace (optional) 4 Pressure connection "stove"
ext. UMV External diverter valve, DHW cylinder 5 Pressure connection "room"
SL Quick-acting air vent valve (optional) 6 Flue gas temperature sensor
FA Window open (optional)
TS No function
SOL No function

LWZ smart accessories
Accessories
FES Komfort
The FES Comfort programming unit can be used with the integral
of system parameters from the living space. The integral room
temperature sensor enables automatic heating curve adjustment.
Communication via CAN bus. Installation on a switch box.
FES Komfort
227664
Height mm 96
Width mm 145
Depth mm 31
ISG web
transfer using customer internet connection. Controller operation
via computer, notebook or tablet browser. Can be connected to
the heat pump manager for compatible heat pump types and
LWZ integral units.
ISG web
229336
Height mm 95
Width mm 158
Depth mm 37
CAN RJ 45
RS232 RJ 12
ISG plus
transfer using customer internet connection. Controller opera-
tion via computer, notebook or tablet browser. Integral interface
extension for SG Ready function or for optimising on-site con-
sumption of power generated by PV systems. Can be connected
to the heat pump manager for compatible heat pump types and
to the LWZ integral units.
ISG plus
233493
Height mm 95
Width mm 158
Depth mm 37
CAN RJ 45
RS232 RJ 12
Control input Round pin plug

AWG 315 SR
Insulated wall outlet and painted aluminium weather grille with
optional connection for DN 315 air hose.
AWG 315 SR AWG 315 GL
233836 232955
Height mm 490 490
Width mm 483 483
Depth mm 627 627
Weight kg 12 12
Wall thickness mm 280 - 500 280 - 500
Pressure drop at 1000 m³/h Pa 16 16
Min. outlet aperture mm 450x450 450x450
Max. air flow rate m³/h 1500 1500
Colour Silver metallic RAL 9006
95
422
314
D0000017267
422
627
AWG 315 L
Thermally insulated wall outlet for routing air from air | water
heat pumps and integral systems installed indoors, with connec-
tion for DN 315 – light shaft version with rodent guard.
AWG 315 L
231039
Height mm 477
Width mm 479
Depth mm 625
Weight kg 12
Min. outlet aperture mm 450x450
Colour Aluminium, anodised
625
479 500
477
422
314
D0000017270
476 95 422
280
LLB AWG 315 L

The deflector directs exhaust air expelled from a building away
from the external wall, thereby reducing the formation of mois-
ture from condensation on external walls.
LLB AWG 315 L
232341
Suitable for AWG 315 L
Depth mm 80

LSWP 315-4 AL
LSWP 315-4 AL
231835
Length m 4
Insertion loss at 125 Hz dB 0
LSWP 315-4 S
LSWP 315-4 S
234646
Length m 4
Application limit °C -20 to 70
LULH 315 o
Air diverter hood for the 304/404/504 integral system series for
routing outdoor air or outdoor/exhaust air. Can be used with low
ceilings from 2200 mm. Suitable for air hose LSWP315. Stainless
steel casing, white, stove enamel finish, insulated on the inside.
LULH 315 o
232675
Description Air diverter hood, outdoor/exhaust air


Connection set for a DHW circulation pump to the 304/404/504
integral systems, comprising one pipe bend assembly with gasket
and insulating hose. The pipe assembly is installed within the
side panel. The connection can be found at the top of the unit,
to the back left.
233301
HZEA
Water softening device for fill and top-up heating water. The
device is fitted in the cold water line directly downstream of the
system separator.
HZEA
230013
Max. permissible pressure MPa 0.8
Max. flow rate m³/h 0.3
Height mm 600
Width mm 260
Depth mm 130
Weight kg 3
Connection Rp 1/2
HZEN
Replacement cartridge for the HZEA heating water softening
device.
HZEN
230031
Max. operating pressure MPa 0.8
Capacity l x °dH 6000
Weight kg 1.2
ZLWZ Trans
Transport aid for the function modules of the 304 Integral and
304/404 Trend compact ventilation units, comprising two robust
angled panels with corresponding fixing screws.
ZLWZ Trans
233485
Description Transport aid for function modules 304 Integral
and 304/404 Trend
Volume l 13.9
Weight excl. packaging kg 3.9
Weight incl. packaging kg 4.6


LWZ smart
Standard circuits
Standard circuit 1: DHW heating, room heating with 1 heating circuit
HK1
36
10
6
c10
WW
5 39
28 KW
2a
26
22
19 5
3a 23
9
D0000063581
10
2 1 12 11 10 9
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X6 X4 X5
EVU
400V 230V
44
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
K L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L1 L2 N N L N L L´ L L´ N L L´ L N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18
L´
36
∆t
N
PE
D0000063584

2 Main terminal box

LWZ smart
Standard circuit 2: DHW heating, room heating with two heating circuits and low loss header
10 HK1 36 HK2
6 2e
c10
9 9
5 WW 3c 3d
28 39
KW
2a 13
WPHW
26
22 7
19 5
3a 23
9
10
D0000063582
2 1 12 11 10 9
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X6 X4 X5
EVU
400V 230V
44
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
N L N
zu
K L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L1 L2 N L L´ L L´ N L L´ L N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18
L´
2a 2e
36
∆t K2
N
PE
K2 K2
1 2 N PE
M M
auf
zu
Pos. 3c Pos. 3d
Pos. 13/14
D0000063585

2 Main terminal box

LWZ smart
Standard circuit 3: DHW heating, room heating with 1 heating circuit, backup through solar thermal system and solid fuel boiler with
buffer cylinder
SOL 19
S1
HK1
36
S1
13
2e
M
c10 34/1 34/2
WW 3f
5 39 5
28 KW 19 SOKI
2a
S2
26
22
5 5 5
19
28
10 7 10
3a 23
9
20
D0000063583
6 S2 6
10
2 1 12 11 10 9
CAN L
Can H
GND
+ Ub
X3 X6 X4 X5
EVU
400V 230V
44
PWM
PWM
GND
GND
10 V
10 V
auf
zu
K L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L1 L2 N N L N L L´ L L´ N L L´ L N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18
L´
2a 2e
36
∆t
N
PE
S1 S2 S1 S2
K4
1 2 N PE 1 2 3 4 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 15 16 17 18 19 20
M
Kollektor-
Fühler
Speicher-
Fühler WW
UP-N
UP-R2
UP-N
UP-R1
Kollektor-
Fühler
Speicher-
Netz-N
Fühler WW
UP-N
UP-R1
Netz-L
UP-N
UP-R2
Netz-N
Netz-L
auf
zu
Pos. 3f
D0000063586
Pos. 13/14 Pos. 34/1 Pos. 34/2

2 Main terminal box

LWZ smart
Installation
□□ A frost free installation location has been selected.
□□ Area, volume and height of the installation room comply with
ducts and other accessories.
□□ The permitted floor load is higher than the weight of the filled
unit.
□□ Structure-borne noise transmission to the building is largely
prevented.
□□ The electrical connection and any special tariffs have been
agreed with the power supply utility.
□□ External high efficiency pumps have been electrically connect-
ed using contactor relays.
□□ Condensate will be drained off with an additional condensate
tions to the unit have been specified.
DHW
□□ The DHW demand will be covered by the unit.
Heating
□□ The heating output of the unit is greater than the heat load to
EN12831 at the design point.
□□ At least 95 % of the heat demand will be covered by the heat
pump.
□□ Heating surfaces have been sized for a flow temperature of
≤ 55 °C.
□□ The minimum flow rate of the unit has been ensured on the
heating side.
□□ The integral expansion vessel has been checked to ensure
adequate sizing.

Accessories

Accessories

Flat, flexible air distribution system made from plastic for mechanical ventilation systems for supply and extract air. Can be integrated
in the insulation layer between the concrete ceiling and screed, or on/in walls.
LVE VT 4
Air distributor with 4 connection options for the flexible air duct
and one main connection. The air distributor is made from cor-
rosion-resistant, odourless plastic. Incl. removable inspection
cover with adjustment options.
LVE VT 4
231126
Width mm 400
Height mm 90
Length mm 480
Description Air distributor, complete
LVE VAB 45
Accessory for connecting the air distributor to the riser.
LVE VAB 45
233031
Width mm 300
Height mm 57
Length mm 300
Description Extension, distributor connection, 45° bend
LVE Ü 90
Profile for LVE flat, flexible air distribution system made from
plastic.
LVE Ü 90
233032
Width mm 144
Height mm 95
Length mm 100
Description Horizontal adaptor to LVS
LVE ÜB-O
Adaptor bend DN 75/90 for connecting LVS pipe to LVE flexible
air distribution system; plastic with gasket and locking clip. LVS
connection for routing the LVE on screed from above.
LVE ÜB-O
235913
Width mm 144
Depth mm 180
Height mm 120
Description Adaptor bend to LVS; connection from above
LVE ÜB-U
Adaptor bend DN 75/90 for connecting LVS pipe to LVE flexible
air distribution system; plastic with gasket and locking clip. LVS
connection for routing the LVE on screed from below.
LVE ÜB-U
235912
Width mm 144
Depth mm 180
Height mm 120
Description Adaptor bend to LVS; connection from below

Accessories
LVE VTA
The stainless steel distributor cover is designed as an inspection
cover to provide access to the air distributor. It can be aligned to
the orientation of the joints and can be faced with tiles, laminate
or other floor coverings.
LVE VTA
231457
Width mm 308
Depth mm 25
Height mm 6
Length mm 308
Description Distributor cover
LVE VV
LVE VV
231119
Width mm 229
Height mm 57
Length mm 100
Description Extension, distributor connection
LVE VAL 400

LVE VAL 400
233030
Width mm 229
Height mm 57
Length mm 400
Description Extension, distributor connection, straight
LVE RP 20
Flat, flexible plastic air duct with inner pipe, low installed height.
LVE RP 20
231111
Width mm 130
Height mm 52
Length mm 20000
Description Flat, flexible plastic duct, 20 m long
LVE FA
Floor outlet made from corrosion-resistant, odour-neutral plas-
tic. Connection option on any side for flexible air duct, with
knock-out apertures.
LVE FA
231125
Width mm 231
Height mm 122
Length mm 280
Description Floor outlet, complete
LVE WA
Wall outlet made from corrosion-resistant, odour-neutral plastic.
Connection option for flexible air duct, with dummy cover.
LVE WA
231124
Width mm 144
Height mm 150
Length mm 320
Description Wall outlet, complete

Accessories
LVE WAV
Extension piece for wall and ceiling outlet
LVE WAV
233029
Width mm 100
Height mm 100
Length mm 150
Diameter mm 100
Description Wall outlet extension
LVE FG
Rectangular air grille for the LVE FA floor outlet, suitable for the
floor in the supply air area.
LVE FG
231115
Width mm 180
Depth mm 340
Height mm 40
Length mm 340
Description Slot design, brushed stainless steel
LVE FG-W
LVE FG-W
231969
Width mm 180
Depth mm 340
Height mm 40
Length mm 340
Description Wave design, brushed stainless steel
LVE FG-S
LVE FG-S
231970
Width mm 180
Depth mm 340
Height mm 40
Length mm 340
Description Natural design, brushed stainless steel
LVE FG-R
LVE FG-R
231971
Width mm 180
Depth mm 340
Height mm 40
Length mm 340
Description Circle design, brushed stainless steel

Accessories
LVE WG-BW
LVE FG-B
231972
Width mm 180
Depth mm 340
Height mm 40
Length mm 340
Description Circle design, brushed stainless steel, push-fit
LVE FG-BW
LVE FG-BW
231973
Width mm 180
Depth mm 340
Height mm 40
Length mm 340
Description Circle design, painted white, push-fit
LVE WG
Round air grille with air filter for LVE WA wall and ceiling outlet,
suitable for the wall and ceiling in the extract air area, and ideally
for the wall in the supply air area.
LVE WG
231114
Width mm 150
Height mm 36
Length mm 150
Diameter mm 150
Description Slot design, brushed stainless steel
LVE-ZWG
Air deflector for the LVE WG air grille to divert the air flow to one
side when ceiling-mounted.
LVE-ZWG
232022
Height mm 10
Diameter mm 125
Description Air deflector for LVE WG

Accessories
LVE WG-W
LVE WG-W
231974
Width mm 150
Depth mm 150
Height mm 36
Length mm 150
Diameter mm 150
Description Wave design, brushed stainless steel
LVE WG-S
LVE WG-S
231975
Width mm 150
Depth mm 150
Height mm 36
Length mm 150
Diameter mm 150
Description Natural design, brushed stainless steel
LVE WG-B
LVE WG-B
231976
Width mm 150
Depth mm 150
Height mm 36
Length mm 150
Diameter mm 150
Description Circle design, brushed stainless steel
LVE WG-BW
LVE WG-BW
231977
Width mm 150
Depth mm 150
Height mm 36
Length mm 150
Diameter mm 150
Description Circle design, painted white

Accessories
LVE BH 90
plastic.
LVE BH 90
231123
Width mm 98
Depth mm 207
Height mm 98
Length mm 207
Description 90° bend, complete, vertical
LVE BF 90
plastic.
LVE BF 90
231122
Width mm 250
Depth mm 250
Height mm 57
Length mm 250
Description 90° bend, complete, horizontal
LVE BF 45
plastic.
LVE BF 45
231121
Width mm 225
Depth mm 225
Height mm 57
Length mm 225
Description 45° bend, complete, horizontal
LVE BD
plastic.
LVE BD
231116
Width mm 144
Depth mm 20
Height mm 64
Length mm 20
Description Dummy cover
LVE M
plastic.
LVE M
231112
Width mm 130
Depth mm 115
Height mm 55
Length mm 115
Description Fem. connection, 5 pce

Accessories
LVE VS
plastic.
LVE VS
231787
Width mm 143
Height mm 57
Length mm 85
Description Connection piece profiles, 5 pce
LVE Ü 180
plastic.
LVE Ü 180
231120
Width mm 144
Depth mm 64
Height mm 69
Length mm 64
Description Adaptor, 180° rotation
LVE KF
Duct fixing clips comprising robust sheet steel brackets for secur-
ing the flexible air duct to the unfinished concrete floor, suitable
for impact rawl plugs.
LVE KF
231113
Width mm 25
Depth mm 25
Height mm 53
Length mm 215
Description Duct fixing clips, 10 pce
LVE RA
plastic.
LVE RA
231117
Width mm 143
Depth mm 47
Height mm 57
Length mm 47
Description Pipe fixing adaptor

Accessories

LVS VT 9
Air distributor for LVS flexible distribution system, suitable for
installation on the wall or below the ceiling.
LVS VT 9
234492
Height mm 250
Width mm 500
Length mm 480
Weight kg 9.5
LVS VTS 9
installation on the wall or below the ceiling.
LVS VTS 9
234493
Height mm 250
Width mm 500
Length mm 1165
Weight kg 20
LVS SVK DN125

installation in the concrete ceiling.
LVS SVK DN 125
227652
Height mm 172
Width mm 150
Depth mm 260
Length mm 260
Weight kg 0.4
Diameter mm 90
LVS SVM 160-8

LVS SVM 160-8
232117
Height mm 130
Width mm 270
Depth mm 330
Weight kg 1
LVS SVG 160-12

LVS SVG 160-12
232118
Height mm 130
Width mm 270
Depth mm 540
Length mm 540
Weight kg 2

Accessories
LVS ZSV 125

Accessories for side connection for LVS SVM and LVS SVG
LVS ZSV 125
232121
Height mm 130
Width mm 270
Depth mm 330
Length mm 330
Weight kg 0.5
ZLVS VTE 9
Adjustment plate with 9 adjustable connectors
ZLVS VTE 9
234495
Height mm 247
Width mm 502
Length mm 125
Weight kg 3
ZLVS VTE 1
Individual adjuster for air distributor
ZLVS VTE 1
234496
Height mm 84
Width mm 84
Length mm 160
Weight kg 0.5
ZLVS VTÜ 75-90

Adaptor from DN 75 to DN 90 LVS
ZLVS VTÜ 75-90
234494
Height mm 92
Width mm 92
Length mm 150
Weight kg 0.5
LVS AE
Outlet and inlet casing for the LVS flexible air distribution system,
for ceiling and wall installation.
LVS AE
223311
Height mm 122
Width mm 150
Depth mm 260
Length mm 260
Weight kg 0.3
LVS AEF
LVS AEF
223312
Height mm 172
Width mm 150
Depth mm 260
Length mm 260
Weight kg 0.4

Accessories
LVS AEK DN75

LVS AEK DN75
227653
Height mm 100
Width mm 150
Length mm 260
Weight kg 0.4
LVS RP 75-25
Flexible plastic pipe, DN 75, 25 m long
LVS RP 75-25
235058
Weight kg 9
Diameter mm 75
LVS RP 75-50
Flexible plastic pipe, DN 75, 50 m long
LVS RP 75-50
235059
Weight kg 17
Diameter mm 75
LVS M 75
Profiles/accessories for the LVS flexible air distribution system.
LVS M 75
224897
Diameter mm 75
LVS AS75
LVS AS75
223318
Height mm 98
Width mm 98
Depth mm 53
Length mm 53
Weight kg 0.049
Diameter mm 75
LVS ASK DN75

LVS ASK DN75
227654
Height mm 85
Width mm 85
Length mm 53
Weight kg 0.04
Diameter mm 75

Accessories
LVS BD
Dummy covers, 10 pce
LVS BD
223319
Height mm 98
Width mm 98
Depth mm 8
Length mm 8
Weight kg 0.034
Diameter mm 90
LVS BDK DN75

Small dummy covers, 10 pce
LVS BDK DN75
227655
Height mm 85
Width mm 85
Length mm 8
Weight kg 0.03
LVS U 75-100-2
LVS U 75-100-2
232116
Height mm 445
Width mm 230
Length mm 250
Weight kg 1.2
Diameter mm 100
LVS Ü 150 - 75 - 2
2 x DN 75 flat duct adaptors
LVS Ü 150 - 75 - 2
227651
Height mm 75
Width mm 150
Length mm 160
Weight kg 0.7
Diameter mm 75

Accessories
LVS U 75 - 100
LVS U 75 - 100
227650
Height mm 445
Width mm 100
Length mm 160
Diameter mm 100
100
50
75
445
390
D0000043169
102

Accessories
LVS LG
Air grille for the LVS flexible air distribution system for wall or
ceiling mounting
LVS LG
223313
Height mm 4
Width mm 180
Depth mm 290
Length mm 290
Weight kg 0.075
LVS LGL
ceiling mounting
LVS LGL
223315
Height mm 4
Width mm 180
Depth mm 290
Length mm 290
Weight kg 0.2
LVS LGE
ceiling mounting
LVS LGE
223314
Height mm 4
Width mm 180
Depth mm 290
Length mm 290
Weight kg 0.2
LVS LGD
ceiling mounting
LVS LGD
227656
Height mm 4
Width mm 180
Depth mm 290
Length mm 290
Weight kg 0.2

Accessories
LFK flexible air distribution system

Robust flat duct system made from sheet steel for complete air distribution in mechanical ventilation systems. Optimally matched system
components ensure easy and versatile application options.
Flat ducts
Profiles for LFK flat duct system made from zinc-plated sheet
steel.
LFK 100-2 LFK 150-2 LFK 200-2
220566 220567 221483
Length m 2 2 2
Height mm 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 200
Connectors
steel.
LFK N 100 LFK N 150 LFK N 200
220568 220569 221484
Height mm 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 200
Female connections
steel.
LFK M 100 LFK M 150
220570 220571
Height mm 50 50
Width mm 100 150

Accessories
Air distributors
LFK VW
Air distributor with 4 outlets for flat duct and variable DN 125
connection for the inlet line made from zinc-plated sheet steel.
With cleaning aperture at the front. Visible areas painted white.
LFK VW
220565
Height mm 400
Width mm 500
500 200
400
50
150
DN125
D0000042929
LFK VAS 100
steel.
LFK VAS 100
220605
Height mm 50
Width mm 100
180
100 40
6
8
90
50
40
10
100
149
D0000042924
50
40

Accessories
LFK VAS 150

steel.
LFK VAS 150
220606
Height mm 50
Width mm 150
180
100 40
6
8
90
50
40
10
149
150
D0000043063
50
40
LFK VAS 50-200
steel.
LFK VAS 50-200
221493
Height mm 50
Width mm 200
230
100 65
6
8
90
50
40
10
199
200
D0000043064
50
40

Accessories
90° bends
steel.
LFK BH 100-90 LFK BH 150-90 LFK BH 200-90
220574 220575 221487
Height mm 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 200
40 25 b
50
90
°
D0000042902
220574 220575 221487
Height mm 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 200
Diameter mm
Bends, horizontal
steel.
LFK BF 100-90 LFK BF 150-90 LFK BF 200-90
220572 220573 221486
Height mm 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 200
40 R 50
a
90
°
D0000042900

220574 220575 221487
Height mm 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 200
Diameter mm

Accessories
45° bends, horizontal
steel.
LFK BF 100-45 LFK BF 150-45 LFK BF 200-45
220576 220577 221488
Height mm 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 200
40 50
a
45°
D0000042901
R

220574 220575 221487
Height mm 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 200
Diameter mm

Accessories
Branch with connector
steel.
LFK THN 150-125 LFK THN 200-125
220578 221489
Height mm 50 50
Width mm 150 200
Diameter mm 125
DN 125
40
D0000042932
50
40 250 40 b
LFK THN 150-125 LFK THN 200-125

b mm 150 200
Branch, horizontal
steel.
LFK TF 150- LFK TF 150 - LFK T LFK TF 200-
100 150 200 100
220579 221231 232989 221490
Height mm 50 50 50 50
Width mm 150 150 200 200
50 b
a
D0000042904
50 L 40

220574 220575 221487
Height mm 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 200
Diameter mm

Accessories
Branch with reducer, horizontal
steel.
LFK TFR 150-100 LFK TFR 200-100
220580 221491
Height mm 50 50
Width mm 150 200
100
40
a
100
D0000042920
250 40 50
LFK TFR 150-100 LFK TFR 200-100

a 150 200

Accessories
Diverter with pipe end
steel.
LFK U 100- LFK U 150- LFK U 150- LFK U 200-
100 100 125 125
220599 220600 220601 232987
Length m 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35
Height mm 50 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 150 200
Diameter mm 100 100 125 125
50
40
a d c
D0000042922
120

220574 220575 221487
Height mm 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 200
Diameter mm

Accessories
Diverter with connector
steel.
LFK UN 100-100 LFK UN 150-100 LFK UN 150-125
220602 220603 220604
Height mm 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 150
Diameter mm 100 100 125
40
d 40
c
D0000042923
120

a mm 50 50 50
b mm 100 150 150
c mm 213 213 200
d DN 100 DN 100 DN 125

Accessories
Branch, horizontal
steel.
220602 220603 220604
Height mm 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 150
d1
150
100
50
40
40
d2 200
D0000042925
LFK T 150-100 LFK T 150-125 LFK T 150-160
d1 DN 100 DN 125 DN 160
d2 DN 100 DN 125 DN 160
steel.
LFK TH 100-100 LFK TH 150-100
221229 221230
Length m 0.35 0.35
Height mm 50 50
Width mm 100 150
Diameter mm 100 100
b 40 250
50
300
D0000042903
DN100
LFK TH 100-100 LFK TH 150-100

b mm 100 150

Accessories
Adaptors
steel.
LFK Ü 100-100 LFK Ü 150-100
221226 221227
Height mm 50 50
Width mm 100 150
Diameter mm 100 100
D0000042926
a
40 100 40 b
LFK Ü 100-100 LFK Ü 150-100

a mm 50 50
b mm 100 150
d DN 100 DN 100
steel.
LFK ÜF 100-150 LFK ÜF 200-150
221228 232988
Length m 200
Height mm 50 50
Width mm 150 200
Diameter mm 150
40 40
50
50
L
b1
b2
D0000042927
LFK ÜF 100-150 LFK ÜF 200-150

b1 mm 150 200
b2 mm 100 150
L mm 120 120

Accessories
End cover
steel.
LFK ED 100 LFK ED 150
221232 221233
Height mm 50 50
Width mm 100 150
50
D0000042928
LFK ED 100 LFK ED 150
b mm 100 150
Cross-talk silencer
Cross-talk silencer for LFK air distribution system, to reduce

sound transmission from room to room; made from zinc-plated
sheet steel
LFK S 100-1 LFK S 150-1 LFK S 200-1
220597 220598 221492
Length m 1 1 1
Height mm 50 50 50
Width mm 100 150 200
1200
1000
50
40
b
D0000042921
LFK S 100-1 LFK S 150-1 LFK S 200-1

b mm 100 150 200

Accessories
Folded spiral-seam tube made from zinc-plated sheet steel to

EN 1506.
LWF 100 - 2 LWF 125 - 2 LWF 160 - 2
161094 161095 161096
Length mm 2000 2000 2000
Wall thickness 0.6 0.6 0.6
Weight kg 1.2 1.5 1.8
Folded spiral-seam tube profiles made from zinc-plated sheet

steel with rolling ring sealing system.
LWF T 100 - 100 LWF T 125 - 100 LWF T 125 - 125 LWF T 160 - 125 LWF T 160 - 160 LWF T 180/180
159292 159293 159294 159322 159323 232984
Installed length mm 151 184 184 229 229 250
Diameter mm 100 125 125 160 160 180
Branch diameter mm 100 100 125 125 160 180
Weight kg 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.2

LWF RS 125 - LWF RS 160 LWF RS 180
100 - 125 - 160
159295 159324 232711
Installed length mm 62 66 70
Reducer diameter mm 100 125 160
Weight kg 0.2 0.2

LWF N 100 LWF N 125 LWF N 160 LWF N 180
159296 159297 159320 232986
Installed length mm 8 8 8 8
Diameter mm 100 125 160 180
Weight kg 0.1 0.1 0.2

LWF M 100 LWF M 125 LWF M 160 LWF M 180
159298 159299 159326 232985
Length mm 90
Installed length mm 90 90 90
Diameter mm 100 125 160 180
Weight kg 0.1 0.2 0.2

Accessories
Bends

LWF B 100 - 90 LWF B 125 - 90 LWF B 160 - 90
159304 159309 159329
Bend radius 90 90 90
Weight kg 0.6 0.8 1.0

LWF B 100 - 60
159303
Diameter mm 100
Bend radius 60
Weight kg 0.4

LWF B 100 - 45 LWF B 125 - 45 LWF B 160 - 45
159302 159307 159328
Weight kg 0.3 0.4 0.6

LWF B 100 - 30 LWF B 125 - 30 LWF B 160 - 30
159301 159306 167146
Weight kg 0.3 0.3 0.6

Accessories
End cover

LWF ED 100 LWF ED 125 LWF ED 160
159310 159311 167147
Length mm 40 40 40
Weight kg 0.1 0.1 0.1
End cover made from zinc-plated sheet steel to DIN 24145 with
rolling ring seal for sealing pipes and female connections
LWF EDN 100 LWF EDN 125 LWF ND 160
232112 232113 232114

LWF RD 100 LWF RD 125 LWF RD 160
159312 159313 232115
Length mm 50 50
Weight kg 0.3 0.3

Accessories
Unit silencers
Insertion loss to EN ISO 7235
63 Hz 125 Hz 250 Hz 500 Hz 1000 Hz 2000 Hz 4000 Hz 8000 Hz
LWF S 100-0.6 1.2 7.1 10.7 17.8 21.4 28.5 16.6 13.0
LWF S 125-0.6 1.2 7.0 10.7 16.5 27.2 21.3 16.5 11.8
LWF S 125-0.9 1.7 10.5 15.8 24.6 40.4 31.6 24.6 17.5
LWF S 160-0.6 1.2 4.8 7.2 14.4 24.0 26.4 16.8 12.0
LWF S 160-0.9 1.8 7.2 10.8 21.6 36.0 39.6 25.2 18.0
LWF SR 160-0.5 4.0 7.6 7.6 13.6 26.7 24.2 17.4 12.1
LWF SR 160-1 6.7 12.7 12.7 22.6 44.5 40.3 29.0 20.1
LWF SRW 160-1, straight 8.3 16.5 23.8 39.7 37.9 37.3 35.2 29.8
LWF SRW 160-1, 90° 8.0 17.5 25.4 44.1 43.6 41.6 36.2 28.9
LWF S 180-0.9 1.8 6.3 9.9 18.9 33.3 35.1 23.4 18.0
LWF SF 100-1 - 3 7 15 37 68 33 -
LWF SF 125-1 - 5 8 16 31 51 22 -

LWF S 100 - 0.6 LWF S 125 - 0.6 LWF S 125 - 0.9 LWF S 160 - 0.6 LWF S 160 - 0.9 LWF S 180 - 0.9
159338 159341 159342 159339 159346 232983
Internal diameter mm 100 125 125 160 160 180
External diameter mm 200 224 224 280 280 290
Length mm 600 600 900 600 900 900
Weight kg 3 4 7 6 8
Silencer consisting of a rectangular outer casing, a perforated

inner pipe and 2 connection ends sized for connectors. Space
filled with noise-attenuating material. Glass fibre fleece between
the inner pipe and the insulation to protect the air flow. Especially
good sound attenuation, even of low frequencies.
LWF SR 160 - 0.5 LWF SR 160 - 1
233012 233013
Internal diameter mm 160 160
Height mm 260 330
Width mm 330 260
Length mm 600 1100

Accessories
Silencer consisting of a rectangular outer casing, a perforated

inner pipe and 2 connection ends sized for connectors, with ad-
ditional silencer baffles and wrap connector. Space filled with
noise-attenuating material. Glass fibre fleece between the inner
pipe and the insulation to protect the air flow. Especially good
sound attenuation, even of low frequencies.
LWF SRW 160 - 1
233014
Height mm 370
Width mm 250
Length mm 1040
Silencer element for integration into the DN 100 folded spi-

ral-seam tube for reducing airborne noise. The material is made
from fire-resistant and mould-resistant foam. Flow rate and
sound attenuation can be varied by the number of flow apertures.
LWF SE 100
185666
Length mm 50
Number of apertures 5
Packing unit 4
Cross-talk silencer

LWF SF 100 - 1 LWF SF 125 - 1
167148 159343
External diameter mm 160 190
Length mm 1000 1000
Weight kg 1.2
Flexible pipe
Flexible aluminium pipe to DIN 24146, wound in twin layers. For

connecting the units to the pipework.
LWF F 100 LWF F 125 LWF F 160 LWF F 180
-5 -5 -5 -5
159333 159334 159332 232982
Length mm 1200 1200 1200 1200
Extendible to m 5 5 5 5
Diameter mm 100 125 160 180
Weight kg 1.4 1.7 2.1

Accessories
Decentralised supply air vents

ALD 160
Supply air vents for decentralised air supply, made from plastic
with weather grille, wind pressure protection and filter. Can be
closed manually for wall installation.
ALD
160
189813
Air flow rate m³/h 21
Flow rate without flow restrictor, with 4 Pa/8 Pa pressure dif- m³/h 18/25
ferential
Flow rate with flow restrictor (Ø 56 mm) and 4 Pa/8 Pa pres- m³/h 10/15
sure differential
Flow rate with flow restrictor (Ø 70 mm) and 4 Pa/8 Pa pres- m³/h 13.5/20
sure differential
Installation pipe ALD

PP plastic pipe for installing the external wall vent ALD; can be
trimmed to match the wall thickness. The installation pipe can
also be used with wall thicknesses greater than 500 mm for LA
30 WRG and LA 50.
Installation pipe ALD
189816
Length mm 1000
Length m 1
FMS ALD G3
units.
FMS ALD G3
189814
Filter class G3
Quantity 5
FMS ALD G2
units.
FMS ALD G2
189815
Filter class G2
Quantity 5
FMK ALD M5
FMK ALD M5
227925
Quantity 3

Accessories
Supply air vents

LWF ZVM 100
Supply air vents for ceiling mounting in central supply air sys-
tems; adjustable air flow rate, incl. pipe connectors.
LWF ZVM 100
227918
Sound pressure level at a distance of 5 m in a free dB(A) 30
field
Z= --10 --8 --5 0 5 10

300
200
100
50
20 Schall 25 dB(A)
Schall 30 dB(A)
Schall 35 dB(A)
10
84_04_14_0001_
5 10 20 50 100 400
Y Total pressure drop [Pa]

X Flow rate [m3/h]
Z Gap [mm]
LWF ZVM 125

Supply air vents for ceiling mounting in central supply air sys-
tems; adjustable air flow rate, incl. pipe connectors.
LWF ZVM 125
230163
Z=-17 - -15 -12 -9 -6

300
-3
200
0
100
6
50
30
Schall 25 dB(A)
20 Schall 30 dB(A)
Schall 35 dB(A)
D0000037200
10
10 20 50 100 200

X Flow rate [m3/h]
Z Gap [mm]

Accessories
LWF ZVM WQ 100

Supply air vents for wall mounting in central supply air systems;
adjustable air flow rate, incl. pipe connectors.
LWF ZVM WQ 100
229281
Z=2 Z=2 3 4 5 6 7 8
300
10
10
200
12
12
14
14
100
25 dB(A)
50
30 dB(A)
35 dB(A)
20
84_04_14_0004_
10
10 20 50 100

X Flow rate [m3/h]
Z Number of rows with open holes

Accessories
Extract air vents

LWF AVM 100
Extract air vents for walls or ceiling mounting in central extract
air systems; adjustable air flow rate, incl. pipe connectors.
LWF AVM 100
227917
field
Z=-12 -9 -5 0
400
400
5
-12
200
200 8
-9
12 -5
100
100 0
5
8
50
50
12
25 db(A)
30 db(A)
20
20 35 db(A)
40 db(A)
84_04_14_0003_
10
5 10 20 30 50 100 200

X Flow rate [m3/h]
Z Gap [mm]

Accessories
LWF AVM 125

Extract air vents for walls or ceiling mounting in central extract
air systems; adjustable air flow rate, incl. pipe connectors.
LWF AVM 125
227924
field
Z=-17 -13 -9 -6 -3 0 -17

400
400
300 55 -13
300
-9
200
200
10
-6
15 -3
100
100
0
25 5
25 dB(A)
dB(A)
50
50 10
30 dB(A)
30 dB(A)
15
35 dB(A)
35
40 dB(A)
20
45 dB(A)
10
84_04_14_0005_
10 20 50 100 200 400

X Flow rate [m3/h]
Z Gap [mm]
Replacement filters
FMS A 100
The filter mat set for extract air vents consists of a filter mat cover
and spring washers for installation on the extract air vents. It
protects the air ducts from dirt.
FMS A 100
230960
Filter class G3
Quantity 5
FMS A 125
The filter mat set for extract air vents consists of a filter mat cover
and spring washers for installation on the extract air vents. It
protects the air ducts from dirt.
FMS A 125
230961
Filter class G3
Quantity 5

Accessories
External wall and roof outlets

LWF LGK 125-160
Ventilation grille for routing the outdoor and exhaust air through
the external wall.
LWF LGK 125-160
071832
Height mm 430
Width mm 303
12
10
1
6
2
4
26_04_01_0413
0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250

X Flow rate [m3/h]
1 Exhaust air
2 Outdoor air
Exhaust air/outdoor air grille
Ventilation grille for outdoor air and exhaust air ducts, with sheet
steel pipe connectors. With fixed slats, for installation in walls.
LWF LG 125 LWF LG 160
233017 233018
Height mm 240 240
Width mm 260 260
Connection diameter mm 125 160
LWF LG 125
43 54 220
260 11 125
170
254
200
240
D0000033675
270 115 190
LWF LG 160
43 54 220
260 11 160
240
254
200
D0000033676
270 115 190

Accessories
AWG 160 R
Thermally insulating EPS wall outlet for air duct connection DN
160. No additional thermal insulation is required around the pipe
when using outdoor air as the heat source. This enables very
straightforward installation even with modest dimensions. Incl.
Weather grille made from painted sheet steel in silver grey. Very
quiet weather grille with very low pressure drop. Weather grille
with drip edge safely prevents run marks on the external wall.
AWG 160 R
234505
Height of surround for weather grille mm 200
Width of surround for weather grille mm 220
Depth of surround for weather grille mm 51
(with integral protective cover)
Inner pipe diameter mm 160
Outer pipe diameter mm 200
Min. outlet aperture mm 202
Weight kg 0.5
Static pressure differential at Pa 2
350 m³/h, outflow
Static pressure differential at Pa 6
350 m³/h, inflow
Condensation limit at: Temperature -20 °C / 20 °C / 60 %
inside pipe / temperature around the
pipe / relative humidity around the
pipe
Wall outlet material EPS (grey)
Weather grille material Painted sheet steel (silver grey)

Accessories
LWF W 160 VA
Insulated wall outlet made from zinc-plated steel with domed
stainless steel hood and bird guard.
LWF W 160 VA
227920
Roof covers
LWF DE 160 30 - 45
Roof cover made from titanium zinc for pitched roofs
LWF DE 160 30 - 45
227922
Width mm 600
Ø 200
Ø 180
DN 160
100
0
60
20 5x
80_04_01_0015
a.
1 70
c
LWF DE 160 10 - 30
Roof cover made from titanium zinc for pitched roofs
LWF DE 160 10 - 30
227921
Width mm 660
LWF DH 160
Roof outlet preferably for exhaust air routing with sheet metal
collar for sealing and aluminium hood as rain protection with
side discharge. Suitable for pitched roofs from 10 to 45°. Colour:
anthracite
LWF DH 160
170016
Air flow rate l/min 250

Accessories
LWF LH 160 VA
Slatted hood made from stainless steel as outdoor/exhaust air
hood for roof outlets. The hood is mounted on a DN 160 pipe.
With bird guard.
LWF LH 160 VA
227923
Height mm 430
LWF 160-1-VA
Stainless steel pipe in polished finish for connecting the slatted
hood, as a roof outlet or intake tower.
LWF 160-1-VA
230962
Length mm 1000
Diameter mm 160
LWF B 160 - 90 VA
Stainless steel pipe bend for connection to the stainless steel
pipe with gasket and shrink-fit collars for exceptional sealing.
LWF B 160 - 90 VA
230963
Diameter mm 160

Accessories
Insulation hoses
Insulation hose to prevent formation of condensate for routing

exhaust/outdoor air.
LWF DS 100 LWF DS 125 LWF DS 160
230955 159347 170013
External diameter mm 185 220
Length mm 4000 4000 4000
Air hoses
LSWP 160-4 AL
LSWP 160-4 AL
234022
Length m 4
LSWP 200-4 AL
LSWP 200-4 AL
234023
Length m 4
Fixing clips
Fixing bracket meets standards of DIN 3017. The band is made

from stainless steel (UNI x 8 Cr 17-DIN 1.4016(W2) - AISI 430) and
the closure of hardened galvanised steel.
BS LSWP 160-4 AL BS LSWP 200-4 AL
234108 234109
Min. diameter mm 60 60
Max. diameter mm 180 215

Accessories
Installation material
LWF KB 10
High grade butyl adhesive tape with high adhesive strength to
seal connections in air duct systems.
LWF KB 10
227948
Length m 10
Width mm 50
LWF LB 10
Installation materials to secure the air distribution system.
LWF LB 10
159348
Length m 10
Width mm 16
Heating coil
LWF HR 160
Heating coil for connecting to a water-based heating system to
reheat supply air.
LWF HR 160
170015
Height mm 260
Width mm 450
Depth mm 650
Weight kg 55
Heating output kW 2
Filter boxes and replacement filters

LWF FBF 160
Air filter box with F5 fine filter cassette, for filtering supply air
in mechanical ventilation systems; in sheet steel casing with
zinc-plated sheet steel pipe connectors, including 2 inserts for
various qualities of filter up to F9 and odour filters.
LWF FBF 160
233016
Height mm 320
Width mm 427
Depth mm 317
Weight kg 7.4
Initial pressure drop Pa 20

Accessories
FMK M5-1
Replacement filter cassettes for the FBF filter box made from un-
breakable polyester fibres with partially progressive structure, ther-
mally bonded, temperature-resistant to 100 °C, folded in a Z-shape
within a robust frame made from moisture-resistant material.
FMK M5-1
171475
Filter surface area m² 0.92
Height mm 285
Width mm 285
Depth mm 24
FMK F7-1
FMK F7-1
171474
Filter class F7
Filter surface area m² 0.92
Height mm 285
Width mm 285
Depth mm 24
FMK F7LP-1
FMK F7LP-1
233868
Height mm 285
Width mm 285
Depth mm 48
FMK F9-1
FMK F9-1
233869
Height mm 285
Width mm 285
Depth mm 48

Accessories
Activated charcoal filter FMK VOC 1

Replacement filter cassettes for the FBF filter box for filtering VOCs
and other odours, such as domestic fuel. Made from activated char-
coal with a very large surface area in each cassette, protected by a
grille structure.
FMK VOC 1
233870
Height mm 285
Width mm 285
Depth mm 60

Appendix
Terminology and descriptions
Extract air areas Equivalent diameter (hydraulic diameter)

Damp rooms, for example bathroom, toilet and kitchen areas from The diameter of a straight air duct with a non-circular cross-sec-
which stale air is extracted. tion which, given the same air flow rate, results in the same pres-
sure drop as a circular air duct.
Extract air system
Infiltration.
Ventilation system including air ductwork with extract air expelled
with the aid of a fan. Untreated outdoor air is drawn in through The amount of air flowing in and out due to permeability of the
outdoor air apertures as supply air. building envelope.
Occupied zone Intensive ventilation
Comfort zone created in rooms through Temporarily required ventilation with a higher air flow rate to
——height of 0.1 m to 1.8 m above the floor reduce load peaks (load operation). For intensive ventilation, it
can be assumed that the user will assist (by manually opening
——distance of > 0.5 m from external and internal walls windows for a time).
——distance of > 1 m from external windows, doors and heating Condensate
surfaces
Water that condenses from the air. This phenomenon occurs under
Balanced ventilation certain temperature conditions; see also "Dew point".
Fan-assisted ventilation whereby the same design data applies Short circuiting flow
to both the supply and extract air flow rate. This is also called Direct intake of exhaust air through the outdoor air aperture, in-
"balanced ventilation". take of supply air through the extract air aperture or air transfer
Design differential pressure through leakage/line entries from other residential units.
Intended difference of the total pressures between the air inlet Relative humidity
and air outlet of ventilation systems, ventilation units or through Ratio of the actual water vapour content of the air to the high-
air apertures. The unit is Pa. Equation symbol: ΔpAusl. est possible value at the relevant temperature in % RH (relative
Outdoor air aperture humidity).
Ventilation component that allows the intended air flow to pass Ventilation for humidity protection
through the building envelope. Ventilation components in win- Necessary ventilation for ensuring that the building structure is
dows and doors also count as outdoor air outlets. protected (humidity) under normal conditions of use with partially
Demand-dependent ventilation reduced humidity loads, e.g. during temporary absence of users
and no drying of washing in the residential unit.
Ventilation whereby the air flow rate is matched to individual
requirement, for example via air quality sensors. Air change rate
(Ventilation) operating stages Hourly air flow rate in relation to the volume of a residential unit
or room. Unit: 1/h
There are four different operating stages:
Standard ventilation
——Ventilation for humidity protection
Ventilation necessary to meet hygiene standards and ensure pro-
——Reduced ventilation tection of the building structure when users are present (standard
——Standard ventilation mode). The averaging period of the specified ventilation levels over
the balance period complies with the minimum air change rate
——Intensive ventilation required for health and heating to EnEV, para. 6.
(Air) tightness Reduced ventilation

Information on the condition of the building envelope with re- Ventilation necessary to meet minimum hygiene standards and
gard to (air) permeability; synonym for as little permeability as ensure protection of the building structure (humidity) under nor-
possible. mal conditions of use with partially reduced humidity and pollut-
ant levels, e.g. as a result of intermittent user absence.
Ground/air heat exchanger
Dew point
Device for transmitting thermal energy from the ground to a
conducted flow of air (for heating) or the other way round (for Air condition at which the air cannot absorb any more moisture
cooling). (100 % relative humidity, saturation). If the air temperature is
lowered further at this point, condensate is formed.
Total outdoor air flow rate
Total effective air flow rate in the residential unit resulting from
free or fan-assisted ventilation (as per the design) including infil-
tration. The air flow rate is given in m3/h or m3/s.

Appendix
Terminology and descriptions
Overflow area
Area between two rooms of an apartment where there is air over-
flow due to a pressure differential (from supply air area to extract
air area).
Heat recovery
Measure for reusing thermal energy from the extract air.
Ventilation unit with central fan
Extractor fan or supply air/extractor fan with central fan for ven-
tilating single storey or multi storey residential units.
Supply air areas
All rooms in which thermally untreated outdoor air flows in
through outdoor air apertures or treated outdoor air (supply air)
is provided via a ventilation unit. Example: Living spaces, guest
and bedrooms, studies and children's rooms.
Supply/extract air system
Mechanical ventilation unit including air ductwork. The treated
supply and extract air is transferred by means of a fan.

Appendix
Summary of formulae
Air change rate Equivalent diameter – rectangular ducts
ܼ‫ ݐ݂ݑ݈ݑ‬െȀ‫݉݋ݎݐݏ݊݁݉ݑ݈݋ݒݐ݂ݑ݈ܾܣ‬ ʹ‫ܾכܽכ‬
‫ ܹܮ‬ൌ ݀݃ ൌ
ܴ‫ܫ‬ ܽ൅ܾ
dg Equivalent diameter
LW Air change rate [1/h] a Height
RI Room volume [m3] b Width
Flow equation Equivalent diameter – any cross-section
ܸ ൌ ‫͵ כ ݒ כ ܣ‬͸ͲͲ Ͷ‫ܣכ‬
݀݃ ൌ
ܷ
V Flow rate [m3/h]
A Cross-sectional area [m2] dg Equivalent diameter
v Velocity [m/s] A Area
U Circumference
Continuity law
Ductwork curve
‫ʹܣ ͳݒ‬
ൌ
‫ͳܣ ʹݒ‬ ��
��
��
A Cross-sectional area [m2]
v Velocity [m/s]
∆p1 Pressure differential [Pa]
Pressure drop calculation ∆p2 Pressure differential [Pa]
V1 Flow rate [m3/h]
ο‫ ݌‬ൌ ‫ ܴ כ ܮ‬൅ ܼ V2 Flow rate [m3/h]
Heat recovery value
Δp Pressure differential [Pa]
R Frictional resistance of pipe [Pa/m]
L Pipe length [m]
െ
Ȱൌ
Z Pressure drop of the individual resistances [Pa] െ
Individual resistances Φ Heat recovery value (Phi)
tz Supply air temperature [°C]
� ti Extract air temperature [°C]
� � �� ta Outside temperature [°C]
2
ζ Drag coefficient "zeta"

ς Density "rho" [kg/m3]
v Flow velocity [m/s]
Note: The zeta drag coefficients for different profiles can be found
in the relevant tables.

Appendix
Key to the standard circuits
Pos. Pos.
I Heat consumer system 4 Heat pump compact installation
II Heat source system 5 Safety valve
III Solar collectors 6 Expansion vessel
IV Cooling system 7 Buffer cylinder/low loss header
V Radiator heating 8 Anti-vibration mount or connection hose
VI Area heating system 9 Non-return valve
VII DHW 10 Drain & fill valve
VIII Swimming pool water 11 Oil boiler/gas boiler
12 Electric central heating
1 Heat pump 13 Mixing valve
1-1 Ventilation module for extract air heat recovery in the brine circuit 14 Servomotor for mixing valve
1-2 Cooling module 15 Heating system control unit
2 WPMW / WPMS control unit 16 Set value remote adjuster
2-1 MSMW / WPMS mixer module 17 Outside temperature sensor, separate heating system control unit
2-2 FE 7 remote control 18 Flow temperature sensor, separate heating system control unit
2-3 FEK remote control unit, cooling 19 Ventilation
2a Outside temperature sensor 20 Solid fuel boiler with thermally activated safety valve
2b Return temperature sensor, heat pump 21 Motorised valve/solenoid valve
2c Flow temperature sensor, DHW heating "OFF" 22 Reversing valve
2d DHW temperature sensor, DHW heating "ON" 23 Threaded immersion heater
2e Heating circuit temperature sensor for mixer control 24 Heat exchanger
2f Temperature sensor, second heat generator 25 Combi cylinder
2g Temperature sensor, heat source 26 DHW cylinder
2h Swimming pool temperature sensor 27 Central thermostat
2k Solar collector sensor 28 Cold water safety assembly to DIN 1988
2 ko Solar collector sensor, east 29 Temperature controller for swimming pool water
2 kw Solar collector sensor, west 30 Electronic temperature controller
0– Sensor 1, return temperature raising facility 31 Overflow valve
2m Sensor 2, return temperature raising facility 32 Shut-off gate valve – lockable to prevent unintentional closing
2p Cylinder sensor, solar thermal system, buffer 33 Line regulating valve
2r Cylinder sensor, solar thermal system, additional cylinder 34 Temperature differential control/solar control unit
2s Cylinder sensor, solar thermal system, DHW/cooling mode 35 Flow switch
3 Circulation pump for the heat pump (heat source) 36 Safety temperature controller, underfloor heating system
3a Circulation pump for the heat pump (heating side) 37 Zone valve
3b Circulation pump for DHW heating 38 Inlet pipe
3c Circulation pump for heating circuit 1 39 Dirt filter
3d Circulation pump for heating circuit 2 40 Fan convector
3e Circulation pump for swimming pool water heating 41 Instantaneous water heater, DHE with full electronic control
3f Circulation pump for DHW heating by the solar thermal system 42 Solar collector
3 f.1 Circulation pump for the solar thermal system, central heating 43 Flanged immersion heater
backup 44 Contactor for enabling power-OFF
3 f.2 Circulation pump for swimming pool water heating by the solar 45 Outdoor air
thermal system 46 Exhaust air
3 fo Circulation pump for the solar thermal system, east array
47 Supply air
3 fw Circulation pump for the solar thermal system, west array
48 Extract air
3g Circulation pump for the solid fuel boiler
3l Circulation pump for pasteurisation
1: Circulation pump for cooling (heating side)
3y Circulation pump for cooling (heat source)

Notes

DATANORMDOWNLOADFROMTHEINTERNET.
On our website www.stiebel-eltron.de

you will find our standard "DATANORM" forms (ver-
sion 4.0) in section "Fachpartner-Bereich" under the
heading "Produktdaten" as a service for our trade
partners.
FAXREQUEST
Please send us the
DATANORM data set by email:
STIEBEL ELTRON GmbH & Co. KG

Datenservice, Martin Schultze
Dr.-Stiebel-Strasse 33
D-37603 Holzminden
Tel. 05531 702-95139
Fax +49 (0)5531 702-95108
DATANORM 4.0 To work with the tender documentation,

you require a text program capable of handling
DATANORM.
COMPANY ADDRESS (STAMP):
CONTACT ______________________________________________________
TELEPHONE __________________________________________________________
FAX _____________________________________________________________________
YOUR CUSTOMER NUMBER ________________________________________

(IF APPLICABLE)

2017
D0000074075-a
STIEBEL ELTRON GmbH & Co. KG | Dr.-Stiebel-Strasse 33

37603 Holzminden | www.stiebel-eltron.de
01 | 01

STE Engineering Installation Ventilation 2017 En

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

STE Engineering Installation Ventilation 2017 En

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

STE Engineering Installation Ventilation 2017 En

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DHW Renewables Air conditioning Roomheating

Engineering and installation

On our website www.stiebel-eltron.de

STIEBEL ELTRON GmbH & Co. KG

DATANORM 4.0 To work with the tender documentation,

COMPANY ADDRESS (STAMP):

YOUR CUSTOMER NUMBER ________________________________________

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 3

Introduction_________________________________________________________ 6 Ventilation units____________________________________________________ 73

4 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

Integral units______________________________________________________191 Accessories________________________________________________________294

Ventilation, DHW heating and heating_______________________________________________ 202 Appendix__________________________________________________________338

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 5

STIEBEL ELTRON is a group of companies with a decidedly interna-

6 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

Electricity – the energy source of the The right combination

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 7

Standards and specifications Energy and environment

Operation of air conditioning equipment. Note

DIN 4109 Standardised output data

8 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

Basics Design/engineering service

System design step by step

Draw up ventilation concept to

Calculate heat load to EN 12831

Calculate DHW demand

Design solar thermal system

Determine unit, unit version and system solution

Specify unit installation

Air flow rate calculation for supply and extract air

Determine type, number and posi-

Determine pipework system,

Specify vent settings and flow rates

Draw up a list of materials

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 9

Ventilation concept Special (project related) requirements are, for example:

Drawing up a ventilation concept to DIN 1946, Part 6

Details of residential unit

yes Ventilation calculation for windowless

Requirements for hygiene, yes Ventilation measures re-

No ventilation measures Determine ventilation measures

10 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 11

DHW heating Amount of mixed water

Knowledge of the expected DHW demand is a basic condition to 130

X Cylinder temperature [°C]

12 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

X Indoor air temperature in °C

Underfloor heating system cooling capacity

Floor covering Tiles

Underfloor heating system heating output

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 13

Fan convectors a20

standing or wall mounted installation. Indoor unit in an attractive

ACTH 20 ACTH 40 ACTH 50

Cooling capacity of fan convectors

Type ACTH 20 ACTH 40 ACTH 50

14 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 15

DHW Renewables Air conditioning Roomheating

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 3

Introduction_____ 6 Ventilation units 73

4 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

Integral units191 Accessories__294

Ventilation, DHW heating and heating_ 202 Appendix____________338

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 5

6 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 7

8 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 9

10 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 11

12 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 13

14 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 15

16 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 17

18 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 19

20 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 21

22 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 23

24 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 25

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 27

28 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 29

30 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 31

32 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 33

34 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

www.stiebel-eltron.com Ventilation technical guide| 35

36 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com

38 |Ventilation technical guide www.stiebel-eltron.com